e10vkt
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
o
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
or
þ
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the Transition Period from July 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010
 
Commission file number: 001-32875
 
 
 
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware
  75-3095469
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
5505 Blue Lagoon Drive, Miami, Florida
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  33126
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
(305) 378-3000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes o     No þ*
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes o     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer þ Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
As of March 23, 2011, there were 100,000 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding, all of which were owned by Burger King Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the Registrant’s parent holding company. The Registrant’s Common Stock is not publicly traded.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
None
 
*The registrant has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, but is not subject to such filing requirements.
 


 

 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC.
 
2010 FORM 10-K TRANSITION REPORT
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
PART I
  Business     3  
  Risk Factors     16  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     33  
  Properties     33  
  Legal Proceedings     33  
Item 4.
  Reserved        
 
PART II
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     35  
  Selected Financial Data     36  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     41  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     76  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     79  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     154  
  Controls and Procedures     154  
 
PART III
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     154  
  Executive Compensation     159  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     180  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     180  
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services     181  
 
PART IV
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     182  
 EX-10.64.A
 EX-10.70.B
 EX-10.74
 EX-10.75
 EX-18.1
 EX-21.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 
Burger King®, Whopper®, Whopper Jr.®, Have It Your Way®, Burger King Bun Halves and Crescent Logo®, BK® Value Menu, BK® Breakfast Muffin Sandwich, BK® Kids Meal, Home of the Whopper®, Hungry Jack’s®, BK® Fire-Grilled Ribs, BK Positive Stepstm, BK Stuffed Steakhousetm, BK Whopper Bartm, King Dealstm, Steakhouse XTtmand BKtm Breakfast Bowl, are trademarks of Burger King Corporation. References to fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 in this Form 10-K are to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, references to the Transition Period are to the six months ended December 31, 2010 and references to fiscal 2011 are to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “we”, “us”, “our” and “Company” refer to Burger King Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
In this document, we rely on and refer to information regarding the restaurant industry, the quick service restaurant segment and the fast food hamburger restaurant category that has been prepared by the industry research firm The NPD Group, Inc. (which prepares and disseminates Consumer Reported Eating Share Trends, or CREST® data) or compiled from market research reports, analyst reports and other publicly available information. All industry and market data that are not cited as being from a specified source are from internal analysis based upon data available from known sources or other proprietary research and analysis.


2


Table of Contents

Item 1.   Business
 
Overview
 
Burger King Holdings, Inc. (“we” or the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation formed on July 23, 2002. Our restaurant system includes restaurants owned by the Company and by franchisees. We are the world’s second largest fast food hamburger restaurant, or FFHR, chain as measured by the total number of restaurants and system-wide sales. As of December 31, 2010, we owned or franchised a total of 12,251 restaurants in 76 countries and U.S. territories, of which 1,344 restaurants were Company restaurants and 10,907 were owned by our franchisees. Of these restaurants, 4,701, or 38%, are located outside the United States and Canada and account for over 33% of our revenue. Our restaurants feature flame-broiled hamburgers, chicken and other specialty sandwiches, french fries, soft drinks and other affordably-priced food items. During our more than 50 years of operating history, we have developed a scalable and cost-efficient quick service hamburger restaurant model that offers customers fast food at affordable prices.
 
We generate revenues from three sources: (1) retail sales at Company restaurants; (2) franchise revenues, consisting of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchise restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; and (3) property income from restaurants that we lease or sublease to franchisees. Approximately 90% of our current restaurants are franchised and we have a higher percentage of franchise restaurants to Company restaurants than our major competitors in the FFHR category. We believe that this restaurant ownership mix provides us with a strategic advantage because the capital required to grow and maintain the Burger King® system is funded primarily by franchisees, while still giving us a base of Company restaurants to demonstrate credibility with franchisees in launching new initiatives. As a result of the high percentage of franchise restaurants in our system, we believe we have lower capital requirements compared to our major competitors. However, our franchise dominated business model also presents a number of drawbacks and risks, such as our limited control over franchisees and limited ability to facilitate changes in restaurant ownership. In addition, our operating results are closely tied to the success of our franchisees, and we are dependent on franchisees to open new restaurants as part of our growth strategy.
 
On November 5, 2010 our Board of Directors approved a change in fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31. Unless otherwise noted, all references to “years” in this report refer to the twelve-month fiscal year, which prior to July 1, 2010 ended on June 30, and beginning with December 31, 2010 ends on December 31 of each year. This Form 10-K covers the transition period of July 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 (the “Transition Period”).
 
Our History
 
Our history dates back more than a half-century, having been founded in 1954 when James McLamore and David Edgerton opened the first Burger King restaurant in Miami, Florida. The Whopper® sandwich was introduced in 1957. Our founders sold the Company to The Pillsbury Company in 1967, taking it from a small privately held franchised chain to a subsidiary of a large food conglomerate. Pillsbury was later purchased by Grand Metropolitan plc, which in turn merged with Guinness plc to form Diageo plc. In December 2002, we were acquired by private equity funds controlled by TPG Capital, Bain Capital Partners and Goldman Sachs & Co. In 2006, we completed a successful initial public offering, and on October 19, 2010, we were acquired by 3G Special Situations Fund II, L.P. (“3G”), an affiliate of 3G Capital Partners, Ltd., an investment firm based in New York (“3G Capital” or the “Sponsor”). As a result of the acquisition, our common stock ceased to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange after close of market on October 19, 2010.
 
Our Industry
 
We operate in the FFHR category of the quick service restaurant, or QSR, segment of the restaurant industry. In the United States, the QSR segment is the largest segment of the restaurant industry and has demonstrated steady growth over a long period of time. According to The NPD Group, Inc., which prepares and disseminates CREST® data, QSR sales have grown at an annual rate of 3% over the past 10 years, totaling approximately $233.6 billion for the 12-month period ended December 2010 and are projected to increase at an annual rate of 3% between 2010 and 2015.


3


Table of Contents

According to The NPD Group, Inc., the FFHR category is the largest category in the QSR segment, generating sales of $63.2 billion in the United States for the 12-month period ended December 2010, representing 27% of total QSR sales. According to The NPD Group, Inc., sales for the FFHR category are expected to increase at an average rate of 5% per year over the next five years. For the 12-month period ended December 2010, Burger King accounted for approximately 13% of total FFHR sales in the United States.
 
Our Business Strategy
 
We believe there are significant opportunities ahead for our Company and the entire Burger King system by:
 
  •  Expanding worldwide development:  The geographical expansion of our restaurant network and an increase in the number of new restaurants are key components of our growth plan. We expect that most of our new restaurant growth will come from franchisees. Consequently, our development strategy centers on ensuring that franchisees in each of our markets have the resources and incentives to grow. We expect to focus our international expansion plans on (1) markets where we already have an established presence but which have significant growth potential, such as Brazil, Spain, United Kingdom (U.K.), Germany and Turkey; (2) markets in which we have a small presence, but which we believe offer significant opportunities for development, such as China, Russia, Argentina, Colombia, Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Italy; and (3) financially attractive new markets in the Middle East, Eastern Europe and throughout Asia. In addition, we have invested in joint ventures with franchisees to drive development in Taiwan and Northern China, and we expect to continue to use this investment vehicle as one of the strategies to increase our presence globally.
 
  •  Focusing on BK® brand equities and optimizing our menu:  The strength of our menu has been built on our brand equities of allowing consumers to customize their hamburgers “their way” and using our distinct flame-broiled cooking platform to make better tasting hamburgers. Our menu strategy seeks to optimize our menu by focusing on core products, such as our flagship Whopper sandwich and french fries, while improving menu variety through new product launches, such as the BK Stuffed Steakhousetm Burger, the first stuffed burger in the QSR segment. We have introduced, and will continue to introduce, new breakfast, dessert, beverage and snack menu offerings which will complement our core products. We will continue to employ innovative and creative marketing strategies to increase our restaurant traffic and comparable sales, and support new product launches. This includes integrated marketing campaigns utilizing social media, which we believe will resonate with our core consumer and expand our consumer base.
 
  •  Enhancing restaurant-level margins and profitability:  We believe we have a substantial opportunity to improve margins in our restaurants through both top line growth and cost management initiatives. We believe that, once implemented, these initiatives will help to increase Company restaurant profitability to the levels of our most successful franchisees. We also intend to work with our franchisees to improve the profitability of the entire system.
 
  •  We plan to improve average restaurant sales in our system by (1) focusing on enhancing our guest experience, where we continued to observe improvements to our guest satisfaction scores during the Transition Period, and (2) rolling out a more efficient cost-effective remodel solution to drive meaningful sales lifts and maximize return on capital for ourselves and our franchisees.
 
  •  We are highly focused on improving restaurant level profitability through continued deployment of equipment and tools aimed at improving restaurant level performance, such as our point of sale cash register systems which we believe will reduce labor costs and waste, as well as improving inventory management. Our new POS systems are required to be installed system-wide by January 2014. In the kitchen, our revolutionary flexible batch broiler greatly improves cooking flexibility and facilitates a broader menu selection while reducing energy costs. The flexible batch broiler is currently installed in 91% of our Company restaurants and 71% of franchise restaurants worldwide.
 
  •  Driving corporate-level G&A efficiencies:  We are highly focused on reducing our corporate general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses by (1) implementing a restructuring plan to drive efficiencies and create fiscal resources that will be reinvested in our business, (2) implementing a “Zero Based Budgeting” program, which is a method of annual planning designed to build a strong ownership culture by requiring


4


Table of Contents

  departmental budgets to estimate and justify costs and expenditures from a “zero base,” rather than focusing on the prior year’s base, and (3) tying a portion of management’s incentive compensation specifically to our G&A budget. As a result of the initial implementation of our Zero Based Budgeting program, we expect to significantly reduce other corporate general and administrative expenses, including travel, technology, rental, maintenance, recruiting, utilities, training and communication costs, as well as professional fees. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K.
 
  •  Selectively pursuing refranchising opportunities:  We will focus on selectively refranchising Company restaurants to new and existing franchisees to rationalize our Company restaurant portfolio, further improve our profitability and cash flow through reduced capital expenditures and increased royalty revenues, and provide new opportunities for franchisees. In fiscal 2010, we refranchised 37 Company restaurants in Germany and 54 restaurants in the U.S., and during the Transition Period we refranchised all of our Company restaurants in the Netherlands to a new franchisee. We expect to refranchise up to half of our Company restaurant portfolio over the next three to five years.
 
  •  Focusing on cash flow generation and debt paydown:  We intend to tie a portion of management’s incentive compensation to profitability and free cash flow generation, focusing on rapid deleveraging. We believe this compensation plan will foster an ownership mentality for management to encourage strong operational efficiencies and top line growth which will ultimately build the business for the long term.
 
Global Operations
 
We operate in three reportable segments: (i) the United States and Canada; (ii) Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific, or EMEA/APAC; and (iii) Latin America. Additional financial information about geographic segments is incorporated herein by reference to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 and Segment Reporting in Part II, Item 8 in Note 22 of this Form 10-K. Our restaurants are limited-service restaurants of distinctive design and are generally located in high-traffic areas. We believe our restaurants appeal to a broad spectrum of consumers, with multiple day parts appealing to different customer groups.
 
United States and Canada
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had 984 Company restaurants and 6,566 franchise restaurants operating in the United States and Canada.
 
Company restaurants.  Our Company restaurants in the United States and Canada generated $599.1 million in revenues during the Transition Period, or 75% of our total United States and Canada revenues and 51% of our total worldwide revenues. Our Company restaurants in the United States and Canada account for 73% of Company restaurants worldwide.


5


Table of Contents

The following table details the top ten locations of our Company restaurants in the United States and Canada as of December 31, 2010:
 
                         
        Company
  % of Total U.S. and
        Restaurant
  Canada Company
Rank
 
State/Province
  Count   Restaurants
 
  1     Florida     256       26 %
  2     North Carolina     112       11 %
  3     Indiana     68       7 %
  4     Ontario     58       6 %
  5     Virginia     50       5 %
  6     Massachusetts     43       4 %
  7     Georgia     42       4 %
  7     Nebraska     42       4 %
  8     Ohio     38       4 %
  9     Connecticut     33       3 %
  9     Quebec     33       3 %
  10     New York     32       3 %
 
Franchise Restaurants.  We grant franchises to operate restaurants using Burger King trademarks, trade dress and other intellectual property, uniform operating procedures, consistent quality of products and services and standard procedures for inventory control and management.
 
Our growth and success have been built, in significant part, upon our substantial franchise operations. We franchised our first restaurant in 1961, and as of December 31, 2010, there were 6,566 franchise restaurants, owned by 733 franchise operators, in the United States and Canada. We earned $152.3 million in franchise revenues in the United States and Canada during the Transition Period, or 54% of our total worldwide franchise revenues. Franchisees report gross sales on a monthly basis and pay royalties based on reported sales. The five largest franchisees in the United States and Canada in terms of restaurant count represented in the aggregate approximately 17% of our franchise restaurants in this segment as of December 31, 2010.
 
The following table details the top ten locations of our franchisees’ restaurants in the United States and Canada as of December 31, 2010:
 
                         
        Franchise
  % of Total U.S. and
        Restaurant
  Canada Franchise
Rank
 
State/Province
  Count   Restaurants
 
  1     California     672       10 %
  2     Texas     464       7 %
  3     Michigan     328       5 %
  4     New York     311       5 %
  5     Ohio     309       5 %
  6     Illinois     303       5 %
  7     Florida     295       4 %
  8     Pennsylvania     237       4 %
  9     Georgia     214       3 %
  10     New Jersey     183       3 %


6


Table of Contents

The following is a list of the five largest franchisees in terms of restaurant count in the United States and Canada as of December 31, 2010:
 
                     
          Restaurant
     
Rank
   
Name
  Count    
Location
 
  1     Carrols Corporation     305     Northeast, Midwest, and Southeast
  2     Stategic Restaurants Acquisition Company, LLC     282     West Coast and South-Central
  3     Heartland Food Corp.      256     Midwest and Canada
  4     Army Air Force Exchange Services     132     Multiple USA
  5     Bravokilo, Inc./Bravo Grande, Inc.      116     Midwest
 
Europe, the Middle East and Africa/Asia Pacific (EMEA/APAC)
 
EMEA.  EMEA is the second largest region in the Burger King system behind the United States, as measured by number of restaurants. As of December 31, 2010, EMEA had 2,728 restaurants in 34 countries and territories, including 203 Company restaurants located in Germany, the U.K., Spain and Italy. While Germany continues to be the largest market in EMEA with 687 restaurants as of December 31, 2010, Turkey is one of our fastest growing markets with net openings of 54 restaurants during the trailing twelve months ended December 31, 2010. We have expanded our network of restaurants in EMEA over the past two years via contiguous growth in Central and Eastern Europe and the Middle East and Africa, including entry into the Czech Republic, Russia and Oman. Throughout the EMEA region, we continue to evaluate franchise opportunities and prospective new franchisees.
 
APAC.  As of December 31, 2010, APAC had 833 restaurants in 13 countries and territories, including China, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Australia, Philippines, New Zealand, South Korea, Indonesia and Japan. In APAC, we have 61 Company restaurants, all of which are located in China and Singapore. Australia is the largest market in APAC, with 343 restaurants as of December 31, 2010, 279 of which are franchised and operated under Hungry Jack’s®, a brand that we own in Australia and New Zealand. Australia is the only market in which we operate under a brand other than Burger King. We believe there is significant opportunity to grow the brand in existing and new markets in APAC.
 
Company restaurants.  As of December 31, 2010, 203 (or 7%) of the restaurants in EMEA were Company restaurants. During the trailing twelve months ended December 31, 2010, we refranchised 74 Company restaurants, 50 in our Germany market, 22 in the Netherlands, our entire Company restaurant portfolio in that country, and two in the U.K. As of December 31, 2010, there were 61 Company restaurants in APAC, of which 19 were located in China and 42 in Singapore. During the trailing twelve-months ended December 31, 2010, we acquired 35 restaurants from a franchisee in Singapore.
 
The following table details Company restaurant locations in EMEA/APAC as of December 31, 2010:
 
                         
            % of Total
        Company
  EMEA/APAC
        Restaurant
  Company
Rank
 
Country
  Count   Restaurants
 
  1     Germany     93       35 %
  2     United Kingdom     61       23 %
  3     Spain     45       17 %
  4     Singapore     42       16 %
  5     China     19       7 %
  6     Italy     4       2 %
 
Franchise Restaurants.  We earned $101.0 million in franchise revenues in EMEA/APAC during the Transition Period, or 36% of our total worldwide franchise revenues. Many of our EMEA/APAC markets, including Hungary, Portugal, South Korea and the Philippines, are operated by a single franchisee, while others, such as the U.K., Germany and Spain, have multiple franchisees.


7


Table of Contents

The following is a list of the five largest franchisees in terms of restaurant count in EMEA/APAC as of December 31, 2010:
 
                     
        Restaurant
   
Rank
 
Name
  Count  
Location
 
  1     Tab Gida     336     Turkey
  2     Hungry Jack’s Pty Ltd.      279     Australia
  3     Olayan Food Service Company     132     Saudi Arabia /UAE/Egypt/Oman
  4     System Restaurant Service Korea Co. Ltd.      114     Korea
  5     Al-Homaizi Foodstuff Company     91     United Kingdom/Kuwait
 
Latin America
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had 1,140 restaurants in 27 countries and territories in Latin America. There were 96 Company restaurants in Latin America, all located in Mexico, and 1,044 franchise restaurants in the segment as of December 31, 2010. Mexico is the largest market in this segment, with a total of 414 restaurants as of December 31, 2010, or 36% of the region.
 
We believe that there are significant growth opportunities in South America. For example, we entered the Brazil market five years ago, and, as of December 31, 2010, had 102 restaurants in the country. For the trailing twelve-months ended December 31, 2010, we opened 71 new restaurants in Latin America.
 
The following is a list of the five largest franchisees in terms of restaurant count in Latin America as of December 31, 2010:
 
                     
        Restaurant
   
Rank
 
Name
  Count  
Location
 
  1     Alsea and Affiliates     196     Mexico/Argentina/Chile/Colombia
  2     Caribbean Restaurants, Inc.      175     Puerto Rico
  3     Geboy de Tijuana, S.A. de C.V.      66     Mexico
  4     Operadora Exe S.A. de C.V.      48     Mexico
  5     B & A S.A.      42     Guatemala
 
Franchise Agreements
 
General.  We grant franchises to operate restaurants using Burger King trademarks, trade dress and other intellectual property, uniform operating procedures, consistent quality of products and services and standard procedures for inventory control and management. For each franchise restaurant, we generally enter into a franchise agreement covering a standard set of terms and conditions. Recurring fees consist of monthly royalty and advertising payments. Franchise agreements are not assignable without our consent, and we have a right of first refusal if a franchisee proposes to sell a restaurant. Defaults (including non-payment of royalties or advertising contributions, or failure to operate in compliance with the terms of the Manual of Operating Data) can lead to termination of the franchise agreement. We can control the growth of our franchisees because we have the right to approve any restaurant acquisition or new restaurant opening. These transactions must meet our minimum approval criteria to ensure that franchisees are adequately capitalized and that they satisfy certain other requirements.
 
United States and Canada.  In the United States and Canada, we typically enter into a separate franchise agreement for each restaurant. The typical franchise agreement in the United States and Canada has a 20-year term (for both initial grants and renewals of franchises) and contemplates a one-time franchise fee of $50,000 which must be paid in full before the restaurant opens for business, or in the case of renewal, before expiration of the current franchise term. In recent years, in connection with limited term incentive programs, we have offered franchisees reduced upfront franchise fees and/or limited-term royalty reductions to accelerate the development of new restaurants and restaurant remodeling. Most existing franchise restaurants in the United States and Canada pay a royalty of 3.5% and 4% of gross sales, respectively. Since June 2003, most new franchise restaurants opened and


8


Table of Contents

franchise agreements renewed in the United States generate royalties at the rate of 4.5% of gross sales for the full franchise term. The weighted average royalty rate in the United States and Canada was 3.9% as of December 31, 2010. In addition to their royalties, franchisees in the United States and Canada are generally required to make a contribution to the advertising fund equal to a percentage of gross sales, typically 4%, on a monthly basis.
 
International.  Internationally, we typically enter into franchise agreements for each restaurant with an up front franchise fee of $50,000 per restaurant and monthly royalties and advertising contributions each of up to 5% of gross sales. However, in many of our international markets, we have granted either master franchise agreements or development agreements that provide franchisees broader development rights and obligations. In Australia and Turkey, we have entered into master franchise agreements with a franchisee in each country which permits that franchisee to sub-franchise restaurants within its territory. In New Zealand and certain Middle East and Persian Gulf countries, we have entered into arrangements with franchisees under which they have agreed to nominate third party franchisees to develop and operate restaurants within their respective territories under franchise agreements with us. As part of these arrangements, the franchisees have agreed to provide certain support services to third party franchisees on our behalf, and we have agreed to share the franchise fees and, in some cases, royalties paid by such third party franchisees. We have also entered into exclusive development agreements with franchisees in a number of international markets. In addition, we have invested in joint ventures with franchisees to drive development in Taiwan and Northern China, and we expect to continue to use this investment vehicle as one of the strategies to increase our presence globally.
 
Franchise Restaurant Leases.  Unlike some of our competitors, we typically do not own the land or the building associated with our franchise restaurants and our standard franchise agreement does not contain a lease component. Rather, to the extent that we lease or sublease the property to a franchisee, we will enter into a separate lease agreement. For properties that we lease from third-party landlords and sublease to franchisees, leases generally provide for fixed rental payments and may provide for contingent rental payments based on a restaurant’s annual gross sales. Franchisees who lease land only or land and building from us do so on a “triple net” basis. Under these triple net leases, the franchisee is obligated to pay all costs and expenses, including all real property taxes and assessments, repairs and maintenance and insurance. As of December 31, 2010, we leased or subleased to franchisees 976 properties in the United States and Canada and 88 properties in EMEA, primarily sites located in the U.K. and Germany. These properties represented approximately 15% and 3%, respectively, of our total franchise restaurant count in such regions. We do not own or lease any properties to franchisees in APAC or Latin America.
 
Product Offerings and Development.  The strength of our menu has been built on the brand equities of allowing consumers to customize their hamburgers “their way” and using our distinct flame-broiled cooking platform to make better tasting hamburgers. In 2011, we intend to focus on our core products, such as our flagship Whopper sandwich and french fries, to drive average check and traffic, while improving menu variety through new product launches. We have introduced, and expect to continue to introduce, new breakfast, dessert, beverage and snack menu offerings which will complement our core products. During the Transition Period, we launched our enhanced breakfast platform in the United States and Canada that included several new breakfast products and featured Seattle’s Best Coffee®.
 
We operate product research and development facilities or “test kitchens” at our headquarters in Miami and at certain other regional locations. Independent suppliers also conduct research and development activities for the benefit of the Burger King system. Product innovation begins with an intensive research and development process that analyzes each potential new menu item, including market tests to gauge consumer taste preferences, and includes an ongoing analysis of the economics of food cost, margin and final price point. We believe new product development is critical to our long-term success.
 
Company restaurants play a key role in the development of new products and initiatives because we can use them to test and perfect new products, equipment and programs before introducing them to franchisees, which we believe gives us credibility with our franchisees in launching new initiatives. This strategy also allows us to keep research and development costs down and simultaneously facilitates the ability to sell new products and to launch initiatives both internally to franchisees and externally to guests.
 
We have developed a flexible batch broiler that is significantly smaller, less expensive and easier to maintain than the previous broiler used in our restaurants. The flexible batch broiler is currently installed in 91% of our


9


Table of Contents

Company restaurants, and the broiler has been ordered or installed in approximately 71% of franchise restaurants worldwide. Over the past 12 months, we launched the Steakhouse XTtm burger line, BK® Fire-Grilled Ribs and, most recently, the BK Stuffed Steakhouse Burger, the first-ever stuffed burger in the QSR segment, each of which is prepared on the flexible broiler, and we expect to launch other innovative products using this new cooking platform during fiscal 2011. We have filed patent applications to protect our worldwide rights with respect to the flexible batch broiler technology. We have licensed one of our equipment vendors on an exclusive basis to manufacture and supply the flexible batch broiler to the Burger King system throughout the world.
 
As part of our commitment to providing nutritional alternatives to our customers with children, we joined the Council for Better Business Bureau’s (CBBB) Food and Beverage Advertising Initiative (CFBAI) in 2007 and pledged to restrict 100 percent of national advertising aimed at children under 12 to BK® Kids Meals that meet stringent nutrition criteria. In the U.S. we currently have three existing BK Kids Meal lunch/dinner options that meet these strict nutritional criteria and, in August 2010, introduced a breakfast meal for children. Burger King Corporation (“BKC”) also provides BK Positive Stepstm nutrition materials in restaurants nationwide, has transitioned to zero grams of artificial trans fat in all ingredients and cooking oils in the U.S., and has partnered with USDA to promote MyPyramid information to both kids and adults.
 
Operating Procedures
 
All of our restaurants must adhere to strict standardized operating procedures and requirements which we believe are critical to the image and success of the Burger King brand. Each restaurant in the United States and Canada is required to follow the Manual of Operating Data, an extensive operations manual containing mandatory restaurant operating standards, specifications and procedures prescribed from time to time to assure uniformity of operations and consistently high quality products at Burger King restaurants. Among the requirements contained in the Manual of Operating Data are standard design, equipment system, color scheme and signage, operating procedures, hours of operation, value menu and standards of quality for products and services. Internationally, Company and franchise restaurants generally adhere to the standardized operating procedures and requirements; however, regional and country-specific market conditions often require some variation in our standards and procedures.
 
Restaurant Design and Image
 
System-wide, our restaurants consist of several different building types with various seating capacities, including free-standing buildings, as well as restaurants located in airports, strip malls and shopping malls, toll road rest areas and educational and sports facilities. The traditional Burger King restaurant is free-standing, ranging in size from approximately 1,900 to 4,300 square feet, with seating capacity of 40 to 120 guests, drive-thru facilities and adjacent parking areas. In fiscal 2005, we developed new, smaller restaurant designs where the seating capacity is between 40 and 80 guests. We believe this seating capacity is adequate since approximately 64% of our U.S. Company restaurant sales are made at the drive-thru.
 
In today’s environment, restaurant experience is now as important as value and quality. We believe that image complements visibility via “curb appeal” driving capture rates and traffic, while interior image and experience expands frequency of visit and overall guest satisfaction and increases comparable sales. Consequently, in fiscal 2008, we launched a system-wide initiative to roll-out our “20/20” design. The classic and contemporary “20/20” design draws inspiration from our signature flame-broiled cooking process and incorporates a variety of new, innovative elements to a backdrop that evokes the industrial look of corrugated metal, brick, wood and concrete. The “20/20” design options include a series of liquid crystal display (LCD) menu screens, graphics that reflect the famous brand promise, highly visible Home of the Whopper® signage, a prominent red flame parapet dining area anchored by a flame chandelier, and an array of Have it Your Way® seating options — bar, banquette, booth, or table.
 
New Restaurant Development
 
United States and Canada.  We employ a sophisticated and disciplined market planning and site selection process through which we identify trade areas and approve restaurant sites throughout the United States and Canada that we believe provides for quality expansion. We have established a development committee to oversee all new


10


Table of Contents

restaurant development within the United States and Canada. Our development committee’s objective is to ensure that every proposed new restaurant location is carefully reviewed and that each location meets the stringent requirements established by the committee, which include factors such as site accessibility and visibility, traffic patterns, signage, parking, site size in relation to building type and certain demographic factors. Our model for evaluating sites accounts for potential changes to the site, such as road reconfiguration and traffic pattern alterations. Each franchisee wishing to develop a new restaurant is responsible for selecting a new site location and bears the risk if the new site does not meet the franchisee’s investment expectations. However, we work closely with our franchisees to assist them in selecting sites. Each restaurant site selected is required to be within an identified trade area and our development committee reviews all selections, provides input based on the same factors that it uses to select Company restaurants, and grants final approval. We have instituted several initiatives to accelerate restaurant development in the United States, including reduced royalties and upfront franchise fees.
 
International.  In those international markets that are not allocated to a single franchisee, our market planning and site selection process is managed by regional teams, who are knowledgeable about the local market. In several of our markets, there is typically a single franchisee that owns and operates all of the restaurants within a country.
 
Advertising and Promotion
 
We believe sales in the QSR segment can be significantly affected by the frequency and quality of advertising and promotional programs. We believe that three of our major competitive advantages are our strong brand equity, market position and our global franchise network which allow us to drive sales through our advertising and promotional programs.
 
Our current global marketing strategy is based upon marketing campaigns and menu options that focus on core products like our flagship Whopper sandwich and french fries and affordable items to offer more choices to our guests, grow our market share and improve our operating margins. We concentrate our marketing on television advertising, which we believe is the most effective way to reach our customers. We also use radio and internet advertising and other marketing tools on a more limited basis.
 
In the United States and Canada and those international markets where we operate Company restaurants, we and our franchisees make monthly contributions, generally 4% to 5% of restaurant gross sales, to Company managed advertising funds. In those markets where we do not have Company restaurants, franchisees make this contribution into a franchisee managed advertising fund. As part of our global marketing strategy, we provide these franchisees with advertising support and guidance in order to deliver a consistent global brand message. Advertising contributions are used to pay for expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions and other support functions. In addition to the mandated advertising fund contributions, U.S. franchisees may elect to participate in certain local advertising campaigns at the Designated Market Area level by making contributions beyond those required for participation in the national advertising fund.
 
In the United States and in those other countries where we have Company restaurants, we coordinate the development, budgeting and expenditures for all marketing programs, as well as the allocation of advertising and media contributions, among national, regional and local markets, subject in the United States to minimum expenditure requirements for media costs and certain restrictions as to new media channels. We are required, however, under our U.S. franchise agreements, to discuss the types of media in our advertising campaigns and the percentage of the advertising fund to be spent on media with the recognized franchisee association, currently the National Franchisee Association, Inc. In the United States and certain other markets, we typically conduct a non-binding poll of our franchisees before introducing any nationally- or locally-advertised price or discount promotion to gauge the level of support for the campaign.
 
Supply and Distribution
 
We establish the standards and specifications for most of the goods used in the development and operation of our restaurants and for the direct and indirect sources of supply of most of those items. These requirements help us assure the quality and consistency of the food products sold at our restaurants and protect and enhance the image of the Burger King system and the Burger King brand.


11


Table of Contents

In general, we approve the manufacturers of the food, packaging and equipment products and other products used in Burger King restaurants, as well as the distributors of these products to Burger King restaurants. Franchisees are generally required to purchase these products from approved suppliers and distributors. We consider a range of criteria in evaluating existing and potential suppliers and distributors, including product and service consistency, delivery timeliness and financial condition. Approved suppliers and distributors must maintain standards and satisfy other criteria on a continuing basis and are subject to continuing review. Approved suppliers may be required to bear development, testing and other costs associated with our evaluation and review.
 
Restaurant Services, Inc., or RSI, is a not-for-profit, independent purchasing cooperative formed in 1992 to leverage the purchasing power of the Burger King system in the United States. As the purchasing agent for the Burger King system in the United States, RSI negotiates the purchase terms for most equipment, food, beverages (other than branded soft drinks) and other products such as promotional toys and paper products used in our restaurants. RSI is also authorized to purchase and manage distribution services on behalf of the Company restaurants and other franchisees who appoint RSI as their agent for these purposes. As of December 31, 2010, RSI was appointed the distribution manager for approximately 94% of the restaurants in the United States. A subsidiary of RSI acts as purchasing agent for food and paper products for our Company and franchise restaurants in Canada under a contract with us. As of December 31, 2010, four distributors service approximately 85% of the U.S. system restaurants and the loss of any one of these distributors would likely adversely affect our business.
 
There is currently no designated purchasing agent that represents franchisees in our international regions. However, we are working with our franchisees to implement programs that leverage our global purchasing power and to negotiate lower product costs and savings for our restaurants outside of the United States and Canada. We approve suppliers and distributors and use similar standards and criteria to evaluate international suppliers that we use for U.S. suppliers. Franchisees may propose additional suppliers, subject to our approval and established business criteria.
 
In fiscal 2000, we entered into long-term exclusive contracts with The Coca-Cola Company and Dr Pepper/Seven Up, Inc. to supply Company restaurants and franchise restaurants with their products, which obligate Burger King restaurants in the United States to purchase a specified number of gallons of soft drink syrup. These volume commitments are not subject to any time limit. As of December 31, 2010, we estimate that it will take approximately 14 years to complete the Coca-Cola and Dr Pepper/Seven Up, Inc. purchase commitments. If these agreements were terminated, we would be obligated to pay significant termination fees and certain other costs.
 
Management Information Systems
 
Company and franchise restaurants typically use a point of sale, or POS, cash register system to record all sales transactions at the restaurant. We have not historically required franchisees to use a particular brand or model of hardware or software components for their restaurant system and franchisees have traditionally reported summary sales data manually, which limited our ability to verify sales data electronically. We have the right under our franchise agreement to audit franchisees to verify sales information provided to us.
 
In January 2006, we established POS specifications to reduce costs, improve service and allow better data analysis and approved three global POS vendors and one regional vendor for each of our three segments to sell these systems to our restaurants. As of December 31, 2010, we had installed these new POS systems in all Company restaurants and in 65% of franchise restaurants. Once fully implemented, these POS systems will make it possible for restaurants to submit their sales and transaction level details to us in near-real-time in a common format, allowing us to maintain one common database of sales information and to make better marketing and pricing decisions. Franchisees are required to replace legacy POS systems with the approved POS systems over the next few years, depending on the age of the legacy system. All franchisees must have the new POS systems in their restaurants by no later than January 1, 2014.
 
Quality Assurance
 
We are focused on achieving a high level of guest satisfaction through the periodic monitoring of restaurants for compliance with our key operations platforms: Clean & Safe, Hot & Fresh and Friendly & Fast. We measure our customer experience principally through Guest Tracsm, a rating system based on survey data submitted by our


12


Table of Contents

customers. We review the overall performance of our operations platforms through an Operations Excellence Review, or OER, which focuses on evaluating and improving restaurant operations and guest satisfaction.
 
We and an independent outside vendor administer the Restaurant Food Safety certification, which is intended to bring heightened awareness to food safety, and includes immediate follow-up procedures to take any action needed to protect the safety of our customers.
 
We have uniform operating standards and specifications relating to selection of menu items, maintenance and cleanliness of the premises and employee conduct. In addition, all Burger King restaurants are required to be operated in accordance with quality assurance and health standards which we establish, as well as standards set by federal, state and local governmental laws and regulations. These standards include food preparation rules regarding, among other things, minimum cooking and holding times and temperatures, sanitation and cleanliness.
 
We closely supervise the operation of all of our Company restaurants to help ensure that standards and policies are followed and that product quality, guest service and cleanliness of the restaurants are maintained. Detailed reports from management information systems are tabulated and distributed to management on a regular basis to help maintain compliance. In addition, we conduct scheduled and unscheduled inspections of Company and franchise restaurants throughout the Burger King system.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We own valuable intellectual property including trademarks, service marks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information. As of December 31, 2010, we owned approximately 2,735 trademark and service mark registrations and applications and approximately 962 domain name registrations around the world, some of which are of material importance to our business. Depending on the jurisdiction, trademarks and service marks generally are valid as long as they are used and/or registered. We also have established the standards and specifications for most of the goods and services used in the development, improvement and operation of Burger King restaurants. These proprietary standards, specifications and restaurant operating procedures are trade secrets owned by us. Additionally, we own certain patents relating to equipment used in our restaurants and provide proprietary product and labor management software to our franchisees. Patents are of varying duration.
 
Management
 
Substantially all of our executive management, finance, marketing, legal and operations support functions are conducted from our global restaurant support center in Miami, Florida. In addition, we operate restaurant support centers domestically and internationally to support both franchised operations and Company restaurants. In the United States and Canada, our franchise operations are organized into six divisions, each of which is headed by a division vice president supported by field personnel who interact directly with the franchisees. Our EMEA headquarters are located in Zug, Switzerland and our APAC headquarters are located in Singapore. In addition, we operate restaurant support centers located in Madrid, Slough (U.K.), Munich, Istanbul and Gothenburg (for EMEA), and Singapore and Shanghai (for APAC). These centers are staffed by teams who support both franchised operations and Company restaurants. Our Latin American headquarters are located at our corporate offices in Miami, Florida; however, we operate restaurant support centers in Mexico and Brazil.
 
Management of a franchise restaurant is the responsibility of the franchisee, who is trained in our techniques and is responsible for ensuring that the day-to-day operations of the restaurant are in compliance with the Manual of Operating Data.
 
Competition
 
We operate in the FFHR category of the QSR segment of the broader restaurant industry. We compete in the United States and internationally with many well-established food service companies on the basis of product choice, quality, affordability, service and location. Our competitors include a variety of independent local operators, in addition to well-capitalized regional, national and international restaurant chains and franchises. In the FFHR industry our principal competitors are McDonald’s Corporation, or McDonald’s and Wendy’s/Arby’s Group, Inc., or Wendy’s, as well as regional hamburger restaurant chains, such as Carl’s Jr., Jack in the Box and Sonic. To a lesser


13


Table of Contents

extent, we also compete for consumer dining dollars with national, regional and local (i) quick service restaurants that offer alternative menus, (ii) casual and “fast casual” restaurant chains, and (iii) convenience stores and grocery stores that offer menu items comparable to those of Burger King restaurants. Furthermore, the restaurant industry has few barriers to entry, and therefore new competitors may emerge at any time.
 
Government Regulation
 
We are subject to various federal, state and local laws affecting the operation of our business, as are our franchisees. Each Burger King restaurant is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, which include zoning, health, safety, sanitation, building and fire agencies in the jurisdiction in which the restaurant is located. Difficulties in obtaining, or the failure to obtain, required licenses or approvals can delay or prevent the opening of a new restaurant in a particular area.
 
In the United States, we are subject to the rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, and various state laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. The FTC and various state laws require that we furnish to certain prospective franchisees a franchise disclosure document containing prescribed information. A number of states, in which we are currently franchising, regulate the sale of franchises and require registration of the franchise disclosure document with state authorities and the delivery of a franchise disclosure document to prospective franchisees. We are currently operating under exemptions from registration in several of these states based upon our net worth and experience. Substantive state laws that regulate the franchisor/franchisee relationship presently exist in a substantial number of states. These state laws often limit, among other things, the duration and scope of non-competition provisions, the ability of a franchisor to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise and the ability of a franchisor to designate sources of supply.
 
Company restaurant operations and our relationships with franchisees are subject to federal and state antitrust laws and federal and state laws governing such matters as consumer protection, privacy, wages, union organizing, working conditions, work authorization requirements, health insurance and overtime. Some states have set minimum wage requirements higher than the federal level. We are also subject to the regulations of the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement.
 
Our facilities must comply with the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act, or the ADA, which requires that all public accommodations and commercial facilities meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. As described more fully under “Item 3. Legal Proceedings,” we were sued in California in an action alleging that all of the Burger King restaurants in California leased by the Company and operated by franchisees violated accessibility requirements under federal and state law.
 
As a manufacturer and distributor of food products, we are subject to a number of food safety regulations, including the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations adopted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. This comprehensive regulatory framework governs the manufacture (including composition and ingredients), labeling, packaging and safety of food in the United States.
 
In addition, we may become subject to legislation or regulation seeking to tax and/or regulate high-fat, high-calorie and high-sodium foods, particularly in the United States, the U.K. and Spain. Certain counties, states and municipalities, such as California, Vermont, New York City, and King County, Washington, have approved menu labeling legislation that requires restaurant chains to provide caloric information on menu boards, and menu labeling legislation has also been adopted on the federal level. In addition, public interest groups have focused attention on the marketing of high calorie, high-fat and high-sodium foods to children in a stated effort to combat childhood obesity. As a result, laws have been enacted in certain places that limit distribution of free toy premiums only to customers purchasing kids’ meals that meet certain nutritional requirements. We may not have kids’ meals that meet these nutritional requirements and we may need to cease offering free toy premiums in these areas.
 
Internationally, our Company and franchise restaurants are subject to national and local laws and regulations, which are generally similar to those affecting our U.S. restaurants, including laws and regulations concerning franchises, labor, health, privacy, sanitation and safety. For example, regulators in the U.K. have adopted restrictions on television advertising of foods high in fat, salt or sugar targeted at children. In addition, the Spanish government and certain industry organizations have focused on reducing advertisements that promote large portion sizes.


14


Table of Contents

Regulators in Canada and in other countries are proposing to take steps to reduce the level of exposure to acrylamide, a potential carcinogen that naturally occurs in the preparation of foods such as french fries. The federal public attorney in Sao Paulo, Brazil has filed a civil lawsuit against Burger King and other fast food restaurant companies to prohibit promotional sales of toys in our restaurants in Brazil. We have signed the EU Pledge, which is a voluntary commitment to the European Commission to change our advertising to children under the age of 12 in the European Union. Our international restaurants are also subject to tariffs and regulations on imported commodities and equipment and laws regulating foreign investment.
 
Environmental Matters
 
We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental regulations. Various laws concerning the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and restaurant waste and the operation of restaurants in environmentally sensitive locations may impact aspects of our operations; however, compliance with applicable environmental regulations is not believed to have a material effect on capital expenditures, financial condition, results of operations, or our competitive position. Increased focus by U.S. and overseas governmental authorities on environmental matters is likely to lead to new governmental initiatives, particularly in the area of climate change. To the extent that these initiatives caused an increase in our supplies or distribution costs, they may impact our business both directly and indirectly. Furthermore, climate change may exacerbate adverse weather conditions which could adversely impact our operations and/or increase the cost of our food and other supplies in ways which we cannot predict at this time.
 
Seasonal Operations
 
Our business is moderately seasonal. Restaurant sales are typically higher in the spring and summer months when weather is warmer than in the fall and winter months. Restaurant sales during the winter are typically highest in December, during the holiday shopping season. Our restaurant sales and Company restaurant margins are typically lowest during the winter months, which include February, the shortest month of the year. Furthermore, adverse weather conditions can have material adverse effects on restaurant sales. The timing of religious holidays may also impact restaurant sales. Because our business is moderately seasonal, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full fiscal year.
 
Our Employees
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 35,020 employees in our Company restaurants, our field management offices and our global headquarters. As franchisees are independent business owners, they and their employees are not included in our employee count. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. We have recently implemented a restructuring plan that resulted in work force reductions throughout our global organization. These work force reductions will not impact the number of employees at our Company restaurants.
 
Financial Information about Business Segments and Regions
 
Financial information about our business segments (U.S. & Canada, EMEA/APAC and Latin America) is incorporated herein by reference from Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 and in Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
 
Available Information
 
The Company makes available free of charge on or through the Investor Relations section of its internet website at www.bk.com, this transition report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). This information is also available at www.sec.gov, an internet site maintained by the SEC that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The material may also be read and copied by visiting the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information


15


Table of Contents

on the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The references to our website address and the SEC’s website address do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained in these websites and should not be considered part of this document.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
Certain statements made in this report that reflect management’s expectations regarding future events and economic performance are forward-looking in nature and, accordingly, are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include statements regarding our intent to focus on sales growth and profitability; our intent to focus on international expansion to increase the number of new restaurants; our beliefs and expectations regarding the mix of franchise restaurants and Company restaurants, including our expectations that the percentage of franchise restaurants will increase over the next few years; our beliefs and expectations regarding our newly developed restaurant design; our beliefs and expectations regarding the strength of our menu and our ability to optimize our menu by focusing on core products while improving menu variety through new product launches; our expectations regarding opportunities to enhance restaurant-level margins and profitability; our intention to continue to employ innovative and creative marketing strategies to increase our restaurant traffic and comparable sales; our intention to focus on enhancing the guest experience and improve average restaurant sales by rolling out a more efficient cost-effective remodel solution to drive meaningful sales lifts and maximize return on capital for ourselves and our franchisees; our beliefs and expectations regarding our ability to reduce our general and administrative expenses; our beliefs and expectations regarding our ability to refranchise up to half of our current Company restaurant portfolio within the next three to five years; our ability to manage fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates; our estimates regarding our liquidity, capital expenditures and sources of both, and our ability to fund future operations and obligations; our estimates regarding the fulfillment of certain volume purchase commitments; our expectations regarding the impact of accounting pronouncements; our intention to renew hedging contracts; and our expectations regarding unrecognized tax benefits. These forward-looking statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. Important factors could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties discussed below.
 
Risks related to our business
 
Our success depends on our ability to compete with our major competitors.
 
The restaurant industry is intensely competitive and we compete in the United States and internationally with many well-established food service companies on the basis of product choice, quality, affordability, service and location. Our competitors include a variety of independent local operators, in addition to well-capitalized regional, national and international restaurant chains and franchises. In the FFHR industry our principal competitors are McDonald’s and Wendy’s as well as regional hamburger restaurant chains, such as Carl’s Jr., Jack in the Box and Sonic. To a lesser extent, we also compete for consumer dining dollars with national, regional and local (i) quick service restaurants that offer alternative menus, (ii) casual and “fast casual” restaurant chains, and (iii) convenience stores and grocery stores that offer menu items comparable to that of Burger King restaurants. Furthermore, the restaurant industry has few barriers to entry, and therefore new competitors may emerge at any time.
 
Our ability to compete will depend on the success of our plans to improve existing products, to develop and roll-out new products and product line extensions, to effectively respond to consumer preferences and to manage the complexity of our restaurant operations as well as the impact of our competitors’ actions. To the extent that one of our existing or future competitors offers items that are better priced or more appealing to consumer tastes, increases the number of restaurants it operates in one of our key markets, reimages its restaurant portfolio to better enhance the restaurant experience, or has more effective advertising and marketing programs than we do, this product and price competition could adversely affect our revenues and those of our franchisees.


16


Table of Contents

Some of our competitors have significantly greater resources than we do, and therefore we may be at a disadvantage in competing with them.
 
Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial resources, higher revenues and greater economies of scale than we do. These advantages may allow them to react to changes in pricing, marketing and the QSR segment in general more quickly and more effectively than we can. Some of these competitors spend significantly more on advertising, marketing and other promotional activities than we do, which may give them a competitive advantage through higher levels of brand awareness among consumers. In addition, our major competitors may be able to devote greater resources to accelerate their restaurant remodeling and rebuilding efforts, rapidly expand new product introductions or implement aggressive product discounting, which could give them a competitive advantage and adversely affect traffic, sales or profitability at our system restaurants. Moreover, certain of our major competitors have completed the reimaging of a significant percentage of their store base. Furthermore, in a difficult economy we believe that these competitive advantages arising from greater financial resources and economies of scale may intensify thereby permitting our competitors to gain market share. Such competition may adversely affect our revenues and profits by reducing revenues of Company restaurants and royalty payments from franchise restaurants.
 
The market for retail real estate is highly competitive. Based on their size advantage and/or their greater financial resources, some of our competitors may have the ability to negotiate more favorable ground lease terms than we can and some landlords and developers may offer priority or grant exclusivity to some of our competitors for desirable locations. As a result, we may not be able to obtain new leases or renew existing leases on acceptable terms, if at all, which could adversely affect our sales and brand-building initiatives.
 
Economic conditions are adversely affecting consumer discretionary spending and may continue to negatively impact our business and operating results.
 
We believe that our sales, guest traffic and profitability are strongly correlated to consumer discretionary spending, which is influenced by general economic conditions, unemployment levels, the availability of discretionary income and, ultimately, consumer confidence. A protracted economic slowdown, increased unemployment and underemployment of our customer base, decreased salaries and wage rates, increased energy prices, inflation, foreclosures, rising interest rates or other industry-wide cost pressures adversely affect consumer behavior and decrease consumer spending for restaurant dining occasions. The current global economic environment has weakened consumer confidence and impacted the public’s ability and desire to spend discretionary dollars, resulting in lower levels of guest traffic in restaurants located in some of our major markets and a reduction in the average amount guests spend in our restaurants. This has, in turn, reduced our revenues and resulted in sales deleverage, spreading fixed costs across a lower level of sales and causing downward pressure on our profitability. These factors have also reduced sales at franchise restaurants, resulting in lower royalty payments from franchisees, and could reduce profitability of franchise restaurants.
 
If this difficult economic situation continues for a prolonged period of time or deepens in magnitude, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Specifically, we may be required to incur non-cash impairment or other charges, reduce the number and/or frequency of new restaurant openings, close or sell Company restaurants, and/or slow our Company restaurant reimaging program. As long as the difficult economic situation continues we expect our sales, guest traffic, profitability and overall operating results to be adversely affected.
 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations.
 
BKC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, has incurred a significant amount of indebtedness, which we have guaranteed. As of December 31, 2010, we had aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $2,699.1 million (excluding original issue discount on our senior secured credit facilities), including $800 million of 97/8% senior notes due 2018 (the “Senior Notes”), and we had commitments under our revolving credit facility available to us of $150.0 million (not giving effect to approximately $33.9 million of outstanding letters of credit).


17


Table of Contents

Subject to the limits contained in the indenture governing our Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), the credit agreement with respect to our senior secured credit facilities (the “New Credit Agreement”) and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences, including:
 
  •  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
 
  •  requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;
 
  •  exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;
 
  •  limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;
 
  •  placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and
 
  •  increasing our cost of borrowing.
 
In addition, the Senior Notes Indenture and the New Credit Agreement contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of substantially all of our debt.
 
The occurrence of certain defaults by us, including a default in our payment obligations, could have serious consequences for us. The holders of our Senior Notes may accelerate our obligations which, in turn, could result in our insolvency or bankruptcy.
 
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
 
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The Senior Notes Indenture and the New Credit Agreement restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due.
 
In addition, we conduct a substantial portion of our operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on our indebtedness (unless they are guarantors thereof) or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity, and, under certain


18


Table of Contents

circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the Senior Notes Indenture and the agreements governing certain of our other existing indebtedness limit the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness.
 
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would materially and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and holders of the Senior Notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could terminate their commitments to loan money, our secured lenders could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
 
The terms of our Senior Notes Indenture and the New Credit Agreement restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
 
The Senior Notes Indenture and the New Credit Agreement contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our best interest, including restrictions on our ability to:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;
 
  •  pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock;
 
  •  prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;
 
  •  make loans and investments;
 
  •  sell or otherwise dispose of assets;
 
  •  incur liens;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  alter the businesses we conduct;
 
  •  enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and
 
  •  consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.
 
In addition, the restrictive covenants in the New Credit Agreement require BKC to maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to meet those financial ratios can be affected by events beyond our control.
 
The restrictions contained in the Senior Notes Indenture and the New Credit Agreement could adversely affect our ability to:
 
  •  finance our operations;
 
  •  make needed capital expenditures;
 
  •  make strategic acquisitions or investments or enter into joint ventures;
 
  •  withstand a future downturn in our business, the industry or the economy in general;
 
  •  engage in business activities, including future opportunities, that may be in our interest; and
 
  •  plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies.
 
These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our plans.
 
A breach of the covenants under the Senior Notes Indenture and the New Credit Agreement could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related


19


Table of Contents

debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the New Credit Agreement would permit the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our senior secured credit facilities, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.
 
The concentration of our restaurants in limited geographic areas subjects us to additional risk.
 
Our results of operations are substantially affected not only by global economic conditions, but also by the local economic conditions in the markets in which we have significant operations. In the United States, 50% of our Company restaurants are located in three states, Florida, North Carolina and Indiana. In EMEA/APAC, over 75% of our Company restaurants and 45% of our franchise restaurants are located in three countries, Germany, the U.K. and Spain, with these markets representing 19% of our total revenues for the Transition Period. In Latin America, 100% of our Company restaurants and 30% of our franchise restaurants are located in Mexico. Many of the markets in which we and our franchisees operate have been particularly affected by the economic downturn and the timing and strength of any economic recovery is uncertain in many of our most important markets.
 
Our geographic concentration increases vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and may have a disproportionate effect on our overall results of operations as compared to some of our competitors that may have less restaurant concentration.
 
Over the past 24 months, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, declining sales and operating losses in Germany, primarily due to competitive factors. Germany is our second largest market, and this restaurant concentration has negatively impacted our operating results. If we are unable to strengthen the operating performance of the German restaurants, we could incur a decrease in our revenues and earnings which could negatively impact our financial condition and our future revenue growth.
 
Our business is subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates.
 
Our international operations are impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in currency regulations. In countries outside of the United States where we operate Company restaurants, we generally generate revenues and incur operating expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses denominated in local currencies. These revenues and expenses are translated using the average rates during the period in which they are recognized and are impacted by changes in currency exchange rates. Further, in some of our international markets, such as Canada, Mexico and the U.K., our suppliers purchase goods in currencies other than the local currency in which they operate and pass all or a portion of the currency exchange impact on to us. In many countries where we do not have Company restaurants, our franchisees pay royalties to us in currencies other than the local currency in which they operate. However, as the royalties are calculated based on local currency sales, our revenues are still impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the Transition Period, income from operations would have decreased or increased $5.3 million if all foreign currencies uniformly weakened or strengthened by 10% relative to the U.S. dollar. However, different regions experience varied currency fluctuations. As a result, if a region in which we have a high concentration of restaurants experiences a weakening in its currency, it could adversely affect our income from operations even if other foreign currencies did not weaken.
 
Fluctuations in interest rates may also affect our business. We attempt to minimize this risk and lower our overall borrowing costs through the utilization of derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate caps. These instruments are entered into with financial institutions and have reset dates and critical terms that match those of our forecasted interest payments. Accordingly, any changes in interest rates we pay are partially offset by changes in the market value associated with derivative financial instruments. We do not attempt to hedge all of our debt and, as a result, may incur higher interest costs for portions of our debt which are not hedged. In addition, we enter into forward contracts to reduce our exposure to volatility from foreign currency fluctuations associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets, and from time to time we also hedge forecasted cash flows denominated in


20


Table of Contents

Canadian and Australian dollars. However, for a variety of reasons, we do not hedge our revenue exposure in other currencies. Therefore, we are exposed to volatility in those other currencies, and this volatility may differ from period to period. As a result, the foreign currency impact on our operating results for one period may not be indicative of future results.
 
As a result of entering into these hedging contracts with major financial institutions, we may be subject to counterparty nonperformance risk. Should there be a counterparty default, we could be exposed to the net losses on the hedged arrangements or be unable to recover anticipated net gains from the transactions.
 
Our quarterly results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the seasonality of our business and other events.
 
Our business is moderately seasonal. Restaurant sales are typically higher in the spring and summer months when weather is warmer than in the fall and winter months. Restaurant sales during the winter are typically highest in December, during the holiday shopping season. Our restaurant sales and Company restaurant margins are typically lowest during the winter months, which include February, the shortest month of the year. Furthermore, adverse weather conditions can have, and have had in the past, a material adverse effect on restaurant sales. Because our business is moderately seasonal, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full fiscal year.
 
Increases in the cost of food, paper products and energy could harm our profitability and operating results.
 
Our profitability depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food and supply costs. Any increase in food prices, especially those of beef or chicken, could adversely affect our operating results. The market for beef and chicken is particularly volatile and is subject to significant price fluctuations due to seasonal shifts, climate conditions, demand for corn (a key ingredient of cattle and chicken feed), corn ethanol policy, industry demand, international commodity markets, food safety concerns, product recalls, government regulation and other factors, all of which are beyond our control and, in many instances unpredictable. If the price of beef, chicken or other products that we use in our restaurants increases in the future and we choose not to pass, or cannot pass, these increases on to our guests, our operating margins would decrease. In recent fiscal quarters, a rise in the price of beef has negatively impacted our restaurant margins and we expect these elevated price levels to persist into fiscal 2011.
 
Our exposure to risks from increases in food and supply costs may be greater than that of some of our competitors as we do not have ultimate control over the purchasing of these products in the United States or Canada. In the United States, we have established a cooperative with our franchisees to negotiate food prices on behalf of all Company and franchise restaurants. This cooperative does not utilize commodity option or future contracts to hedge commodity prices for beef or other food products and does not typically enter into long-term pricing arrangements. Furthermore, we do not hedge commodity prices in markets outside the United States. As a result, we typically purchase beef and many other commodities at market prices, which fluctuate on a daily basis. Increases in commodity prices could result in higher restaurant operating costs, and the highly competitive nature of our industry may limit our ability to pass increased costs on to our guests.
 
Increases in energy costs for our Company restaurants, principally electricity for lighting restaurants and natural gas for our broilers, could adversely affect our operating margins and our financial results if we choose not to pass, or cannot pass, these increased costs to our guests. In addition, our distributors purchase gasoline needed to transport food and other supplies to us. Any significant increases in energy costs could result in the imposition of fuel surcharges by our distributors that could adversely affect our operating margins and financial results if we chose not to pass, or cannot pass, theses increased costs to our guests.
 
Increases in labor costs could slow our growth or harm our business.
 
We are an extremely labor intensive business. Consequently, our success depends in part upon our ability to manage our labor costs and its impact on our margins. We currently seek to minimize the long-term trend toward higher wages in both mature and developing markets through increases in labor efficiencies, however we may not be successful.


21


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we must continue to attract, motivate and retain regional operational and restaurant general managers with the qualifications to succeed in our industry and the motivation to apply our core service philosophy. If we are unable to continue to recruit and retain sufficiently qualified managers or to motivate our employees to sustain high service levels, our business and our growth could be adversely affected. Despite current economic conditions, attracting and retaining qualified managers and employees remains challenging and our inability to meet these challenges could require us to pay higher wages and/or additional costs associated with high turnover. In addition, increases in the minimum wage or labor regulations and the potential impact of union organizing efforts in the countries in which we operate could increase our labor costs. Additional labor costs could adversely affect our margins.
 
Our operating results depend on the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs.
 
Our revenues are heavily influenced by brand marketing and advertising. Our marketing and advertising programs may not be successful, which may lead us to fail to attract new guests and retain existing guests. If our marketing and advertising programs are unsuccessful, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, because franchisees and Company restaurants contribute to our advertising fund based on a percentage of their gross sales, our advertising fund expenditures are dependent upon sales volumes at system-wide restaurants. If system-wide sales decline, there will be a reduced amount available for our marketing and advertising programs. In addition, in response to the recession, we have emphasized certain value offerings in our marketing and advertising programs to drive traffic at our stores. The disadvantage of value offerings is that the low-price offerings may condition our guests to resist higher prices in a more favorable economic environment.
 
Our future prospects depend on our ability to implement our strategy of increasing our restaurant portfolio.
 
We plan to significantly increase worldwide restaurant count. A significant component of our future growth strategy involves increasing our net restaurant count in our international markets. We and our franchisees face many challenges in opening new restaurants, including, among others:
 
  •  the selection and availability of suitable restaurant locations;
 
  •  the impact of local tax, zoning, land use and environmental rules and regulations on our ability and the ability of our franchisees to develop restaurants, and the impact of any material difficulties or failures that we and our franchisees experience in obtaining the necessary licenses and approvals for new restaurants;
 
  •  the negotiation of acceptable lease terms;
 
  •  the availability of bank credit and, for franchise restaurants, the ability of franchisees to obtain acceptable financing terms;
 
  •  securing acceptable suppliers;
 
  •  employing and training qualified personnel; and
 
  •  consumer preferences and local market conditions.
 
We expect that most of our growth will be accomplished through the opening of additional franchise restaurants. However, our franchisees may be unwilling or unable to increase their investment in our system by opening new restaurants, particularly if their existing restaurants are not generating positive financial results. Moreover, opening new franchise restaurants depends, in part, upon the availability of prospective franchisees with the experience and financial resources to be effective operators of Burger King restaurants. In the past, we have approved franchisees that were unsuccessful in implementing their expansion plans, particularly in new markets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify franchisees who meet our criteria, or if we identify such franchisees, that they will successfully implement their expansion plans.


22


Table of Contents

Approximately 90% of our current restaurants are franchised and this restaurant ownership mix presents a number of disadvantages and risks.
 
Approximately 90% of our current restaurants are franchised and we intend to reduce the percentage of Company restaurants over the next five years. Although we believe that this restaurant ownership mix is beneficial to us because the capital required to grow and maintain our system is funded primarily by franchisees, it also presents a number of drawbacks, such as our limited influence over franchisees and reliance on franchisees to implement major initiatives, limited ability to facilitate changes in restaurant ownership, limitations on enforcement of franchise obligations due to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and inability or unwillingness of franchisees to participate in our strategic initiatives. For example, our success in executing one of our key strategies (reimaging our store base) will be dependent on the ability and willingness of our franchisees to reinvest in remodeling or rebuilding their stores. Moreover, as the percentage of franchise restaurants increases, the problems associated with these drawbacks may be exacerbated and may present a significant challenge for management.
 
Our principal competitors may have greater influence over their respective restaurant systems than we do because of their significantly higher percentage of Company restaurants and/or ownership of franchisee real estate. McDonald’s and Wendy’s have a higher percentage of Company restaurants than we do, and, as a result, they may have a greater ability to implement operational initiatives and business strategies, including their marketing and advertising programs.
 
Franchisee support of our marketing and advertising programs is critical for our success.
 
The support of our franchisees is critical for the success of our marketing programs and any new capital intensive or other strategic initiatives we seek to undertake, and the successful execution of these initiatives will depend on our ability to maintain alignment with our franchisees. While we can mandate certain strategic initiatives through enforcement of our franchise agreements, we need the active support of our franchisees if the implementation of these initiatives is to be successful. In addition, our efforts to build alignment with franchisees may result in a delay in the implementation of our marketing and advertising programs and other key initiatives. Our franchisees may not continue to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives or franchisees may not be supportive of the ownership change. We were sued by four franchisees in Florida over extended hours of operation, which is one of our important initiatives to drive higher sales. We were also sued by the National Franchisee Association over our ability to set maximum price points for the BK® Value Menu. The failure of our franchisees to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our operating results are closely tied to the success of our franchisees; however, our franchisees are independent operators and we have limited influence over their restaurant operations.
 
We receive revenues in the form of royalties and fees from our franchisees. As a result, our operating results substantially depend upon our franchisees’ sales volumes, restaurant profitability and financial viability. However, our franchisees are independent operators and we cannot control many factors that impact the profitability of their restaurants. Pursuant to the franchise agreements and our Manual of Operating Data, we can, among other things, mandate menu items, signage, equipment, hours of operation and value menu, establish operating procedures and approve suppliers, distributors and products. However, the quality of franchise restaurant operations may be diminished by any number of factors beyond our control. Consequently, franchisees may not successfully operate restaurants in a manner consistent with our standards and requirements, such as our cleanliness standards, or standards set by federal, state and local governmental laws and regulations. In addition, franchisees may not hire and train qualified managers and other restaurant personnel. While we ultimately can take action to terminate franchisees that do not comply with the standards contained in our franchise agreements and our Manual of Operating Data, we may not be able to identify problems and take action quickly enough and, as a result, our image and reputation may suffer, and our franchise revenues and results of operations could decline.
 
We have experienced seven consecutive quarters of negative comparable sales in the United States and Canada, and this trend has impacted the sales volumes, restaurant profitability and financial viability of a number of our franchisees. If comparable sales do not improve in the short term, the number of franchisees in financial distress


23


Table of Contents

will likely increase, which could result in, among other things, restaurant closures, delayed or reduced payments to us of royalties, advertising contributions and rents, and an inability for such franchisees to obtain financing to fund development, restaurant remodels or equipment initiatives on acceptable terms or at all.
 
In connection with sales of Company restaurants to franchisees, we have guaranteed certain lease payments of franchisees arising from leases assigned to the franchisees as part of the sale, by remaining secondarily liable for base and contingent rents under the assigned leases of varying terms. The aggregate contingent obligation arising from these assigned lease guarantees, excluding contingent rent, was $68.6 million as of December 31, 2010, including $39.0 million in the U.K., expiring over an average period of seven years.
 
We have limited influence over the decision of franchisees to invest in other businesses or incur excessive indebtedness.
 
Our franchisees are independent operators and, therefore, we have limited influence over their ability to invest in other businesses or incur excessive indebtedness. Some of our franchisees have invested in other businesses, including other restaurant concepts. In some cases, these franchisees have used the cash generated by their Burger King restaurants to expand their non Burger King businesses or to subsidize losses incurred by such businesses. Additionally, as independent operators, franchisees do not require our consent to incur indebtedness. Consequently, our franchisees have in the past, and may in the future, experience financial distress as a result of over-leveraging. To the extent that our franchisees use the cash from their Burger King restaurants to subsidize their other businesses or experience financial distress, due to over-leverage or otherwise, it could negatively affect (1) our operating results as a result of delayed or reduced payments of royalties, advertising fund contributions and rents for properties we lease to them, (2) our future revenue, earnings and cash flow growth, (3) our financial condition and (4) the speed of our reimaging program. In addition, lenders to our franchisees which were adversely affected by franchisees who defaulted on their indebtedness may be less likely to provide current or prospective franchisees necessary financing on favorable terms or at all.
 
If we fail to successfully implement our restaurant reimaging initiative, our ability to increase our revenues and operating profits may be adversely affected.
 
Over the past several years, we have embarked on a program to remodel or rebuild our Company restaurants in the United States and Canada. In order to maximize the benefits of this program, we use a methodology to select the Company restaurants in our portfolio that we expect will achieve the highest return on investment, thereby optimizing the use of our limited capital resources. We anticipate implementing a more cost effective remodeling solution which will focus spending on improvements that we believe will drive meaningful sales lifts to maximize the return on capital for ourselves and our franchisees. However, the restaurants that we select may not achieve the expected return on investment. Additionally, there can be no assurance that our restaurant remodeling efforts will have the impact on average restaurant sales or on return on investment that we anticipate. If our restaurant remodeling efforts are unsuccessful, our ability to increase our revenues and operating profits would be adversely affected.
 
Furthermore, our restaurant reimaging initiative depends on the ability, and willingness, of franchisees to accelerate the remodeling of their existing restaurants. Our franchisees may not be willing to commit to our new more efficient, cost-effective remodeling solution until we can demonstrate the positive impact on average restaurant sales. Once they are committed to engaging in such remodeling, many of our franchisees will need to borrow funds in order to finance these capital expenditures. We do not provide our franchisees with financing and therefore their ability to access borrowed funds depends on their independent relationships with various regional and national financial institutions. If our franchisees are unable to obtain financing at commercially reasonable rates, or not at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the reimaging of their existing restaurants, and our future growth could be adversely affected. We have in the past offered, and may in the future decide to offer, our franchisees financial incentives to accelerate our restaurant development and reimaging initiatives. However, the cost of these financial incentives may have an adverse impact on our franchise revenues and operating results.


24


Table of Contents

Our portfolio management program may adversely affect our results of operations and may not yield the long-term financial results that we expect.
 
We believe that our future growth and profitability will depend on our ability to successfully implement our portfolio management program, including refranchising Company restaurants and closing underperforming restaurants. As part of our portfolio management program we expect to accelerate the pace of refranchisings of our current Company restaurant portfolio within the next three to five years. However, refranchisings may have unexpected and negative short term effects on our results of operations. For example, (i) our Company restaurant margins could be adversely affected if the refranchised restaurants were more profitable than our average Company restaurant, (ii) our general and administrative expenses may increase as a result of severance and other termination costs incurred in connection with refranchisings and may continue to increase as a percentage of revenues unless we are able to identify costs to eliminate as a result of the transaction, or (iii) we may be required to recognize accounting or tax gains or losses on refranchising transactions, which could adversely affect our results of operations for a specific period.
 
Our ability to achieve the long-term benefits of our refranchising transactions will depend on (i) our ability to identify new or existing franchisees that are willing and able to pay commercially reasonable prices for such restaurants, (ii) our ability to sell Company restaurants in those markets where we desire to reduce our geographic concentration, (iii) our ability to reduce our overhead and fixed costs to reflect our lower restaurant count, and (iv) the ability and willingness of these new and existing franchisees to remodel the refranchised restaurants and develop new restaurants within the markets of the refranchised restaurants, and the pace of such remodeling and development activity. Our ability to recognize the long term benefits of any acquisition we may make as part of our portfolio management program will depend on our capacity to successfully identify acquisition targets, negotiate and close such transactions on commercially reasonable terms and integrate the operations of the acquired restaurants into our system. If we and our new franchisees are not successful, then we may not achieve the long-term financial results anticipated.
 
In addition, our ability to implement our portfolio management program in certain geographical areas may be limited by tax, accounting or other regulatory considerations.
 
Our international operations subject us to additional risks and costs and may cause our profitability to decline.
 
As of December 31, 2010, our restaurants were operated, directly by us or by franchisees, in 76 countries and U.S. territories (including Guam and Puerto Rico, which are considered part of our international business). During the Transition Period and fiscal 2010, our revenues from international operations represented 39% and 38%, respectively, of total revenues and we intend to continue expansion of our international operations. As a result, our business is increasingly exposed to risks inherent in foreign operations. These risks, which can vary substantially by market, are described in many of the risk factors discussed in the section and include the following:
 
  •  governmental laws, regulations and policies adopted to manage national economic conditions, such as increases in taxes, austerity measures that impact consumer spending, monetary policies that may impact inflation rates and currency fluctuations;
 
  •  the risk of single franchisee markets and single distributor markets;
 
  •  the risk of markets in which we have granted subfranchising rights;
 
  •  the effects of legal and regulatory changes and the burdens and costs of our compliance with a variety of foreign laws;
 
  •  changes in the laws and policies that govern foreign investment and trade in the countries in which we operate;
 
  •  risks and costs associated with political and economic instability, corruption, anti-American sentiment and social and ethnic unrest in the countries in which we operate;


25


Table of Contents

 
  •  the risks of operating in developing or emerging markets in which there are significant uncertainties regarding the interpretation, application and enforceability of laws and regulations and the enforceability of contract rights and intellectual property rights;
 
  •  risks arising from the significant and rapid fluctuations in currency exchange markets and the decisions and positions that we take to hedge such volatility;
 
  •  changing labor conditions and difficulties in staffing our international operations;
 
  •  the impact of labor costs on our margins given our labor-intensive business model and the long-term trend toward higher wages in both mature and developing markets and the potential impact of union organizing efforts on day-to-day operations of our restaurants;
 
  •  the effects of increases in the taxes we pay and other changes in applicable tax laws;
 
  •  whether we can develop effective initiatives in underperforming markets that may be experiencing challenges such as low consumer confidence levels, negative consumer perceptions about our foods, slow economic growth or a highly competitive operating environment;
 
  •  the nature and timing of decisions about underperforming markets or assets, including decisions that result in significant impairment charges that reduce our earnings; and
 
  •  our ability to identify and secure appropriate real estate sites and to manage the costs and profitability of our growth in light of competitive pressures and other operating conditions that may limit pricing flexibility.
 
These factors may increase in importance as we expect to open new Company and franchise restaurants in international markets as part of our growth strategy.
 
Franchisees may not be willing or able to renew their franchise agreements with us.
 
Our franchise agreements typically have a 20-year term, and our franchisees may not be willing or able to renew their franchise agreements with us. For example, franchisees may decide not to renew due to low sales volumes, or high real estate costs, or may be unable to renew due to the failure to secure lease renewals. In order for a franchisee to renew its franchise agreement with us, it typically must pay a $50,000 franchise fee, remodel its restaurant to conform to our current standards and, in many cases, renew its property lease with its landlord. The average cost to remodel a stand-alone restaurant in the United States ranges from $200,000 to $525,000 and the average cost to replace the existing building with a new building is approximately $1.1 million. Franchisees generally require additional capital to undertake the required remodeling, which may not be available to the franchisee on acceptable terms or at all. If a substantial number of our franchisees cannot or decide not to, renew their franchise agreements with us, then our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.
 
Our business is affected by changes in consumer preferences and perceptions.
 
The restaurant industry is affected by consumer preferences and perceptions. If prevailing health or dietary preferences and perceptions cause consumers to avoid our products in favor of alternative food options, our business could suffer. In addition, negative publicity about our products could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In recent years, numerous companies in the fast food industry have introduced products positioned to capitalize on the growing consumer preference for food products that are, or are perceived to be, healthful, nutritious, and low in calories, sodium and fat content. Our success will depend in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences, tastes and eating and purchasing habits.
 
Food safety and food-borne illness concerns may have an adverse effect on our business.
 
Food safety is a top priority, and we dedicate substantial resources to ensure that our customers enjoy safe, quality food products. However, food-borne illnesses, such as E. coli, bovine spongiform encephalopathy or “mad cow disease,” hepatitis A, trichinosis or salmonella, and food safety issues have occurred in the food industry in the past, and could occur in the future. Furthermore, our reliance on third-party food suppliers and distributors increases


26


Table of Contents

the risk that food-borne illness incidents could be caused by factors outside of our control and that multiple locations would be affected rather than a single restaurant. New illnesses resistant to any precautions may develop in the future, or diseases with long incubation periods could arise, such as mad cow disease, which could give rise to claims or allegations on a retroactive basis. Any report or publicity linking us or one of our franchisees to instances of food-borne illness or other food safety issues, including food tampering or contamination, could adversely affect our brands and reputation as well as our revenues and profits. Outbreaks of disease, as well as influenza, could reduce traffic in our stores. If our customers become ill from food-borne illnesses, we could also be forced to temporarily close some restaurants. In addition, instances of food-borne illness, food tampering or food contamination occurring solely at restaurants of competitors could adversely affect our sales as a result of negative publicity about the foodservice industry generally.
 
The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or food safety issues could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, which could result in disruptions in our supply chain, significantly increase our costs and/or lower margins for us and our franchisees. In addition, our industry has long been subject to the threat of food tampering by suppliers, employees or guests, such as the addition of foreign objects in the food that we sell. Reports, whether or not true, of injuries caused by food tampering have in the past severely injured the reputations of restaurant chains in the quick service restaurant segment and could affect us in the future as well.
 
Our results can be adversely affected by unforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or catastrophic events.
 
Unforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or catastrophic events, can adversely impact our restaurant sales. Natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and severe adverse weather conditions and health pandemics, such as the outbreak of the H1N1 flu, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, can keep customers in the affected area from dining out and result in lost opportunities for our restaurants. For example, worldwide comparable sales in January and February 2010 were severely impacted by inclement weather conditions in the Northeast U.S. and Europe, while the outbreak of the H1N1 flu pandemic in Mexico during fiscal 2009 resulted in the temporary closure of many of our restaurants in and around Mexico City and adversely affected our revenues and financial results. Because a significant portion of our restaurant operating costs is fixed or semi-fixed in nature, the loss of sales during these periods hurts our operating margins and can result in restaurant operating losses.
 
Shortages or interruptions in the availability and delivery of food, beverages and other supplies may increase costs or reduce revenues.
 
We and our franchisees are dependent upon third parties to make frequent deliveries of perishable food products that meet our specifications. Shortages or interruptions in the supply of food items and other supplies to our restaurants could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of items we buy and the operations of our restaurants. Such shortages or disruptions could be caused by inclement weather, natural disasters such as floods, drought and hurricanes, increased demand, problems in production or distribution, the inability of our vendors to obtain credit, food safety warnings or advisories or the prospect of such pronouncements, or other conditions beyond our control. A shortage or interruption in the availability of certain food products or supplies could increase costs and limit the availability of products critical to restaurant operations.
 
Four distributors service approximately 85% of our U.S. system restaurants and in many of our international markets, including the U.K., we have a sole distributor that delivers products to all of our restaurants. Our distributors operate in a competitive and low-margin business environment. If one of our principal distributors is in financial distress and therefore unable to continue to supply us and our franchisees with needed products, we may need to take steps to ensure the continued supply of products to restaurants in the affected markets, which could result in increased costs to distribute needed products. If a principal distributor for our Company restaurants and/or our franchisees fails to meet its service requirements for any reason, it could lead to a disruption of service or supply until a new distributor is engaged, which could have an adverse effect on our business.


27


Table of Contents

The loss of key management personnel or our inability to attract and retain new qualified personnel could hurt our business and inhibit our ability to operate and grow successfully.
 
We are dependent on the efforts and abilities of our senior management, and our success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain additional qualified employees. Failure to attract personnel sufficiently qualified to execute our strategy, or to retain existing key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect the taxes we pay and our profitability.
 
We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our effective income tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including: changes in the mix of earnings in countries with different statutory tax rates; changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities; continued losses in certain international Company restaurant markets that could trigger a valuation allowance; changes in tax laws; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions around the world; taxes imposed upon sales of Company restaurants to franchisees; and any repatriation of non-U.S. earnings for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes.
 
Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. The results of a tax audit or related litigation could have a material effect on our income tax provision, net income (loss) or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
 
In addition, as a result of our recent issuance of high yield notes and our new credit facility, our effective tax rate and our ability to utilize our foreign tax credits may be adversely impacted.
 
Leasing and ownership of a significant portfolio of real estate exposes us and our franchisees to possible liabilities and losses.
 
Many of our Company and franchise restaurants are presently located on leased premises. As leases underlying our Company and franchisee restaurants expire, we or our franchisees may be unable to negotiate a new lease or lease extension, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us or our franchisees to close restaurants in desirable locations. As a result, our sales and our brand building initiatives could be adversely affected.
 
We generally cannot cancel these leases; therefore, if an existing or future restaurant is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. In the U.K., we have approximately 27 leases for properties that we sublease to franchisees in which the lease term with our landlords is longer than the sublease. As a result, we may be liable for lease obligations if such franchisees do not renew their subleases or if we cannot find substitute tenants.
 
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property, which could harm the value of our brand and branded products and adversely affect our business.
 
We depend in large part on our brand, which represents 37% of the total assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 (which percentage may materially change upon completion of the valuation of our assets as part of acquisition accounting), and we believe that our brand is very important to our success and our competitive position. We rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, service marks, trade secrets, patents and other intellectual property rights to protect our brand and branded products. The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks and service marks in order to increase brand awareness and further develop our branded products in both domestic and international markets. We have registered certain trademarks and have other trademark registrations pending in the United States and foreign jurisdictions. Not all of the trademarks that we currently use have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business, and they may never be registered in all of these countries. We may not be able to adequately protect our trademarks, and our use of these trademarks may result in liability for trademark infringement, trademark dilution or unfair competition. The


28


Table of Contents

steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in the United States and in foreign countries may not be adequate and our proprietary rights could be challenged, circumvented, infringed or invalidated. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.
 
We may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing our intellectual property rights, and we may, from time to time, be required to institute litigation to enforce our trademarks or other intellectual property rights or to protect our trade secrets. Further, third parties may assert or prosecute infringement claims against us and we may or may not be able to successfully defend these claims. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our revenue, profitability and prospects regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights.
 
We face risks of litigation and pressure tactics, such as strikes, boycotts and negative publicity from restaurant customers, franchisees, suppliers, employees and others, which could divert our financial and management resources and which may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Class action lawsuits have been filed, and may continue to be filed, against various quick service restaurants alleging, among other things, that quick service restaurants have failed to disclose the health risks associated with high-fat or high-sodium foods and that quick service restaurant marketing practices have targeted children and encouraged obesity. Adverse publicity about these allegations may negatively affect us and our franchisees, regardless of whether the allegations are true, by discouraging customers from buying our products. In addition, we face the risk of lawsuits and negative publicity resulting from illnesses and injuries, including injuries to infants and children, allegedly caused by our products, toys and other promotional items available in our restaurants or our playground equipment.
 
In addition to decreasing our revenue and profitability and diverting our management resources, adverse publicity or a substantial judgment against us could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and brand reputation, hindering our ability to attract and retain franchisees and grow our business in the United States and internationally.
 
In addition, activist groups, including animal rights activists and groups acting on behalf of franchisees, the workers who work for our suppliers and others, have in the past, and may in the future, use pressure tactics to generate adverse publicity about us by alleging, for example, inhumane treatment of animals by our suppliers, deforestation of the rainforest by our suppliers, poor working conditions or unfair purchasing policies. These groups may be able to coordinate their actions with other groups, threaten strikes or boycotts or enlist the support of well-known persons or organizations in order to increase the pressure on us to achieve their stated aims. In the future, these actions or the threat of these actions may force us to change our business practices or pricing policies, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Further, we may be subject to employee, franchisee, customer and other claims in the future based on, among other things, mismanagement of the system, unfair or unequal treatment, discrimination, harassment, violations of privacy and consumer credit laws, wrongful termination, and wage, rest break and meal break issues, including those relating to overtime compensation. We have been subject to these types of claims in the past and if one or more of these claims were to be successful or if there is a significant increase in the number of these claims, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
 
Our products are subject to numerous and changing government regulations, and failure to comply with such existing or future government regulations could negatively affect our sales, revenues and earnings.
 
Our products are subject to numerous and changing government regulations, and failure to comply with such existing or future government regulations could negatively affect our sales, revenues and earnings. In many of our markets, including the United States and Europe, we are subject to increasing regulation regarding our products, which may significantly increase our cost of doing business.


29


Table of Contents

Many governmental bodies, particularly those in the United States, the U.K. and Spain, have considered or begun to enact legislation to regulate high-fat, high-calorie and high-sodium foods as a way of combating concerns about obesity and health. Public interest groups have also focused attention on the marketing of high-fat, high-calorie and high-sodium foods to children in a stated effort to combat childhood obesity. As a result, laws have been enacted in certain places that limit distribution of free toy premiums only to customers purchasing kids’ meals that meet certain nutritional requirements. We may not have kids’ meals that meet these nutritional requirements and we may need to cease offering free toy premiums in these areas. Further, regulators in the U.K. have adopted restrictions on television advertising of foods high in fat, salt or sugar targeted at children. In addition, the Spanish government and certain industry organizations have focused on reducing advertisements that promote large portion sizes. We have made voluntary commitments to change our advertising to children under the age of 12 in the United States, Brazil and European Union. Regulators in Canada and in other countries are proposing to take steps to reduce the level of exposure to acrylamide, a potential carcinogen that naturally occurs in the preparation of foods such as french fries. In the State of California, we are required to warn about the presence of acrylamide and other potential carcinogens in our foods. The cost of complying with these regulations could increase our expenses and the negative publicity arising from such legislative initiatives could reduce our future sales.
 
Changes in governmental regulations may adversely affect restaurant operations and our financial results.
 
In the United States, each of our Company and franchise restaurants is subject to licensing and regulation by health, sanitation, safety and other agencies in the state and/or municipality in which the restaurant is located. State and local government authorities may enact laws, rules or regulations that impact restaurant operations and the cost of conducting those operations. In many of our markets, including the United States and Europe, we are subject to increasing regulation regarding our operations, which may significantly increase our cost of doing business. In developing markets, we face the risks associated with new and untested laws and judicial systems. Among the more important regulatory risks regarding our operations we face are the following:
 
  •  the impact of the Fair Labor Standards Act, which governs such matters as minimum wage, overtime and other working conditions, family leave mandates and a variety of other laws enacted by states that govern these and other employment matters;
 
  •  the impact of immigration and other local and foreign laws and regulations on our business;
 
  •  disruptions in our operations or price volatility in a market that can result from governmental actions, including price controls, currency and repatriation controls, limitations on the import or export of commodities we use or government-mandated closure of our or our vendors’ operations;
 
  •  the impact of recent efforts to require the listing of specified nutritional information on menus and menu boards on consumer demand for our products;
 
  •  the risks of operating in foreign markets in which there are significant uncertainties, including with respect to the application of legal requirements and the enforceability of laws and contractual obligations; and
 
  •  the impact of costs of compliance with privacy, consumer protection and other laws, the impact of costs resulting from consumer fraud and the impact on our margins as the use of cashless payments increases.
 
We are also subject to a Federal Trade Commission rule and to various state and foreign laws that govern the offer and sale of franchises. Various state and foreign laws regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship, including terminations and the refusal to renew franchises. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations in any jurisdiction or to obtain required government approvals could result in a ban or temporary suspension on future franchise sales, fines, other penalties or require us to make offers of rescission or restitution, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We could also face lawsuits by our franchisees based upon alleged violations of these laws.
 
The Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”), prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability in public accommodations and employment. We have, in the past, been required to make certain modifications to our restaurants pursuant to the ADA. We recently settled a lawsuit regarding alleged ADA violations in 10 of the Burger


30


Table of Contents

King restaurants that we lease to franchisees in California. The plaintiffs in that case recently filed suit against us with respect to the remaining 86 restaurants that we currently lease or leased in California. In addition, future mandated modifications to our facilities to make different accommodations for disabled persons and modifications required under the ADA could result in material unanticipated expense to us and our franchisees.
 
If we fail to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to governmental or judicial fines or sanctions. In addition, our and our franchisees’ capital expenditures could increase due to remediation measures that may be required if we are found to be noncompliant with any of these laws or regulations.
 
We are subject to risks related to the provision of employee health care benefits.
 
We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance for workers’ compensation coverage and health care plans. We record expenses under those plans based on estimates of the costs of expected claims, administrative costs, stop-loss insurance premiums and expected health care trends. These estimates are then adjusted each year to reflect actual costs incurred. Actual costs under these plans are subject to variability that is dependent upon participant enrollment, demographics and the actual costs of claims made. In the event our cost estimates differ from actual costs, we could incur additional unplanned health care costs, which could adversely impact our financial condition.
 
In March 2010, comprehensive health care reform legislation under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (HR 3590) and Health Care Education and Affordability Reconciliation Act (HR 4872) (collectively, the “Acts”) was passed and signed into law. Among other things, the health care reform legislation includes guaranteed coverage requirements, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions and annual and lifetime maximum limits, restricts the extent to which policies can be rescinded, and imposes new and significant taxes on health insurers and health care benefits. Provisions of the health care reform legislation become effective at various dates over the next several years. The Department of Health and Human Services, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, the Department of Labor and the Treasury Department have yet to issue necessary enabling regulations and guidance with respect to the health care reform legislation.
 
Due to the breadth and complexity of the health care reform legislation, the lack of implementing regulations and interpretive guidance, and the phased-in nature of the implementation, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of the health care reform legislation on our business and the businesses of our U.S. franchisees over the coming years. Possible adverse effects of the health care reform legislation include reduced revenues, increased costs, exposure to expanded liability and requirements for us to revise the ways in which we conduct business or risk of loss of business. In addition, our results of operations, financial position and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Our U.S. franchisees face the potential of similar adverse effects, and many of them are small business owners who may have significant difficulty absorbing the increased costs.
 
The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss that could adversely affect our reputation, results of operation and financial condition.
 
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit and retain personal information regarding our employees and their families, franchisees, vendors and consumers, including social security numbers, banking and tax ID information, health care information and credit card information. Some of this personal information is held and managed by certain of our vendors. Although we use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent those security and business controls, which could result in a breach of employee, consumer or franchisee privacy. A major breach, theft or loss of personal information regarding our employees and their families, our franchisees, vendors or consumers that is held by us or our vendors could result in substantial fines, penalties and potential litigation against us which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, as a result of legislative and regulatory rules, we may be required to notify the owners of the personal information of any data breaches, which could harm our reputation and financial results, as well as subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory authorities.


31


Table of Contents

Information technology system failures or interruptions or breaches of our network security may interrupt our operations, subject us to increased operating costs and expose us to litigation.
 
We rely heavily on our computer systems and network infrastructure across our operations including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing at our restaurants. Despite our implementation of security measures, all of our technology systems are vulnerable to damage, disability or failures due to physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. If our technology systems were to fail, and we were unable to recover in a timely way, we could experience an interruption in our operations which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, to the extent that some of our worldwide reporting systems require or rely on manual processes, it could increase the risk of a breach.
 
In addition, a number of our systems and processes are not fully integrated worldwide and, as a result, require us to manually estimate and consolidate certain information that we use to manage our business. To the extent that we are not able to obtain transparency into our operations from our systems, it could impair the ability of our management to react quickly to changes in the business or economic environment.
 
Compliance with or cleanup activities required by environmental laws may hurt our business.
 
We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air and water as well as the presence, handling, release and disposal of and exposure to, hazardous substances. These laws and regulations provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance. If we fail to comply with these laws or regulations, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. Third parties may also make personal injury, property damage or other claims against owners or operators of properties associated with releases of, or actual or alleged exposure to, hazardous substances at, on or from our properties.
 
Environmental conditions relating to prior, existing or future restaurants or restaurant sites, including franchised sites, may have a material adverse effect on us. Moreover, the adoption of new or more stringent environmental laws or regulations could result in a material environmental liability to us and the current environmental condition of the properties could be harmed by tenants or other third parties or by the condition of land or operations in the vicinity of our properties.
 
We may not properly effectuate our restructuring plan or we may not realize our anticipated cost savings from our significant cost savings initiatives.
 
We have recently implemented a restructuring plan throughout our global organization. We have undertaken the restructuring as part of our on-going cost reduction efforts with the goal of driving efficiencies and creating fiscal resources that will be reinvested into our business. In addition, we are also focused on reducing other corporate general and administrative expenses, including travel, technology, rental, maintenance, recruiting, utilities, training and communication costs, as well as professional fees and services. While we expect to benefit from the implementation of the restructuring plan and such other cost saving initiatives, estimates of cost savings are inherently uncertain, and we may not be able to achieve these cost savings within the periods we have projected or at all. In addition, our implementation of the restructuring plan and these cost saving initiatives is expected to require up front costs. Our ability to successfully realize cost savings and the timing of any realization may be affected by factors such as the need to ensure continuity in our operations, contracts, regulations and/or statutes governing employee/employer relationships, our ability to renegotiate supply contracts or find alternative suppliers and other factors. We may not be able to successfully effectuate our restructuring plan or contain our expenses. Our estimates of the expenses necessary to achieve the cost savings we have identified may not prove accurate, and any increase in such expenses may affect our ability to achieve our anticipated cost savings within the period we have projected, or at all. This may result in a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.


32


Table of Contents

We are owned and controlled by 3G Capital and its interests may conflict with other stakeholders.
 
We are 100% owned by 3G, which in turn is controlled by 3G Capital. As a result 3G Capital has the power to elect all of the members of our board of directors and effectively has control over major decisions regardless of whether other stakeholders believe that any such decisions are in their own best interests. The interests of 3G Capital as equity holder may conflict with the interests of the other stakeholders. 3G Capital may have an incentive to increase the value of its investment or cause us to distribute funds at the expense of our financial condition and affect our ability to make payments on the Senior Notes. In addition, 3G Capital may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings, capital expenditures or other transactions that it believes could enhance its equity investments even though such transactions might involve risks to other stakeholders. 3G Capital is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
Our global restaurant support center and U.S. headquarters is located in Miami, Florida and consists of approximately 213,000 square feet which we lease. We extended the Miami lease for our global restaurant support center in May 2008 through September 2018 with an option to renew for one five-year period. We lease properties for our EMEA headquarters in Zug, Switzerland and our APAC headquarters in Singapore. We believe that our existing headquarters and other leased and owned facilities are adequate to meet our current requirements.
 
The following table presents information regarding our restaurant properties as of December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
          Leased        
                Building/Land &
    Total
       
    Owned(1)     Land     Building     Leases     Total  
 
United States and Canada:
                                       
Company restaurants
    320       211       453       664       984  
Franchisee-operated properties
    455       317       204       521       976  
Non-operating restaurant locations
    37       14       20       34       71  
Offices and other(2)
                6       6       6  
                                         
Total
    812       542       683       1,225       2,037  
                                         
International:
                                       
Company restaurants
    14       48       298       346       360  
Franchisee-operated properties
    3       3       82       85       88  
Non-operating restaurant locations
    4             10       10       14  
Offices and other(2)
    2             10       10       12  
                                         
Total
    23       51       400       451       474  
                                         
 
 
(1) Owned refers to properties where we own the land and the building.
 
(2) Other properties include a consumer research center and storage facilities.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
Ramalco Corp. et al. v. Burger King Corporation, No. 09-43704CA05 (Circuit Court of the Eleventh Judicial Circuit, Dade County, Florida). On July 30, 2008, BKC was sued by four Florida franchisees over our decision to mandate extended operating hours in the United States. The plaintiffs seek damages, declaratory relief and injunctive relief. The court dismissed the plaintiffs’ original complaint in November 2008. In December 2008, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. In August 2010, the court entered an order reaffirming the legal bases for


33


Table of Contents

dismissal of the original complaint, again holding that BKC had the authority under its franchise agreements to mandate extended operating hours. The court held a hearing on December 7, 2010 and stated that, in light of the ruling that the hours clause was unambiguous, it would grant BKC’s motion to dismiss, with prejudice, on seven of the eight claims in the amended complaint. The court denied the motion to dismiss on one claim in the amended complaint, that the hours clause was “unconscionable” under Florida law. The case will now continue through the discovery process on that remaining claim.
 
Castenada v. Burger King Corp. and Burger King Corporation., No. CV08-4262 (U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California). On September 10, 2008, a class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleged that all 96 Burger King restaurants in California leased by the Company and operated by franchisees violate accessibility requirements under federal and state law. In September 2009, the court issued a decision on the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. In its decision, the court limited the class action to the 10 restaurants visited by the named plaintiffs, with a separate class of plaintiffs for each of the 10 restaurants and 10 separate trials. In March 2010, the Company agreed to settle the lawsuit with respect to the 10 restaurants and, in July 2010, the court gave final approval to the settlement. In February 2011, a class action lawsuit styled Vallabhapurapu v. Burger King Corporation, No. C11-00667 (U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California) was filed with respect to the other 86 restaurants. The Company intends to vigorously defend against all claims in the lawsuit, but the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation.
 
National Franchisee Association v. Burger King Corporation, No. 09-CV-23435 (U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida) and Family Dining, Inc. v. Burger King Corporation, No. 10-CV-21964 (U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida). The National Franchisee Association, Inc. and several individual franchisees filed these class action lawsuits on November 10, 2009, and June 15, 2010, respectively, claiming to represent Burger King franchisees. The lawsuits seek a judicial declaration that the franchise agreements between BKC and its franchisees do not obligate the franchisees to comply with maximum price points set by BKC for products on the BK Value Menu sold by the franchisees, specifically the 1/4 lb. Double Cheeseburger and the Buck Double. The Family Dining plaintiffs also seek monetary damages for financial loss incurred by franchisees who were required to sell those products for no more than $1.00. In May 2010, the court entered an order in the National Franchisee Association case granting in part BKC’s motion to dismiss. The court held that BKC had the authority under its franchise agreements to set maximum prices but that, for purposes of a motion to dismiss, the NFA had asserted a “plausible” claim that BKC’s decision may not have been made in good faith. Both cases were consolidated into a single consolidated class action complaint which BKC moved to dismiss on September 22, 2010. On November 19, 2010, the court issued an order granting BKC’s motion to dismiss on all claims in the consolidated complaint with prejudice. On December 14, 2010, the plaintiffs filed a motion asking the court to reconsider its decision, and on December 17, 2010, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals. On February 2, 2011, the court permitted the plaintiffs to file an amended complaint. Discovery is now complete, and the court has instructed BKC to file a motion for summary judgment by April 1, 2011.
 
On September 3, 2010, four purported class action complaints were filed in the Circuit Court for the County of Miami-Dade, Florida, captioned Darcy Newman v. Burger King Holdings, Inc. et. al., Case No. 10-48422CA30, Belle Cohen v. David A. Brandon, et. al., Case No. 10-48395CA32, Melissa Nemeth v. Burger King Holdings, Inc. et. al., Case No. 10-48424CA05 and Vijayalakshmi Venkataraman v. John W. Chidsey, et. al., Case No. 10-48402CA13, by purported shareholders of the Company, in connection with the tender offer and the Merger (as defined below). Each of the four complaints (collectively, the “Florida Actions”) names as defendants the Company, each member of the Company’s board of directors (the “Individual Defendants”) and 3G Capital. The suits generally allege that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company’s shareholders in connection with the proposed sale of the Company and that 3G Capital and the Company aided and abetted the purported breaches of fiduciary duties.
 
On September 8, 2010, another putative shareholder class action suit captioned Roberto S. Queiroz v. Burger King Holdings, Inc., et al., Case No. 5808-VCP was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery against the Individual Defendants, the Company, 3G, 3G Capital, Blue Acquisition Holding Corporation and Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc. The complaint generally alleges that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to maximize shareholder value by entering into the proposed transaction via an unfair process and at an unfair price, and that


34


Table of Contents

the merger agreement contains provisions that unreasonably dissuade potential suitors from making competing offers. On September 27, 2010, another putative shareholder class action suit captioned Robert Debardelaben v. Burger King Holdings, Inc., et al, Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, Case No. 5850-UA was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery against the Individual Defendants. Like the first Delaware Action, the Debardelaben complaint asserts that the Company’s directors breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the tender offer, and that the Company and 3G Capital aided and abetted that breach. This action also seeks both monetary and injunctive relief. On September 29, 2010, the Delaware court entered an order consolidating the Debardelaben and Queiroz actions (“Delaware Actions”).
 
On December 30, 2010, a proposed settlement was reached with the plaintiffs in the Florida Actions and Delaware Actions. The principal terms of the proposed settlement include additional disclosures about the Merger that were provided to Burger King shareholders in the Company’s amended schedule 14D-9, dismissal of the Florida and Delaware actions, mutual releases and the payment of up to $1 million in attorneys’ fees and expenses to Plaintiffs’ counsel.
 
On March 16, 2011, the Florida court preliminarily approved the proposed settlement and ordered that the class be provided with notice of the proposed settlement.
 
From time to time, we are involved in other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees and customers, as well as disputes over our intellectual property.
 
Part II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market for Our Common Stock
 
Prior to our acquisition by 3G, our common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “BKC”. As a result of the acquisition, our common stock ceased to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange after close of market on October 19, 2010. The terms of our Senior Notes Indenture require that we continue to file periodic reports that we would be required to file with the SEC if we were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). See Note 11 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
 
Dividend Policy
 
We paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share on September 30, 2010 to our shareholders of record at the close of business on September 14, 2010, prior to the effective date of the Merger.
 
Although we do not currently have a dividend policy, we may declare dividends opportunistically if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that it is in the best interests of the shareholders. The terms of the New Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes Indenture limit our ability to pay cash dividends in certain circumstances. In addition, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on shares (including fractional shares) of our common stock may be limited by restrictions on our ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends from our subsidiaries, including the restrictions under the New Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes Indenture. Subject to the foregoing, the payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, our overall financial condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.


35


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
On October 19, 2010, we were acquired by an affiliate of 3G Capital in a transaction accounted for as a business combination. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “we”, “us”, “our” and “Successor” refer to Burger King Holdings, Inc. and all its subsidiaries, including BKC, for the period subsequent to this acquisition. All references to our “Predecessor” refer to Burger King Holdings, Inc. and all its subsidiaries, including BKC, for all periods prior to the acquisition, which operated under a different ownership and capital structure. In addition, the acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, which resulted in purchase price allocations that affect the comparability of results of operations for periods before and after the acquisition.
 
The following tables present selected consolidated financial and other data for us and our Predecessor for each of the periods indicated. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2010 and for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this report. The selected historical financial data for our Predecessor as of June 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 and fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from our Predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this report. The selected historical financial data for our Predecessor as of June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for fiscal years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto of our Predecessor, which are not included in this report.
 
The combined financial data for the combined period of July 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of our Predecessor and us, but have not been audited on a combined basis, do not comply with generally accepted accounting principles and are not intended to represent what our operating results would have been if the Merger (as defined below) had occurred at the beginning of the period. The other operating data for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 has been derived from our internal records. The other operating data for the period of July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were derived from the internal records of our Predecessor.
 
The selected consolidated financial and other operating data presented below contain all normal recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations as of and for the periods presented. The selected historical consolidated financial and other operating data included below and elsewhere in this report are not necessarily indicative of future results. The information presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 and “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8 of this report.
 
As of October 19, 2010, all of our common shares were indirectly held by 3G; therefore we have not reported earnings per share.
 
                                                                   
    Combined   Successor     Predecessor
        For the Period of
    For the Period of
                   
    Six Months Ended
  October 19, 2010 to
    July 1, 2010 to
  For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
    December 31, 2010   December 31, 2010     October 18, 2010   2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
        (In millions, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues:
                                                                 
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 846.2     $ 331.7       $ 514.5     $ 1,839.3     $ 1,880.5     $ 1,795.9     $ 1,658.0     $ 1,515.6  
Franchise revenues
    280.7       111.5         169.2       549.2       543.4       537.2       459.5       419.8  
Property revenues
    56.6       22.6         34.0       113.7       113.5       121.6       116.2       112.4  
                                                                   
Total revenues
    1,183.5       465.8         717.7       2,502.2       2,537.4       2,454.7       2,233.7       2,047.8  
Income (loss) from operations(1)
    30.0       (71.5 )       101.5       332.9       339.4       354.2       294.6       171.3  
Net income (loss)
  $ (34.5 )   $ (105.6 )     $ 71.1     $ 186.8     $ 200.1     $ 189.6     $ 148.1     $ 27.1  
Cash dividends per common share(2)
    N/A       N/A       $ 0.06     $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.13     $ 3.42  
 


36


Table of Contents

                                                                   
    Combined   Successor     Predecessor
        For the Period of
    For the Period of
                   
    Six Months Ended
  October 19, 2010 to
    July 1, 2010 to
  For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
    December 31, 2010   December 31, 2010     October 18, 2010   2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
              (In millions)                
Other Financial Data:
                                                                 
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities
  $ (6.9 )   $ (128.2 )       121.3     $ 310.4     $ 310.8     $ 243.4     $ 110.4     $ 67.0  
Net cash used for investing activities
    (3,350.1 )     (3,345.3 )       (4.8 )     (134.9 )     (242.0 )     (199.3 )     (77.4 )     (66.7 )
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    3,366.8       3,396.4         (29.6 )     (96.9 )     (105.5 )     (62.0 )     (126.9 )     (172.6 )
Capital expenditures
    46.6       28.4         18.2       150.3       204.0       178.2       87.3       85.1  
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
    230.0       95.1         134.9       460.9       455.6       460.6       387.3       345.6  
 
                                                   
    Successor     Predecessor
    As of December 31,     As of June 30,
    2010     2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
              (In millions)        
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 207.0       $ 187.6     $ 121.7     $ 166.0     $ 169.4     $ 258.8  
Total assets(4)
    5,559.4         2,747.2       2,707.1       2,686.5       2,516.8       2,552.0  
Total debt and capital lease obligations(4)
    2,748.6         826.3       888.9       947.4       942.5       1,064.3  
Total liabilities(4)
    4,104.4         1,618.8       1,732.3       1,842.0       1,801.2       1,984.5  
Total stockholders’ equity(4)
    1,455.0         1,128.4       974.8       844.5       715.6       566.6  
 
                                                 
    Combined   Predecessor
    For the Six Months
                   
    Ended December 31,
  For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
    2010   2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
 
Other Operating Data:
                                               
Comparable sales growth(5)(6)(7)
    (2.7 )%     (2.3 )%     1.2 %     5.4 %     3.4 %     1.9 %
Sales growth(5)(6)
    2.2 %     2.1 %     4.2 %     8.3 %     4.9 %     2.1 %
Average restaurant sales (in thousands)(6)
  $ 622     $ 1,244     $ 1,259     $ 1,301     $ 1,193     $ 1,126  
 
 
(1) Amount includes $77.7 million of transaction costs, $67.2 million of restructuring costs and $11.8 million of acquisition accounting adjustments for the period from October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010.
 
(2) The cash dividend paid in fiscal 2006 represents a special dividend paid prior to our Predecessor’s initial public offering.
 
(3) EBITDA is defined as earnings (net income or loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and is used by management to measure operating performance of the business. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to exclude specifically identified items that management believes do not directly reflect our core operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a tool intended to assist our management in comparing our performance on a consistent basis for purposes of business decision-making by removing the impact of certain items that management believes do not directly reflect our core operations. We also believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA improve the comparability of Predecessor and Successor results of operations because the application of acquisition accounting resulted in non-comparable depreciation and amortization for Predecessor and Successor periods. Additionally, we incurred significant expenses in connection with the Transactions and our Restructuring Plan in the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010, which we reflect as adjustments to EBITDA. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors Affecting Comparability of Results of Operations”.

37


Table of Contents

 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used as part of our incentive compensation program for our executive officers and others and are factors in our tangible and intangible asset impairment tests. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are intended to provide additional information only and do not have any standard meaning prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S., or U.S. GAAP.
 
We also believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to investors, analysts and other external users of our consolidated financial statements because they are widely used by investors to measure operating performance without regard to items such as income taxes, net interest expense, depreciation and amortization, non-cash stock compensation expense and other infrequent or unusual items, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, financing methods, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired.
 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytic tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
•  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
•  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
•  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or cash requirements to pay our taxes;
 
•  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
•  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our significant pension and post-retirement obligations;
 
•  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
•  other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.
 
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. Moreover, our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is different than Adjusted EBITDA as defined in our debt financing agreements.


38


Table of Contents

The following table is a reconciliation of our net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:
 
                                                                   
    Combined   Successor     Predecessor
        For the Period from
    For the Period from
                   
    Six Months Ended
  October 19, 2010 to
    July 1, 2010 to
  For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
    December 31, 2010   December 31, 2010     October 18, 2010   2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
Net income (loss)
  $ (34.5 )   $ (105.6 )     $ 71.1     $ 186.8     $ 200.1     $ 189.6     $ 148.1     $ 27.1  
Interest expense, net
    75.6       61.0         14.6       48.6       54.6       61.2       67.8       89.8  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (11.1 )     (26.9 )       15.8       97.5       84.7       103.4       78.7       54.4  
Depreciation and amortization
    64.6       33.4         31.2       111.7       98.1       95.6       88.8       87.9  
                                                                   
EBITDA
    94.6       (38.1 )       132.7       444.6       437.5       449.8       383.4       259.2  
Stock-based compensation expense(a)
    5.8               5.8       17.0       16.2       11.4       4.9       0.5  
Other operating (income) expense, net(b)
    (15.3 )     (11.7 )       (3.6 )     (0.7 )     1.9       (0.6 )     (1.0 )     (2.1 )
Compensation-related costs of the Transactions(c)
    34.5       34.5                                        
Transaction costs(d)
    43.2       43.2                                        
Restructuring Plan and Realignment(e)
    67.2       67.2                                       15.0  
Compensatory make-whole payment(f)
                                                34.0  
Management fees and management agreement termination fee(g)
                                                39.0  
                                                                   
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 230.0     $ 95.1       $ 134.9     $ 460.9     $ 455.6     $ 460.6     $ 387.3     $ 345.6  
                                                                   
 
 
(a) Stock-based compensation expense related to expense for stock option plans, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards for employees of the Company. For the period from July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 and for fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized stock-based compensation cost based on the grant date estimated fair value of each award, net of estimated forfeitures, over the employee’s requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the equity award.
 
(b) Represents income and expenses that are not directly derived from the Company’s primary business such as gains and losses on asset and business disposals, write-offs associated with Company restaurant closures, impairment charges, charges recorded in connection with acquisitions of franchise operations, gains and losses on currency transactions, gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts and other miscellaneous items.
 
(c) Represents the compensation-related expenses associated with the Transactions (as defined below). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors Affecting Comparability of Results of Operations — The Transactions” in Part II, Item 7 of this report.
 
(d) Represents the transaction expenses associated with the Transactions, consisting principally of investment banking fees and legal fees. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors Affecting Comparability of Results of Operations — The Transactions” in Part II, Item 7 of this report.
 
(e) In the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010, we recorded charges totaling $67.2 million for severance and other compensation-related items in connection with our restructuring plan. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors Affecting Comparability of Results of Operations — Restructuring Plan” in Part II, Item 7 of this report. In fiscal 2006, we recorded expenses totaling $15 million in connection with a global realignment and executive severance.
 
(f) Represents a payment to stock option and restricted stock holders in connection with a February 2006 financing transaction and dividend payment.


39


Table of Contents

 
(g) In February 2006, we entered into an agreement to terminate a management fee with the previous owners of our equity interests in exchange for a fee of $30 million. Prior to the termination, we paid management fees equal to 0.5% of our annual revenue.
 
(4) Amounts include acquisition accounting adjustments as a result of the Merger. Refer to Note 1 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
 
(5) Comparable sales growth and sales growth are analyzed on a constant currency basis, which means they are calculated by translating current year results at prior year average exchange rates, to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from these trend analyses. We believe these constant currency measures provide a more meaningful analysis of our business by identifying the underlying business trends, without distortion from the effect of foreign currency movements.
 
(6) Unless otherwise stated, comparable sales growth, sales growth and average restaurant sales are presented on a system-wide basis, which means they include Company restaurants and franchise restaurants. Franchise sales represent sales at all franchise restaurants and are revenues to our franchisees. We do not record franchise sales as revenues. However, our royalty revenues are calculated based on a percentage of franchise sales. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Measures” in Part II, Item 7 of this report.
 
(7) Comparable sales growth refers to the change in restaurant sales in one period from the same period in the prior year for restaurants that have been open for thirteen months or longer.
 
Burger King Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries Restaurant Count
 
The following table presents information relating to the analysis of our restaurant count for the geographic areas and periods indicated.
 
                                   
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
    2010       2009     2010     2009  
Number of Company restaurants:
                                 
U.S. & Canada
    984         1,029       987       1,043  
EMEA/APAC
    264         299       303       294  
Latin America
    96         94       97       92  
                                   
Total Company restaurants
    1,344         1,422       1,387       1,429  
                                   
Number of franchise restaurants:
                                 
U.S. & Canada
    6,566         6,516       6,562       6,491  
EMEA/APAC
    3,297         3,129       3,184       3,019  
Latin America
    1,044         1,011       1,041       986  
                                   
Total franchise restaurants
    10,907         10,656       10,787       10,496  
                                   
Number of system-wide restaurants:
                                 
U.S. & Canada
    7,550         7,545       7,549       7,534  
EMEA/APAC
    3,561         3,428       3,487       3,313  
Latin America
    1,140         1,105       1,138       1,078  
                                   
Total system-wide restaurants
    12,251         12,078       12,174       11,925  
                                   


40


Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
You should read the following discussion together with Part II, Item 6 “Selected Financial Data” and our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Actual results could differ from these expectations as a result of factors including those described under Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this report.
 
All references to the Transition Period in this section are to the six months ended December 31, 2010, derived by adding the audited results of operations of our Predecessor from July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 to our audited results of operations from October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010. The combined financial data for the Transition Period do not comply with generally accepted accounting principles and are not intended to represent what our operating results would have been if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period because the periods being combined are under two different bases of accounting as a result of the acquisition on October 19, 2010. See “Factors Affecting Comparability — The Transactions.” References to fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 in this section are to our Predecessor’s fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Unless otherwise stated, comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth are presented on a system-wide basis, which means that these measures include sales at both Company restaurants and franchise restaurants. Franchise sales represent sales at all franchise restaurants and are revenues to our franchisees. We do not record franchise sales as revenues; however, our franchise revenues include royalties based on franchise sales. System-wide results are driven primarily by our franchise restaurants, as approximately 90% of our current system-wide restaurants are franchised.
 
Overview
 
We operate in the fast food hamburger restaurant, or FFHR, category of the quick service restaurant, or QSR, segment of the restaurant industry. We are the second largest FFHR chain in the world as measured by number of restaurants and system-wide sales. Our system of restaurants includes restaurants owned by us, as well as our franchisees. Our business operates in three reportable segments: (1) the United States and Canada; (2) Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific, or EMEA/APAC; and (3) Latin America.
 
Approximately 90% of our current restaurants are franchised, but we expect the percentage of franchise restaurants to increase as we implement our portfolio management strategy of refranchising up to half of our Company restaurants within the next three to five years. The current 90/10 ratio of franchise restaurants to Company restaurants applies on a worldwide basis, but may not reflect the ratio of franchise restaurants to Company restaurants in any specific market or region. We believe that a restaurant ownership mix that is heavily weighted to franchise restaurants is beneficial to us because the capital required to grow and maintain our system is funded primarily by franchisees while giving us a base of Company restaurants to demonstrate credibility with franchisees in launching new initiatives. However, our franchise dominated business model also presents a number of drawbacks and risks, such as our limited control over franchisees and limited ability to facilitate changes in restaurant ownership. In addition, our operating results are closely tied to the success of our franchisees, and we are dependent on franchisees to open new restaurants as part of our growth strategy.
 
Our international operations are impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In Company markets located outside of the United States, we generate revenues and incur expenses denominated in local currencies. These revenues and expenses are translated using the average rates during the period in which they are recognized, and are impacted by changes in currency exchange rates. In many of our franchise markets, our franchisees pay royalties to us in currencies other than the local currency in which they operate; however, as the royalties are calculated based on local currency sales, our revenues are still impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. We review and analyze business results excluding the effect of currency translation and calculate certain incentive compensation for management and corporate level employees based on these results believing this better represents our underlying business trends.


41


Table of Contents

Recent Developments
 
Merger and Acquisition Financing Transactions
 
On October 19, 2010, we completed a merger (the “Merger”) with Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Burger King Worldwide Holdings, Inc., formerly known as Blue Acquisition Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”). Parent is wholly-owned by 3G Special Situations Fund II, L.P. (“3G”), which is an affiliate of 3G Capital Partners, Ltd., an investment firm based in New York (“3G Capital” or the “Sponsor”). In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub completed its acquisition of 100% of the Company’s equity (the “Acquisition”) and merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation. We became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, and our common stock ceased to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange after close of market on October 19, 2010. In connection with the Merger and as part of the financing for the consideration paid in the Merger, on October 19, 2010, (i) BKC, as borrower, entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of October 19, 2010 with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Capital, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “New Credit Agreement”), and (ii) Merger Sub issued and BKC assumed $800.0 million of 97/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Senior Notes”). The issuance of the Senior Notes and the entering into of the New Credit Agreement are collectively referred to herein as the “Acquisition Financing Transactions”. We refer to the Acquisition, the Merger and the Acquisition Financing Transactions collectively as the “Transactions”.
 
Change in Fiscal Year
 
On November 5, 2010, our Board of Directors approved a change in fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31. The change became effective at the end of the quarter ended December 31, 2010. All references to “fiscal years”, unless otherwise noted, refer to the twelve-month fiscal year, which prior to July 1, 2010, ended on June 30.
 
Restructuring plan
 
We have recently implemented a global restructuring plan that has resulted in work force reductions throughout our organization. In the United States, approximately 375 corporate and field positions were eliminated, the majority of which were based at our headquarters in Miami, Florida. In addition, approximately 250 corporate and field positions were eliminated in Canada, Latin America, EMEA and APAC. The restructuring is part of our on-going cost reduction efforts with the goal of driving efficiencies and creating fiscal resources that will be reinvested into our business.
 
As a result of these work force reductions in North America and Latin America, we incurred total charges of approximately $41 million related to severance benefits and other severance-related expenses, which we recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the quarter ended December 31, 2010. These restructuring charges will result in future cash expenditures. We estimate that overall salary and fringe expense classified as part of general and administrative expenses (“G&A”) in North America and Latin America will decrease on an annual run rate basis by approximately $40 million to $50 million. We expect to see the benefit of these cost reductions beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. If we are not able to maintain our operations with a reduced workforce, we may incur additional G&A and therefore may not achieve these estimated cost reductions.
 
As a result of the work force reductions in EMEA and APAC, we have incurred total charges of approximately $16 million to date related to severance benefits and other severance-related expenses, which we recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the quarter ended December 31, 2010. These restructuring charges will result in future cash expenditures. We estimate that overall salary and fringe expense in these regions will decrease on an annual run rate basis by approximately $15 million to $20 million as a result of these work force reductions. However, we are unable to determine the expected timing of the benefits from these cost reductions.
 
The above-described work force reductions will not impact the number of employees at the Burger King restaurants that we operate in any of our business segments.


42


Table of Contents

Key Business Measures
 
We use three key business measures as indicators of our operational performance: comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth. These measures are important indicators of the overall direction, trends of sales and the effectiveness of our advertising, marketing and operating initiatives and the impact of these on the entire Burger King system. Comparable sales growth and sales growth are provided by reportable segments and are analyzed on a constant currency basis, which means they are calculated by translating current year results at prior year average exchange rates to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from these trend analyses. We believe these constant currency measures provide a more meaningful analysis of our business by identifying the underlying business trend, without distortion from the effect of currency movements.
 
Comparable Sales Growth
 
Comparable sales growth refers to the change in restaurant sales in one period from the same period in the prior year for restaurants that have been open for 13 months or longer as of the end of the most recent period. Company comparable sales growth refers to comparable sales growth for Company restaurants and franchise comparable sales growth refers to comparable sales growth for franchise restaurants. We believe comparable sales growth is a key indicator of our performance, as influenced by our strategic initiatives and those of our competitors.
 
                                         
    For the Six
   
    Months Ended
  For the Fiscal Years
    December 31,   Ended June 30,
    2010   2009   2010   2009   2008
    (In constant currencies)
 
Company Comparable Sales Growth:
                                       
U.S. & Canada
    (4.9 )%     (2.1 )%     (2.4 )%     0.5 %     2.6 %
EMEA/APAC
    (0.7 )%     (1.2 )%     (2.1 )%     0.1 %     3.8 %
Latin America
    (3.1 )%     (5.3 )%     (4.1 )%     (3.2 )%     1.8 %
Total Company Comparable Sales Growth
    (3.8 )%     (2.0 )%     (2.4 )%     0.3 %     2.9 %
Franchise Comparable Sales Growth:
                                       
U.S. & Canada
    (5.0 )%     (4.3 )%     (4.1 )%     0.4 %     5.8 %
EMEA/APAC
    (0.2 )%     1.2 %     1.2 %     3.3 %     5.6 %
Latin America
    6.8 %     (3.5 )%     (1.1 )%     2.3 %     4.5 %
Total Franchise Comparable Sales Growth
    (2.5 )%     (2.6 )%     (2.3 )%     1.4 %     5.7 %
System-wide Comparable Sales Growth:
                                       
U.S. & Canada
    (5.0 )%     (4.0 )%     (3.9 )%     0.4 %     5.4 %
EMEA/APAC
    (0.2 )%     1.0 %     0.8 %     2.9 %     5.4 %
Latin America
    6.2 %     (3.6 )%     (1.3 )%     1.9 %     4.3 %
Total System-wide Comparable Sales Growth
    (2.7 )%     (2.5 )%     (2.3 )%     1.2 %     5.4 %
 
We experienced negative system-wide comparable sales growth of 2.7% (in constant currencies) for the Transition Period, driven primarily by negative comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada of 5.0%, largely due to lower traffic compared to the six months ended December 31, 2009, when traffic was supported by value promotions, such as our 1/4 lb. Double Cheeseburger promotion. Traffic declines in the U.S. and Canada were partially offset by an increase in average ticket, driven by discontinued value promotions and the successful launch of higher-priced premium products, such as the Steakhouse XT. Additionally, our U.S. and Canada comparable sales during the breakfast day part benefited from the successful introduction of our new BK® Breakfast Menu. The negative comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada was partially offset by positive comparable sales growth in Latin America, which was driven by results in Brazil, Puerto Rico, Argentina and Central America, partially offset by negative comparable sales growth in Mexico. EMEA/APAC comparable sales were slightly negative for the Transition Period, as negative comparable sales growth in Germany and the U.K. were partially offset by positive comparable sales growth in the Netherlands, Turkey, Australia and China.


43


Table of Contents

Negative system-wide comparable sales growth of 2.3% (in constant currencies) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, was primarily driven by negative comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada, resulting from continued macroeconomic weakness, including high levels of unemployment and underemployment, and lower average check as consumer purchases shifted toward value menu options and value promotions in the U.S., such as the 1/4 lb. Double Cheeseburger, Buck Double and $1 BK® Breakfast Muffin Sandwich promotions. These factors were partially offset by increased traffic and the successful introduction of higher-priced premium products, such as the Steakhouse XT burger line, BK Fire-Grilled Ribs limited-time offer and BKtm Breakfast Bowl. In addition, system-wide comparable sales growth for the fiscal year was adversely affected by negative comparable sales growth in the Latin America segment and adverse weather conditions in the U.S., U.K. and Germany, which severely impacted sales and traffic during the months of January and February. Negative comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada and Latin America segments was partially offset by positive comparable sales growth in EMEA/APAC, primarily driven by positive comparable sales growth in Spain, the U.K., Turkey, Australia and New Zealand, partially offset by negative comparable sales growth in Germany.
 
Positive system-wide comparable sales growth of 1.2% (in constant currencies) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, was due to positive comparable sales growth across all reportable segments, driven by the EMEA/APAC segment. Positive comparable sales were primarily driven by our strategic pricing initiatives, operational improvements, value-driven promotions such as the King Dealstm in Germany, the U.K. and Spain and the Whopper sandwich and Whopper Jr.® sandwich value meal promotions in Australia, as well as high quality premium products such as Whopper sandwich limited time offers throughout the segment. Although comparable sales for the period were positive in the U.S. and Canada, comparable sales for the period were negatively impacted by significant traffic declines during the third and fourth fiscal quarters, driven by continued adverse macroeconomic conditions, including higher unemployment, more customers eating at home and heavy discounting by other restaurant chains. In Latin America, although comparable sales increased, our sales performance was negatively impacted by significant traffic declines in the third and fourth fiscal quarters, particularly in Mexico, due to continued adverse socioeconomic conditions and the resulting slowdown in tourism, the H1N1 flu pandemic in Mexico and South America, the devaluation of local currencies and lower influx of remittances from the U.S. Comparable sales in fiscal 2009 were also adversely affected by softer performance in Puerto Rico due to the introduction of a VAT tax, which negatively affected disposable income.
 
Average Restaurant Sales
 
Average restaurant sales at all Company and franchise restaurants, or ARS, is an important measure of the financial performance of our restaurants and changes in the overall direction and trends of sales. ARS is influenced mostly by comparable sales performance and restaurant openings and closures and also includes the impact of movement in currency exchange rates.
 
                                         
    For the Six Months Ended
           
    December 31,   For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,
    2010   2009   2010   2009   2008
    (In thousands)
 
System-wide Average Restaurant Sales
  $ 622     $ 641     $ 1,244     $ 1,259     $ 1,301  
 
System-wide ARS decreased during the Transition Period, primarily as a result of negative system-wide comparable sales growth of 2.7% (in constant currencies) and $4,000 of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
System-wide ARS decreased during fiscal 2010, primarily as a result of negative system-wide comparable sales growth of 2.3% (in constant currencies) partially offset by $15,000 of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
System-wide ARS decreased during fiscal 2009, primarily a result of $55,000 of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, partially offset by system-wide comparable sales growth of 1.2% (in constant currencies).


44


Table of Contents

Sales Growth
 
Sales growth refers to the change in sales at all Company and franchise restaurants in one period from the same period in the prior year. Sales growth is an important indicator of the overall direction and trends of sales and income from operations on a system-wide basis. Sales growth is influenced by restaurant openings and closures and comparable sales growth, as well as the effectiveness of our advertising and marketing initiatives and featured products.
 
                                         
    For the Six Months Ended
  For the Fiscal Years Ended
    December 31,   June 30,
    2010   2009   2010   2009   2008
    (In constant currencies)
 
Sales Growth:
                                       
United States and Canada
    (4.4 )%     (3.1 )%     (3.1 )%     1.2 %     6.0 %
EMEA/APAC
    11.0 %     8.0 %     13.1 %     9.7 %     12.6 %
Latin America
    18.6 %     (0.1 )%     4.8 %     8.5 %     13.1 %
Total System-wide Sales Growth
    2.2 %     0.4 %     2.1 %     4.2 %     8.3 %
 
System-wide sales growth for the Transition Period was positive, primarily as a result of a net increase of 173 restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period and positive comparable sales growth in Latin America, partially offset by negative comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada segment.
 
System-wide sales growth for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 was positive, primarily as result of a net increase of 249 restaurants in fiscal 2010 and positive comparable sales growth in EMEA/APAC, partially offset by negative comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada and Latin America.
 
System-wide sales growth for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 was positive, primarily due to a net increase of 360 restaurants in fiscal 2009 and positive system-wide comparable sales growth driven by EMEA/APAC.
 
Factors Affecting Comparability of Results of Operations
 
The Transactions
 
The Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, or acquisition accounting, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations. Acquisition accounting provides a period of up to one year to obtain the information necessary to finalize the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at October 19, 2010. As of December 31, 2010 we have recorded preliminary acquisition accounting allocations. Acquisition accounting resulted in certain items that affect the comparability of the results of operations between us and our Predecessor, including changes in asset carrying values (and related depreciation and amortization), changes in favorable and unfavorable leases (and related amortization) and expenses related to incurring the debt that financed the Acquisition that were capitalized and amortize as interest expense. Refer to Note 1 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” describing the preliminary allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
 
In connection with the Transactions, fees and expenses related to the Transactions totaled $91.2 million, including (1) $43.2 million consisting principally of investment banking and legal fees, (2) compensation related expenses of $34.5 million (which are included as a component of our general and administrative expenses) and (3) commitment fees of $13.5 million associated with the bridge loan available at the closing of the Transactions, which are included as a component of our interest expense.
 
Additionally, our interest expense is significantly higher following the Transactions than experienced by our Predecessor in prior periods due to the higher principal amount of debt outstanding during the Transition Period.


45


Table of Contents

Restructuring Plan
 
As discussed above, on December 6, 2010, we began the implementation of a global restructuring plan that resulted in work force reductions throughout our organization. As a result of the work force reductions in North America and Latin America, we incurred total charges of approximately $41 million related to severance benefits and other severance-related expenses during the quarter ended December 31, 2010. Additionally, as of December 31, 2010 we incurred total charges of approximately $16 million related to severance benefits and other severance-related expenses in our EMEA and APAC regions.
 
The table below summarizes the factors affecting comparability of results of operations due to acquisition accounting, the restructuring plan and transaction costs incurred in connection with the Transactions.
 
         
    Successor  
    For the Period from
 
    October 19, 2010 to
 
    December 31, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
The Transactions:
       
Revenues:
       
Property revenues
  $ 0.2  
         
Total effect on revenues
  $ 0.2  
         
Occupancy and other operating costs:
       
Depreciation — building and leasehold improvements
  $ 2.4  
Amortization — favorable/unfavorable leases
    1.5  
Lease straightline adjustment
    0.3  
         
Total effect on occcupancy and other operating costs
  $ 4.2  
         
Selling, general and administrative expenses:
       
Amortization of franchise agreements
  $ 6.2  
Compensation related
    34.5  
Transaction costs
    43.2  
         
Total effect on selling, general and administrative expenses
  $ 83.9  
         
Property expenses:
       
Depreciation — building and leasehold improvements
  $ 0.5  
Amortization — favorable/unfavorable leases
    0.9  
Lease straightline adjustment
    0.2  
         
Total effect on property expenses
  $ 1.6  
         
Total effect of the Transactions on Income (loss) from Operations
  $ (89.5 )
         
Restructuring:
       
Selling, general and administrative expenses:
       
Compensation related
  $ 10.1  
Severance
    57.1  
         
Total effect of restructuring on Income (loss) from Operations
  $ (67.2 )
         
Total effect on Income (loss) from Operations
  $ (156.7 )
         
Total effect on Interest expense
  $ 53.8  
         


46


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table presents our results of operations for the periods indicated:
 
                                           
    Combined     Successor       Predecessor  
          For the Period of
      For the Period of
             
    Six Months Ended
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Six Months Ended
       
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     December 31, 2009     Increase/
 
    Amount     Amount       Amount     Amount     (Decrease)  
    (In millions, except percentages)  
Revenues:
                                         
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 846.2     $ 331.7       $ 514.5     $ 946.0       (11 )%
Franchise revenues
    280.7       111.5         169.2       279.0       1 %
Property revenues
    56.6       22.6         34.0       57.3       (1 )%
                                           
Total revenues
    1,183.5       465.8         717.7       1,282.3       (8 )%
Company restaurant expenses
    738.6       294.1         444.5       819.6       (10 )%
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    397.0       240.2         156.8       256.9       55 %
Property expenses
    33.2       14.7         18.5       29.5       13 %
Other operating (income) expenses, net
    (15.3 )     (11.7 )       (3.6 )     5.1       (NM )
                                           
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,153.5       537.3         616.2       1,111.1       4 %
                                           
Income (loss) from operations
    30.0       (71.5 )       101.5       171.2       (82 )%
Interest expense, net
    75.6       61.0         14.6       24.7       206 %
                                           
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (45.6 )     (132.5 )       86.9       146.5       (131 )%
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (11.1 )     (26.9 )       15.8       49.7       (122 )%
                                           
Net income (loss)
  $ (34.5 )   $ (105.6 )     $ 71.1     $ 96.8       (136 )%
                                           
 
 
NM — Not meaningful
 
Six Months Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to the Six Months Ended December 31, 2009
 
The combined financial data for the Transition Period do not comply with generally accepted accounting principles and are not intended to represent what our operating results would have been if the Transactions had occurred at the beginning of the period because the periods being combined are under two different bases of accounting as a result of the Merger on October 19, 2010. See “Factors Affecting Comparability — The Transactions.”
 
Revenues
 
Company restaurant revenues
 
Total Company restaurant revenues decreased by $99.8 million, or 11%, to $846.2 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to a net decrease of 78 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010 (net of closures and sales of Company restaurants to franchisees, or “refranchisings”), including the net refranchising of 82 Company restaurants as part of our ongoing portfolio management initiative. Company restaurant revenues also decreased as a result of negative worldwide Company comparable sales growth of 3.8% (in constant currencies) and $8.9 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, Company restaurant revenues decreased by $57.9 million, or 9%, to $599.1 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. This decrease was the result of negative Company comparable sales growth of 4.9% (in constant currencies) and a net decrease of 45 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 44 Company


47


Table of Contents

restaurants as part of our ongoing portfolio management initiative. These factors were partially offset by $3.3 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada.
 
In EMEA/APAC, Company restaurant revenues decreased by $42.8 million, or 17%, to $215.7 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to $13.5 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, a net decrease of 35 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 38 Company restaurants as part of our ongoing portfolio management initiative, and negative Company comparable sales growth of 0.7% (in constant currencies).
 
In Latin America, where all Company restaurants are located in Mexico, Company restaurant revenues increased by $0.9 million, or 3%, to $31.4 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase was primarily the result of a net increase of two Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010 and $1.4 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, partially offset by negative Company comparable sales growth of 3.1% (in constant currencies).
 
Franchise revenues
 
Franchise revenues consist of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchise restaurants and franchise fees paid to us by our franchisees. Total franchise revenues increased by $1.7 million, or 1%, to $280.7 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to a net increase of 251 franchise restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 82 Company restaurants, and a higher effective royalty rate in EMEA. These factors were partially offset by negative worldwide franchise comparable sales growth of 2.5% (in constant currencies), $3.2 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and a $0.5 million reduction in initial franchise fees.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, franchise revenues decreased by $6.5 million, or 4%, to $152.3 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. This decrease was primarily the result of negative franchise comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada of 5.0% (in constant currencies), an $0.8 million reduction in renewal franchise fees and a $0.7 million reduction in initial franchise fees primarily in the U.S. These factors were partially offset by a net increase of 50 franchise restaurants, including the net refranchising of 44 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010. The impact from the movement of currency exchange rates was not significant in this segment for the period.
 
Franchise revenues in EMEA/APAC increased by $4.4 million, or 5%, to $101.0 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. This increase was primarily due to a net increase of 168 franchise restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 38 Company restaurants, and a higher effective royalty rate in EMEA driven by refranchisings in Germany and the Netherlands. Partially offsetting these factors was $3.8 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and negative franchise comparable sales growth of 0.2% (in constant currencies) due to negative comparable sales growth in EMEA of 0.6% (in constant currencies), partially offset by positive comparable sales growth in APAC of 1.2% (in constant currencies).
 
Latin America franchise revenues increased by $3.8 million, or 16%, to $27.4 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase was primarily the result of a net increase of 33 franchise restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, positive franchise comparable sales growth of 6.8% (in constant currencies), a $0.4 million increase in initial franchise fees primarily in Brazil and $0.5 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
Property Revenues
 
Property revenues are derived from restaurants that we lease or sublease to franchisees. Total property revenues decreased by $0.7 million, or 1%, to $56.6 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. Total property revenues decreased due to the net effect of changes to our portfolio of properties leased to franchisees, decreased revenues from percentage rents as a result of negative franchise comparable sales


48


Table of Contents

growth in the U.S. and $0.5 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, partially offset by acquisition accounting adjustments of $0.2 million.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, property revenues increased by $0.9 million, or 2%, to $46.3 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of properties in our portfolio of properties leased to franchisees in the U.S., which includes the impact of refranchising Company restaurants and opening new restaurants leased or subleased to franchisees, and acquisition accounting adjustments of $0.2 million. These increases were partially offset by decreased revenues from percentage rents as a result of negative franchise comparable sales growth in the U.S.
 
Property revenues in EMEA/APAC decreased by $1.6 million, or 13%, to $10.3 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, due to a reduction in the number of properties in our portfolio of properties leased to franchisees and $0.6 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
Operating Costs and Expenses
 
Food, paper and product costs
 
Total food, paper and product costs decreased by $34.6 million, or 12%, to $265.2 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of an 11% decrease in Company restaurant revenues and $2.1 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, primarily in EMEA. These factors were partially offset by higher commodity prices in the U.S. We expect these elevated price levels to persist into fiscal 2011.
 
As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, total food, paper and product costs decreased 0.4% to 31.3% during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. The benefits realized from strategic pricing initiatives in the U.S. and Canada segment and changes in product mix in Latin America were partially offset by increased food cost as a percentage of revenue in EMEA/APAC.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, food, paper and product costs decreased by $23.3 million, or 11%, to $189.5 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of a 9% decrease in Company restaurant revenues. These factors were partially offset by higher commodity prices in the U.S. and $1.1 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada. Food, paper and product costs in the U.S. and Canada as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues decreased by 0.8% to 31.6%, primarily due to discontinued value promotions, such as the 1/4 lb. Double Cheeseburger, and the successful launch of higher-priced premium products, partially offset by higher commodity prices in the U.S.
 
In EMEA/APAC, food, paper and product costs decreased by $11.4 million, or 15%, to $63.5 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of a 17% decrease in Company restaurant revenues and $3.7 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, primarily in EMEA. Food, paper and product costs as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues increased by 0.4% to 29.4%, primarily due the refranchising of 22 Company restaurants in the Netherlands that historically generated higher margins than the rest of the region.
 
In Latin America, food, paper and product costs increased by $0.1 million, or 0.8%, to $12.2 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of $0.5 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, partially offset by a 3% decrease in Company restaurant revenues. Food, paper and product costs as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues decreased by 0.8% to 38.9%, primarily due to changes in product mix.
 
Payroll and employee benefits costs
 
Payroll and employee benefits costs represent the wages paid to Company restaurant managers and staff, as well as the cost of their health insurance, other benefits and training. Total payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $38.7 million, or 13%, to $252.5 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the net decrease of 78 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-


49


Table of Contents

month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 82 Company restaurants, $3.4 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and improved labor efficiencies in the U.S. and Canada and EMEA/APAC segments.
 
As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, total payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by 1.0% to 29.8%, primarily due to benefits realized from improvements in variable labor controls and scheduling in our U.S. restaurants, as well as improved labor efficiencies in APAC and the U.K. These factors were partially offset by the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed labor costs due to negative Company comparable sales growth across all segments.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $18.7 million, or 9%, to $184.8 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due the net reduction of 45 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 44 Company restaurants, and improvements in variable labor controls and scheduling in our U.S. restaurants. These factors were partially offset by $1.1 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and a statutory increase in the hourly wage rate in Canada. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by 0.2% to 30.8%, with the benefits realized from improvements in variable labor controls and scheduling in our U.S. restaurants largely offset by the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed labor costs and an increase in the hourly wage rate in Canada.
 
In EMEA/APAC, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $20.0 million, or 24%, to $63.9 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of $4.7 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and the net decrease of 35 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 38 Company restaurants. Payroll and employee benefits costs also decreased due to improved labor efficiencies in APAC and the U.K. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, payroll and employee benefit costs decreased by 2.9% to 29.6% primarily as a result of an increase in the number of restaurants in Singapore, where labor rates are generally lower than the rest of EMEA/APAC, as a result of the acquisition of 35 restaurants in Singapore in March 2010, and improved labor efficiencies in APAC and the U.K.
 
In Latin America, payroll and employee benefits costs remained unchanged at $3.8 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of improved labor efficiencies offset by the net increase of two Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, payroll and employee benefit costs decreased by 0.4% to 12.1% primarily as a result improved labor efficiencies.
 
Occupancy and other operating costs
 
Occupancy and other operating costs represent rent, utility costs, insurance, repairs and maintenance costs, depreciation for restaurant property and other operating costs. Total occupancy and other operating costs decreased by $7.7 million, or 3%, to $220.9 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to the net decrease of 78 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 82 Company restaurants, and a $2.0 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates. The decrease in occupancy and other operating costs was also due to a favorable adjustment to the self-insurance reserve in the U.S. and Canada and a decrease in start up expenses due to fewer openings in the current period compared to same period in the prior year. These factors were partially offset by a $4.2 million negative impact resulting from preliminary acquisition accounting adjustments.
 
As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, total occupancy and other operating costs increased by 2.0% to 26.1% during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed occupancy and other operating costs, due to negative Company comparable sales growth across all segments, and the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments, partially offset by a favorable adjustment to the self-insurance reserve in the U.S. and Canada.


50


Table of Contents

In the U.S. and Canada, occupancy and other operating costs decreased by $2.7 million, or 2%, to $145.2 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. This decrease was primarily driven by the net reduction of 45 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve months ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 44 Company restaurants. Occupancy and other operating costs also decreased due to favorable adjustments to the self-insurance reserve. We made a $1.5 million favorable adjustment to the self insurance reserve to adjust our incurred but not reported confidence level and an additional $3.2 million favorable adjustment to the self insurance reserve as a result of favorable developments in our claim trends. Refer to Note 21 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. These factors were partially offset by a $3.5 million effect of preliminary acquisition accounting and $0.8 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs increased by 1.7% to 24.2% due to the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed occupancy and other operating costs and the impact of acquisition accounting partially offset by favorable adjustments to the self-insurance reserve.
 
In EMEA/APAC, occupancy and other operating costs decreased by $6.3 million, or 9%, to $65.8 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to the net decrease of 35 Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010, including the net refranchising of 38 Company restaurants, and $3.2 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, primarily in EMEA. Occupancy and other operating costs also decreased due to a decrease in start up expenses attributable to fewer openings in the current period compared to same period in the prior year. These decreases were partially offset by acquisition accounting adjustments of $0.6 million. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs increased by 2.7% to 30.5%, primarily due to the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed occupancy and other operating costs in EMEA and the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments, partially offset by positive Company comparable sales growth in APAC.
 
In Latin America, occupancy and other operating costs increased by $1.3 million, or 15%, to $9.9 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily attributable to $0.4 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, higher utility costs primarily due to a non-recurring charge in the current period, the net increase of two Company restaurants during the trailing twelve-month period ended December 31, 2010 and acquisition accounting adjustments of $0.1 million. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs increased by 3.4% to 31.5%, primarily as a result of the negative impact of sales deleverage on our fixed occupancy and other operating costs and higher utility costs.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
Our selling, general and administrative expenses include the costs of field management for Company and franchise restaurants, costs of our operational excellence programs (including program staffing, training and restaurant food safety certifications), corporate overhead including corporate salaries and facilities, advertising and bad debt expense, net of recoveries and amortization of franchise agreements.
 
Selling expenses decreased by $5.1 million, or 11%, to $42.0 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to a $4.1 million reduction in contributions to the marketing funds in our Company restaurant markets as a result of an 11% decrease in Company restaurant revenues, a $0.8 million decrease in sales promotions and $0.5 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates for the Transition Period.
 
General and administrative expenses increased by $145.2 million, or 69%, to $355.0 million for the Transition Period, driven by a $151.1 million increase attributable to the Transactions and the one-time costs associated with implementation of our restructuring plan. Additionally, an increase in bad debt expense of $3.6 and a $1.6 million increase in a sales tax audit reserve compared to the same period in the prior year were partially offset by savings from reductions in travel and meetings of $3.6 million, a decrease in stock based compensation of $3.1 million and a


51


Table of Contents

decrease in office operating expense of $1.6 million. The increase in general and administrative expenses also reflects $6.3 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates for the Transition Period.
 
As a result of the restructuring plan, we estimate that the overall salary and fringe expense included in general and administrative expenses will decrease on an annual run rate basis by approximately $55 million to $70 million. Additionally, as a result of the initial implementation of our Zero Based Budgeting program, we expect to significantly reduce other corporate general and administrative expenses, including travel, technology, rental, maintenance, recruiting, utilities, training and communication costs, as well as professional fees. However, we are unable to determine the expected timing of the benefits from theses cost reductions. Additionally, if we are unable to maintain our operations with a reduced workforce, we may incur additional general and administrative expenses and therefore may not achieve these estimated cost reductions.
 
Property Expenses
 
Property expenses include costs of depreciation and rent on properties we lease and sublease to franchisees. Total property expenses increased by $3.7 million, or 13%, to $33.2 million for the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily attributable to a $1.6 million effect from preliminary acquisition accounting, increased rent expense resulting from the net effect of changes to our property portfolio in the U.S. and an increase in bad debt expense of $0.9 million. These factors were partially offset by $0.5 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and decreased rent expense from a reduction in the number of properties leased to franchisees in EMEA.
 
Other operating (income) expense, net
 
                                   
    Combined     Successor       Predecessor  
    For the
    For the Period of
      For the Period of
    For the
 
    Six Months Ended
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Six Months Ended
 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     December 31, 2009  
Net (gains) losses on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings
  $ (0.2 )   $ 3.0       $ (3.2 )   $ 1.0  
Litigation settlements and reserves, net
    6.3       4.8         1.5       0.7  
Foreign exchange net (gains) losses
    (20.2 )     (18.8 )       (1.4 )     1.1  
Other, net
    (1.2 )     (0.7 )       (0.5 )     2.3  
                                   
Other operating (income) expense, net
  $ (15.3 )   $ (11.7 )     $ (3.6 )   $ 5.1  
                                   
 
The amounts included in litigation settlements and reserves, net represent amounts reserved as our best estimate of losses to be incurred in connection with the disposition of the litigation matters further discussed in Note 21 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
 
The increase in foreign exchange net (gains) losses for the Transition Period compared to the same period in the prior year is primarily due to the foreign exchange impact of the €250 million New Term Loan Facility. See Note 11 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.


52


Table of Contents

Income (loss) from Operations
 
                                   
    Combined     Successor       Predecessor  
    For the
    For the Period of
      For the Period of
    For the
 
    Six Months Ended
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Six Months Ended
 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     December 31, 2009  
Income (loss) from Operations:
                                 
United States and Canada
  $ 177.9     $ 59.1       $ 118.8     $ 181.3  
EMEA/APAC
    29.7       (2.9 )       32.6       42.8  
Latin America
    17.3       6.9         10.4       18.8  
Unallocated
    (194.9 )     (134.6 )       (60.3 )     (71.7 )
                                   
Total income (loss) from operations
  $ 30.0     $ (71.5 )     $ 101.5     $ 171.2  
                                   
 
Income from operations decreased by $141.2 million, or 82%, to $30.0 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, due to a $140.1 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses primarily related to the impact of the Transactions and the one-time costs associated with the implementation of our restructuring plan, an $18.8 million decrease in Company restaurant margin and a $4.4 million decrease in net property revenue. These factors were partially offset by a $20.4 million increase in other operating income, net and a $1.7 million increase in franchise revenues. (See Note 22 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for segment information disclosures).
 
For the Transition Period, the unfavorable impact on revenues from the movement of currency exchange rates was partially offset by the favorable impact of currency exchange rates on Company restaurant expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in a net favorable impact on income from operations of $2.1 million.
 
Interest Expense, net
 
Interest expense, net increased by $50.9 million during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, reflecting a $13.5 million bridge loan fee incurred in connection with the Transactions, a $2.4 million loss on early extinguishment of debt related to unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Predecessor’s term loans and the effects of an increase in borrowings during the period resulting from the Transactions as well as higher interest rates, including the effect of the issuance of our Senior Notes which bear interest at 9.875%. The weighted average interest rate for the period of July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 was 4.4% which included the impact of interest rate swaps on 77% of our term debt. The weighted average interest rate for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010, related to the $1,510.0 million tranche and €250.0 million tranche under the New Term Loan Facility was 6.82% and 7.11% for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010, respectively, which included the effect of interest rate caps on 100% of our term debt. We expect the interest expense associated with our New Term Loan Facility to decrease as a result of the recent refinancing of this facility, which lowered our interest rate margins. However, aggregate interest expense will be significantly higher in future periods than experienced by our Predecessor in comparable periods as a result of our increased indebtedness.
 
Income Tax Benefit/Expense
 
Income tax benefit was $11.1 million for the Transition Period, resulting in an effective tax rate of 24.3%, primarily as a result of the Transactions and the current mix of income from multiple tax jurisdictions. Income tax expense was $49.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009, resulting in an effective tax rate of 33.9%, primarily as a result of the mix of income from multiple tax jurisdictions and currency fluctuations.
 
See Note 15 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding our effective tax rate.


53


Table of Contents

Net Loss/Income
 
Our net income (loss) decreased by $131.3 million, or 136%, to a $34.5 million loss during the Transition Period, compared to the same period in the prior year, driven by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $140.1 million, primarily as a result of the Transactions and the implementation of our restructuring plan, a $50.9 million increase in interest expense, net, an $18.8 million decrease in Company restaurant margin and a $4.4 million decrease in net property revenue. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in income tax expense of $60.8 million, a $20.4 million increase in other operating income, net and a $1.7 million increase in franchise revenues.
 
The following table presents our results of operations for the periods indicated:
 
                                         
    Predecessor  
    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2008  
                Increase/
          Increase/
 
    Amount     Amount     (Decrease)     Amount     (Decrease)  
    (In millions, except percentages)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 1,839.3     $ 1,880.5       (2 )%   $ 1,795.9       5 %
Franchise revenues
    549.2       543.4       1 %     537.2       1 %
Property revenues
    113.7       113.5       0 %     121.6       (7 )%
                                         
Total revenues
    2,502.2       2,537.4       (1 )%     2,454.7       3 %
Company restaurant expenses
    1,614.8       1,643.7       (2 )%     1,538.0       7 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    495.8       494.3       0 %     501.0       (1 )%
Property expenses
    59.4       58.1       2 %     62.1       (6 )%
Other operating (income) expenses, net
    (0.7 )     1.9       NM       (0.6 )     NM  
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    2,169.3       2,198.0       (1 )%     2,100.5       5 %
Income from operations
    332.9       339.4       (2 )%     354.2       (4 )%
Interest expense, net
    48.6       54.6       (11 )%     61.2       (11 )%
                                         
Income before income taxes
    284.3       284.8       (0 )%     293.0       (3 )%
Income tax expense
    97.5       84.7       15 %     103.4       (18 )%
                                         
Net income
  $ 186.8     $ 200.1       (7 )%   $ 189.6       6 %
                                         
 
 
NM Not meaningful
 
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2009
 
Revenues
 
Company restaurant revenues
 
Total Company restaurant revenues decreased by $41.2 million, or 2%, to $1,839.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to negative worldwide Company comparable sales growth of 2.4% (in constant currencies) for the period and the impact of a net decrease in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, principally due to the refranchising of 91 restaurants, primarily in the U.S. and Germany, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. These factors were partially offset by a $15.1 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates for the period.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, Company restaurant revenues decreased by $42.3 million, or 3%, to $1,289.5 million, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease was the result of negative Company comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada segment of 2.4% (in constant currencies) for the fiscal


54


Table of Contents

year ended June 30, 2010, primarily driven by negative Company comparable sales growth in the U.S., partially offset by positive Company comparable sales growth in Canada. Company restaurant revenues also declined due to the impact of a net decrease in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 compared to the prior fiscal year, driven primarily by the refranchising of 54 restaurants in the U.S. during fiscal 2010. These factors were partially offset by the favorable impact of $12.2 million from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada for the period.
 
Company restaurant revenues in EMEA/APAC remained relatively unchanged at $489.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, due to a $4.6 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and the impact of a net increase in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year. These factors were partially offset by negative Company comparable sales growth in EMEA/APAC of 2.1% (in constant currencies), primarily driven by negative Company comparable sales growth in Germany, partially offset by positive Company comparable sales growth in China, Spain and the U.K.
 
In Latin America, where all Company restaurants are located in Mexico, Company restaurant revenues increased by $0.5 million, or 1%, to $60.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily the result of the impact of a net increase in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, partially offset by negative Company comparable sales growth of 4.1% (in constant currencies) and a $1.7 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates for the period.
 
Franchise revenues
 
Total franchise revenues increased by $5.8 million, or 1%, to $549.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. Total franchise revenues increased as a result of a $5.6 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates for the period, the impact of a net increase in the number of franchise restaurants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 and a higher effective royalty rate in the U.S., partially offset by the unfavorable impact of negative worldwide franchise comparable sales growth of 2.3% (in constant currencies) for the period. Additionally, renewal franchise fees decreased by $3.2 million, or 31%, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to fewer franchise agreement expirations and temporary extensions of expired franchise agreements in the U.S. Initial franchise fees decreased by $2.3 million, or 16%, compared to the prior fiscal year, due to fewer franchise restaurant openings, particularly in EMEA/APAC, primarily as a result of a slow-down in commercial construction due to the global recession.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, franchise revenues decreased by $8.5 million, or 3%, to $314.6 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease was primarily the result of negative franchise comparable sales growth in the U.S. and Canada segment of 4.1% (in constant currencies) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, and a reduction in renewal franchise fees of $2.9 million, or 31%, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. Renewal franchise fees decreased primarily due to fewer franchise agreement expirations and temporary extensions of expired franchise agreements in the U.S. as discussed above. These factors were partially offset by the impact of a net increase in the number of franchise restaurants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 as well as an increase in the effective royalty rate in the U.S. The impact from the movement of currency exchange rates was not significant in this segment for the period.
 
Franchise revenues in EMEA/APAC increased by $12.8 million, or 7%, to $186.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, due to positive franchise comparable sales growth in EMEA/APAC of 1.2% (in constant currencies), reflecting strong performance in markets such as Turkey, Spain, Italy, Australia, New Zealand, and Korea, a $4.3 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and the impact of a net increase in the number of franchise restaurants during fiscal 2010. Partially offsetting these factors were negative franchise comparable sales growth in Germany and the Netherlands and a $2.0 million decrease in initial franchise fees due to fewer franchise restaurant openings compared to the prior fiscal year.
 
Latin America franchise revenues increased by $1.5 million, or 3%, to $48.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily the result of the favorable impact of $0.7 million from the movement of currency exchange rates for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, and the impact of a net increase in the number of franchise restaurants during fiscal 2010.


55


Table of Contents

Property Revenues
 
Total property revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, remained relatively unchanged compared to the prior fiscal year, reflecting the net effect of changes to our property portfolio, which includes the impact of refranchising certain Company restaurants and opening new restaurants leased or subleased to franchisees, offset by reduced revenues from percentage rents as a result of negative franchise comparable sales growth in the U.S.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, property revenues increased by $3.0 million, or 3%, to $91.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of properties in our property portfolio in the U.S. during the fiscal year, resulting primarily from refranchisings and the favorable impact of $0.5 million from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada, partially offset by decreased revenues from percentage rents resulting from negative franchise comparable sales growth in the U.S.
 
Property revenues in EMEA/APAC decreased by $2.8 million, or 11%, to $22.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease was primarily driven by a reduction in the number of properties in our property portfolio and a $0.3 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates for the period.
 
Operating Costs and Expenses
 
Food, paper and product costs
 
Total food, paper and product costs decreased by $18.7 million, or 3%, to $585.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to the reduction in Company restaurant revenues discussed above and net decreases in commodity costs in the U.S. and Canada segment for the fiscal year. These factors were partially offset by the unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates of $4.6 million. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, total food, paper and product costs decreased by 0.3% to 31.8% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, primarily due to lower commodity costs in the U.S. and Canada segment and the benefits realized from strategic pricing initiatives across all segments.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, food, paper and product costs decreased by $20.4 million, or 5% to $419.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease was primarily due to the reduction in Company restaurant revenues discussed above and lower commodity costs in the U.S. for the fiscal year. These factors were partially offset by the unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada of $4.0 million. Food, paper and product costs in the U.S. and Canada as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues decreased by 0.5% to 32.5%, primarily due to lower commodity costs and the benefits realized from strategic pricing initiatives.
 
In EMEA/APAC, food, paper and product costs increased by $1.2 million, or 1%, to $141.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to the unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates of $1.3 million and a net increase in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. Food, paper and product costs as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues remained relatively unchanged at 29.0%.
 
In Latin America, food, paper and product costs increased $0.5 million, or 2%, to $23.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of the increase in Company restaurant revenues discussed above and the favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates of $0.7 million, partially offset by increased commodity costs. Food, paper and product costs as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues increased by 0.5% to 38.9%, primarily as a result of the higher commodity costs noted above, partially offset by the benefits realized from strategic pricing initiatives.
 
Payroll and employee benefits costs
 
Total payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $13.5 million, or 2%, to $568.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease was primarily due to efficiencies gained from improvements in variable labor controls and scheduling in our U.S. and Canada segment and a net decrease in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, partially offset by the unfavorable


56


Table of Contents

impact from the movement of currency exchange rates of $5.2 million. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, total payroll and employee benefits costs remained relatively unchanged at 30.9% during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. The adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed labor costs due to negative Company comparable sales across all segments was offset by the improvements in variable labor controls and scheduling in our U.S. and Canada segment as noted above and labor efficiencies in our EMEA/APAC segment.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $14.1 million, or 3%, to $400.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to a net decrease in the number of Company restaurants and efficiencies gained from improvements in variable labor controls in our U.S. Company restaurants. Partially offsetting these factors was the unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates of $4.0 million in Canada and minimum wage increases in certain U.S. markets. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, payroll and employee benefits costs remained unchanged at 31.1% due to the improvements in variable labor controls noted above which were offset by the unfavorable impact of sales deleverage on our fixed costs due to negative Company comparable sales growth in the U.S. and minimum wage increases in certain markets.
 
In EMEA/APAC, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $0.6 million, or 0.4%, to $160.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to a $1.5 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, primarily in EMEA, and a net increase in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year as noted above. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, payroll and employee benefit costs increased by 0.1% to 32.8%, primarily due to the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed labor costs due to negative comparable sales in Germany, partially offset by improved labor productivity, primarily in APAC.
 
There was no significant change in payroll and employee benefits costs in Latin America for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year.
 
Occupancy and other operating costs
 
Total occupancy and other operating costs increased by $3.3 million, or 1%, to $461.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to a $4.0 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, additional depreciation expense resulting from an increase in depreciable assets and accelerated depreciation associated with strategic initiatives, such as our restaurant reimaging program and our new POS system. These factors were partially offset by a net decrease in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, favorable adjustments to the self-insurance reserve in the U.S., lower utility costs and lower start-up expenses as a result of fewer Company restaurant openings and acquisitions.
 
As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs increased by 0.8% to 25.1% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed occupancy and other operating costs due to negative Company comparable sales across all segments and the increases in occupancy and other operating costs discussed above. These factors were partially offset by the benefits realized from favorable adjustments to the self-insurance reserve in the U.S. as noted above.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, occupancy and other operating costs decreased by $8.2 million, or 3%, to $298.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease was primarily driven by a net reduction in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year, favorable adjustments to the self-insurance reserve in the U.S., lower utility costs and lower start-up expenses as a result of fewer Company restaurant openings and acquisitions. These factors were partially offset by additional depreciation expense resulting from an increase in depreciable assets and accelerated depreciation associated with the strategic initiatives discussed above, and a $3.0 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs increased by 0.1% to 23.2%, primarily due to the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed occupancy and other operating costs and increased depreciation expense as noted above, partially offset by the benefits realized from adjustments to the self-insurance reserve in the U.S.


57


Table of Contents

In EMEA/APAC, occupancy and other operating costs increased by $11.5 million, or 9%, to $144.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily due to a net increase in the number of Company restaurants during the fiscal year, a $1.4 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, primarily in EMEA, an increase in start-up expenses related to new restaurant openings and higher repair and maintenance costs, primarily in Germany in conjunction with our refranchising initiative. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs increased by 2.3% to 29.6%, primarily due to the adverse impact of sales deleverage on our fixed occupancy and other operating costs.
 
There was no significant change in occupancy and other operating costs in Latin America for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
Selling expenses decreased by $2.0 million, or 2%, to $91.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to a $3.5 million reduction in contributions to the marketing funds in our Company restaurant markets as a result of lower Company restaurants revenues. Partially offsetting this decrease was an increase of $1.0 million of higher local marketing expenditures aimed at driving incremental sales and $0.6 million from the movement of currency exchange rates for the period.
 
General and administrative expenses increased by $3.5 million, or 1%, to $404.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, largely driven by an increase in professional fees of $4.7 million, primarily related to information technology initiatives, incremental depreciation expense of $2.6 million due to a higher depreciable asset base compared to prior year, and higher salary and fringe benefit costs of $3.0 million including share-based compensation. These items were partially offset by savings from reductions in travel and meetings of $4.1 million and office operating expenses of $3.2 million. These fluctuations include the unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates of $4.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010.
 
Property Expenses
 
Total property expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 2%, to $59.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily attributable to increased rent expense resulting from the net effect of changes to our property portfolio in the U.S. & Canada segment, which includes the impact of refranchisings of Company restaurants and opening new restaurants leased to franchisees. These factors were partially offset by decreased rent expense from a reduction in the number of properties leased to franchisees in EMEA.
 
Other operating (income) expense, net
 
                 
    Predecessor  
    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Net (gains) losses on disposal of assets restaurant closures and refranchisings
  $ (2.4 )   $ (8.5 )
Litigation settlements and reserves, net
    (0.2 )     0.2  
Foreign exchange net (gains) losses
    (3.3 )     8.4  
Other, net
    5.2       1.8  
                 
Other operating (income) expense, net
  $ (0.7 )   $ 1.9  
                 
 
The $5.2 million of other, net within other operating (income) expense, net for fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 includes a $2.4 million charge related to consumption tax in EMEA, $1.5 million of severance costs related to refranchisings in Germany, $1.0 million of franchise workout costs and a $0.7 million contract termination fee, partially offset by $1.1 million of income recorded in connection with the expiration of gift cards in the U.S.


58


Table of Contents

The $1.8 million of other, net within other operating (income) expense, net for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 consists primarily of $1.7 million of franchise workout costs.
 
Income from Operations
 
                 
    Predecessor  
    For the Fiscal
 
    Years Ended
 
    June 30,  
    2010     2009  
 
Income from Operations:
               
United States and Canada
  $ 346.7     $ 345.7  
EMEA/APAC
    84.6       83.6  
Latin America
    38.2       37.8  
Unallocated
    (136.6 )     (127.7 )
                 
Total income from operations
  $ 332.9     $ 339.4  
                 
 
Income from operations decreased by $6.5 million, or 2%, to $332.9 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of a decrease in Company restaurant margin of $12.3 million, a $1.5 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses and a reduction in net property revenue of $1.1 million, partially offset by a $5.8 million increase in franchise revenues and a $2.6 million decrease in other operating expense, net. (See Note 23 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for segment information disclosures).
 
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the favorable impact on revenues from the movement of currency exchange rates was partially offset by the unfavorable impact of currency exchange rates on Company restaurant expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in a net favorable impact on income from operations of $1.4 million.
 
In the U.S. and Canada, income from operations increased by $1.0 million, or 0.3%, to $346.7 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of a decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses of $5.8 million, a decrease in other operating expense, net of $4.9 million and an increase in Company restaurant margin of $0.4 million. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in franchise revenues of $8.5 million and a reduction in net property income of $1.6 million. The increase also reflects a $0.3 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada.
 
In EMEA/APAC, income from operations increased by $1.0 million, or 1%, to $84.6 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of a $12.8 million increase in franchise revenues, a $2.3 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses and an increase in net property income of $0.5 million, partially offset by a $12.7 million decrease in Company restaurant margin and a $1.9 million decrease in other operating income, net. The decrease also reflects a $0.8 million of favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
In Latin America, income from operations increased by $0.4 million, or 1%, to $38.2 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of an increase in franchise revenues of $1.5 million partially offset by a $0.7 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses and $0.4 million increase in other operating expense, net due to the reversal of a litigation reserve in fiscal 2009. The increase also reflects a $0.3 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
Our unallocated corporate expenses increased by $8.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of a $6.6 million increase in unallocated payroll and other expenses that benefit the entire system, a $2.4 million increase in depreciation expense for corporate assets, a $1.9 million increase in employee benefits and severance expense and a $0.8 million increase in share-based compensation expense, partially offset by a $2.4 million reduction in incentive compensation and a $0.4 million decrease in professional fees, primarily related to information technology initiatives.


59


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, net
 
Interest expense, net decreased by $6.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, reflecting a decrease in borrowings and rates paid on borrowings during the period. The weighted average interest rates for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 were 4.7% and 5.1% respectively, which included the effect of interest rate swaps on an average of 73% and 71% of our term debt, respectively.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense was $97.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, resulting in an effective tax rate of 34.3%, primarily as a result of the current mix of income from multiple tax jurisdictions and currency fluctuations.
 
Net Income
 
Our net income decreased by $13.3 million, or 7%, to $186.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of a $12.8 million increase in income tax expense, a decrease in Company restaurant margin of $12.3 million, a $1.5 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses and a reduction in net property revenue of $1.1 million. These factors were partially offset by a $6.0 million decrease in interest expense, net, an increase in franchise revenues of $5.8 million and a $2.6 million improvement in other operating (income) expense, net.
 
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2009 compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2008
 
Revenues
 
Company Restaurant Revenues
 
Company restaurant revenues increased by $84.6 million, or 5%, to $1,880.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year. This increase was primarily due to a net increase of 69 Company restaurants, including the net acquisition of 36 franchise restaurants during fiscal 2009, partially offset by $80.5 million of unfavorable impact from the significant movement of currency exchange rates.
 
In the United States and Canada, Company restaurant revenues increased by $159.9 million, or 14%, to $1,331.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year. This increase was primarily a result of a net increase of 59 Company restaurants during fiscal 2009, including the net acquisition of 42 franchise restaurants, partially offset by $20.6 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada.
 
In EMEA/APAC, Company restaurant revenues decreased by $66.3 million, or 12%, to $488.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year. This decrease was primarily due to a $50.0 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and lost Company restaurant revenues due to the refranchising of restaurants in the prior year, primarily in Germany and the U.K. as part of our ongoing portfolio management initiative.
 
In Latin America, Company restaurant revenues decreased by $9.0 million, or 13%, to $60.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to $10.0 million of unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and negative Company comparable sales growth of 3.2% (in constant currencies). However, this decrease was largely offset by a net increase of eight Company restaurants during fiscal 2009.
 
Franchise Revenues
 
Total franchise revenues increased by $6.2 million, or 1%, to $543.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to the net increase of 291 franchise restaurants during fiscal 2009, worldwide franchise comparable sales growth of 1.4% (in constant currencies) and a higher effective royalty rate in the U.S. These factors were partially offset by a $24.2 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.


60


Table of Contents

In the United States and Canada, franchise revenues increased by $5.2 million, or 2%, to $323.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year. This increase was the result of a higher effective royalty rate in the U.S., partially offset by the loss of royalties from 37 fewer franchise restaurants compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to the net acquisition of 42 franchise restaurants by the Company, and a $1.0 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada.
 
In EMEA/APAC, franchise revenues increased by $0.4 million, or 0.2%, to $173.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared the prior fiscal year. This increase was primarily driven by a net increase of 260 franchise restaurants during fiscal 2009 and franchise comparable sales growth of 3.3% (in constant currencies). These factors were largely offset by a $20.4 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
Latin America franchise revenues increased by $0.6 million, or 1%, to $46.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year. This increase was primarily a result of the net addition of 68 franchise restaurants during fiscal 2009 and franchise comparable sales growth of 2.3% (in constant currencies). However, these factors were largely offset by a $2.8 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
Property Revenues
 
Total property revenues decreased by $8.1 million, or 7%, to $113.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to a $5.9 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and the reduction in the number of properties in our portfolio, which includes the impact of the closure or acquisition of restaurants leased to franchisees. These factors were partially offset by positive worldwide franchise comparable sales growth, which resulted in increased revenues from percentage rents.
 
In the United States and Canada, property revenues decreased by $0.6 million, or 1%, to $88.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of the reduction in the number of properties in our portfolio and a $0.7 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates. This decrease was partially offset by increased revenues from percentage rents as a result of positive franchise comparable sales growth.
 
In EMEA/APAC, property revenues decreased by $7.5 million, or 23%, to $25.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior year, primarily due to a $5.2 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and the reduction in the number of properties in our portfolio. These factors were partially offset by increased revenues from percentage rents as a result of positive franchise comparable sales growth.
 
Operating Costs and Expenses
 
Food, Paper and Product Costs
 
Total food, paper and product costs increased by $39.4 million, or 7%, to $603.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of the net addition of 69 Company restaurants during the twelve months ended June 30, 2009, and significant increases in commodity costs, including the negative currency exchange impact of cross border purchases which occurs in Canada, Mexico and the U.K. when our suppliers purchase goods in currency other than the local currency in which they operate and pass on all, or a portion of the currency exchange impact to us. These factors were partially offset by a $26.1 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, food, paper and product costs increased by 0.7% to 32.1%, primarily due to the increase in commodity costs noted above, partially offset by the impact of strategic pricing initiatives.
 
In the United States and Canada, food, paper and product costs increased by $58.8 million, or 15%, to $440.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of the net addition of 59 Company restaurants during fiscal 2009, as well as significant increases in commodity costs, including the negative currency exchange impact of cross border purchases in Canada, partially offset by a $7.4 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates. Food, paper and product costs as a percentage of Company restaurant


61


Table of Contents

revenues increased 0.5% to 33.0%, primarily due to an increase in the cost of beef, cheese, chicken and other food costs, including the currency exchange impact of cross border purchases in Canada, partially offset by the impact of strategic pricing initiatives.
 
The cost of many of our core commodities reached historical highs in the United States and Canada during the first quarter of fiscal 2009; however, commodity and other food costs moderated throughout the remainder of fiscal 2009.
 
In EMEA/APAC, food, paper and product costs decreased by $17.6 million, or 11%, to $140.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of the favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates of $14.7 million and the refranchising of Company restaurants in the prior year, primarily in Germany and the U.K., partially offset by an increase in commodity costs, including the negative currency exchange impact of cross border purchases. Food, paper and product costs as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues increased 0.3% to 28.8%, primarily due to a significant increase in commodity costs, partially offset by the impact of strategic pricing initiatives.
 
In Latin America, food, paper and product costs decreased by $1.8 million, or 7%, to $23.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the same period in the prior year, as a result of the benefits derived from the favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates of $4.0 million, offset by the net addition of eight Company restaurants during fiscal 2009 and an increase in commodity costs, including the negative currency exchange impact of cross border purchases in Mexico and the indexing of local purchases to the U.S. dollar. Food, paper and product costs as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues increased by 1.7% to 38.4% primarily due to the increase in commodity costs as noted above, partially offset by the impact of strategic pricing initiatives.
 
Payroll and Employee Benefits Costs
 
Total payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $47.5 million, or 9%, to $582.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily due to the net addition of 69 Company restaurants during fiscal 2009, as well as increased labor costs in the United States and Canada and EMEA, partially offset by a $24.0 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by 1.2% to 31.0%, primarily as a result of increased labor costs in EMEA and the United States and Canada, partially offset by positive worldwide Company comparable sales growth of 0.3% (in constant currencies).
 
In the United States and Canada, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $58.2 million, or 16%, to $414.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of the net addition of 59 Company restaurants during fiscal 2009 and increased labor costs resulting from the negative impact from decreased traffic and increased staffing and training on acquired restaurants, partially offset by a $6.8 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by 0.6% to 31.1%, primarily due to labor inefficiencies noted above, partially offset by benefits derived from positive Company comparable sales growth of 0.5% (in constant currencies).
 
In EMEA/APAC, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $9.8 million, or 6% to $159.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of a $16.0 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and the refranchising of Company restaurants in the prior year, primarily in Germany and the U.K., partially offset by government mandated and contractual wage and benefits increases in Germany. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by 2.2% to 32.7%, primarily as a result of increases in labor costs in Germany.
 
In Latin America, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $0.9 million, or 11% to $7.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year as a result of a $1.2 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, partially offset by the net addition of eight Company restaurants during fiscal 2009. Payroll and employee benefits costs as a percentage of Company restaurant revenues increased by 0.5% to 12.3%, primarily as a result of negative Company comparable sales growth of 3.2% (in constant currencies).


62


Table of Contents

Occupancy and Other Operating Costs
 
Occupancy and other operating costs increased by $18.8 million, or 4%, to $457.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of the net addition of 69 Company restaurants during fiscal 2009, increased rents and utility costs, start-up costs related to new and acquired Company restaurants in the U.S. and the write-off of unfavorable leases in the prior year, primarily in Mexico, partially offset by a reduction in the amount of accelerated depreciation related to the reimaging of Company restaurants in the United States and Canada and a $22.4 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs remained relatively unchanged at 24.3%, primarily as a result of the benefits derived from positive worldwide Company comparable sales growth of 0.3% (in constant currencies) and the prior year accelerated depreciation expense noted above, offset by increased rents and the write-off of unfavorable leases in the prior year, as noted above.
 
In the United States and Canada, occupancy and other operating costs increased by $35.7 million, or 13%, to $306.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of the net addition of 59 Company restaurants during fiscal 2009, which represents a 6% increase in the number of Company restaurants in this segment year over year, increased rents and utility costs, increased repairs and maintenance costs, increased casualty insurance and start-up costs related to new and acquired Company restaurants, partially offset by a reduction in the amount of accelerated depreciation as noted above and a $5.2 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates in Canada. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs remained unchanged at 23.1% with the benefits derived from positive Company comparable sales growth of 0.5% (in constant currencies) and the prior year accelerated depreciation expense noted above, offset by increased rents and start-up costs related to new and acquired Company restaurants.
 
In EMEA/APAC, occupancy and other operating costs decreased by $16.7 million, or 11%, to $133.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily due to a $14.4 million favorable impact from the movement in currency exchange rates, a reduction in payments made to third parties for services currently performed by our employees, decreased repairs and maintenance costs and the refranchising of Company restaurants in the prior year, primarily in Germany and the U.K., partially offset by increased rents. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs remained relatively unchanged at 27.3%, with the benefits from reduced payments for services performed by third parties in the prior year as noted above, decreased repairs and maintenance costs and the closure of under-performing restaurants and refranchising of Company restaurants in the U.K. (including benefits from the release of unfavorable lease obligations), offset by increased rents.
 
In Latin America, occupancy and other operating costs decreased by $0.2 million, or 1%, to $17.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of a $2.8 million favorable impact from the movement in currency exchange rates, partially offset by the net addition of eight Company restaurants during fiscal 2009, increased rents and utility costs and the write-off of unfavorable leases in the prior year. As a percentage of Company restaurant revenues, occupancy and other operating costs increased by 3.6% to 29.7% as a result of increased utility costs, the write-off of unfavorable leases as noted above, and negative Company comparable sales growth of 3.2% (in constant currencies).
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 2%, to $93.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year. The increase, which was primarily driven by an increase in sales and promotional expenses of $8.2 million as a result of increased sales at our Company restaurants, was partially offset by a $4.0 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and $2.5 million due to lower local marketing expenditures primarily in EMEA.
 
General and administrative expenses decreased by $8.5 million, or 2%, to $401.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease was primarily a result of a $14.9 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates, a $1.8 million decrease in travel and meeting expenses and $2.5 million of other miscellaneous benefits. These factors were partially offset by an increase in stock compensation of $5.0 million, an incremental increase of $3.1 million in amortization of intangible assets


63


Table of Contents

associated with the acquisition of restaurants, and a decrease in the amount of bad debt recoveries, net of $2.6 million.
 
Property Expenses
 
Total property expenses decreased by $4.0 million, or 6.4%, to $58.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of a $5.2 million favorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates and the net effect of changes to our property portfolio, which includes the impact of the closure or acquisition of restaurants leased to franchisees, partially offset by an increase in percentage rent expense generated by worldwide comparable franchise sales growth of 1.4% (in constant currencies).
 
Other Operating (Income) Expense, Net
 
                 
    Predecessor  
    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
Net (gains) losses on disposal of assets restaurant closures and refranchisings
  $ (8.5 )   $ (9.8 )
Litigation settlements and reserves, net
    0.2       1.1  
Foreign exchange net (gains) losses
    8.4       2.3  
Other, net
    1.8       5.8  
                 
Other operating (income) expense, net
  $ 1.9     $ (0.6 )
                 
 
The $1.8 million of other, net within other operating (income) expense, net for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 consists primarily of $1.7 million of franchise workout costs.
 
The $5.8 million of other, net within other operating (income) expenses, net for the year ended June 30, 2008 includes $3.1 million of franchise workout costs and $1.9 million of settlement losses associated with the acquisition of franchise restaurants.
 
Income from Operations
 
                 
    Predecessor  
    For the Fiscal
 
    Years Ended
 
    June 30,  
    2009     2008  
 
Income from Operations:
               
United States and Canada
  $ 345.7     $ 349.7  
EMEA/APAC
    83.6       91.8  
Latin America
    37.8       41.4  
Unallocated
    (127.7 )     (128.7 )
                 
Total Income from Operations
  $ 339.4     $ 354.2  
                 
 
Income from operations decreased by $14.8 million, or 4%, to $339.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of an increase in other operating expense, net of $2.5 million, a decrease in Company restaurant margin of $21.1 million and a decrease in net property income of $4.1 million. The decrease in income from operations was partially offset by a $6.2 million increase in franchise revenues, reflecting franchise comparable sales growth of 1.4% (in constant currencies) and an increase in the effective royalty rate in the U.S. and a $6.7 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses. (See Note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements for segment information disclosures).


64


Table of Contents

For fiscal 2009, the unfavorable impact on revenues from the movement of currency exchange rates was offset by the favorable impact of currency exchange rates on Company restaurant expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in a net unfavorable impact on income from operations of $14.9 million.
 
In the United States and Canada, income from operations decreased by $4.0 million, or 1%, to $345.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of an increase in other operating expense, net of $6.9 million, an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $9.7 million and a decrease in net property income of $0.4 million, partially offset by an increase in Company restaurant margin of $7.2 million and $5.2 million increase in franchise revenues, reflecting franchise comparable sales growth of 0.4% (in constant currencies) and an increase in the effective royalty rate in the U.S.
 
In EMEA/APAC, income from operations decreased by $8.2 million, or 9%, to $83.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of a decrease in Company restaurant margin of $22.2 million, and a decrease in net property income of $2.0 million, partially offset by an increase in other operating income, net of $3.5 million, a $12.2 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses and a $0.4 million increase in franchise revenues, reflecting franchise comparable sales growth of 3.3% (in constant currencies). These factors reflect an $11.9 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
In Latin America, income from operations decreased by $3.6 million, or 9%, to $37.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of a decrease in Company restaurant margin of $6.1 million, partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses, a decrease in other operating expense, net of $0.9 million and a $0.6 million increase in franchise revenues, which reflects franchise comparable sales growth of 2.3% (in constant currencies). These factors reflect a $2.9 million unfavorable impact from the movement of currency exchange rates.
 
Our unallocated corporate expenses decreased by $1.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of a decrease in general and administrative expenses attributable to savings from cost containment initiatives.
 
Interest Expense, Net
 
Interest expense, net decreased by $6.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily reflecting a decrease in rates paid on borrowings during the period. The weighted average interest rates for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 5.1% and 6.0%, respectively, which included the effect of interest rate swaps on 71% and 56% of our term debt, respectively.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense was $84.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, resulting in an effective tax rate of 29.7% primarily due to the resolution of federal and state audits and tax benefits realized from the dissolution of dormant foreign entities.
 
Net Income
 
Our net income increased by $10.5 million, or 6%, to $200.1 million in fiscal 2009, compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of an $18.7 million decrease in income tax expense, increased franchise revenues of $6.2 million, driven by a net increase in restaurants and positive franchise comparable sales growth, a $6.7 million decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses and the benefit from a $6.6 million decrease in interest expense, net. These factors were partially offset by a net change of $2.5 million in other operating expense, net, a decrease in Company restaurant margin of $21.1 million and a decrease in net property income of $4.1 million.


65


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Overview
 
The Transactions required total cash of approximately $4.3 billion, which was used (i) to fund the cash consideration payable to our stockholders and equity award holders pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (ii) to repay existing indebtedness and accrued interest and prepayment premiums associated therewith, (iii) to settle a portion of our interest rate swaps existing on the Merger Date and (iv) to pay fees and expenses associated with the Transactions. These cash requirements were principally financed through $69.4 million of cash on hand, the equity contribution of 3G, borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility and the net proceeds from the issuance of our Senior Notes. See Note 1 of our accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information about the Transactions.
 
At December 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $207.0 million and working capital of $82.4 million. We have historically operated with minimal positive working capital or negative working capital, like many restaurant companies, since our guests pay for their purchases in cash or by credit card at the time of purchase. Although we have significant receivables from franchisees, we also receive trade credit based upon negotiated terms in purchasing food and supplies and funds available from cash sales not needed immediately to pay for food and supplies or to finance receivables or inventories historically have typically been used for capital expenditures and/or to repay debt. In addition at December 31, 2010, we had a borrowing capacity of $116.1 million under our New Revolving Credit Facility, net of $33.9 million of irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding. Cash used for operations was $6.9 million for the Transition Period compared to $122.1 million cash provided for operations during the six months ended December 31, 2009.
 
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated by operations and occasional borrowings under our New Revolving Credit Facility. Our primary uses of cash are for debt service requirements, payments due under lease agreements, capital expenditures and the payment of income taxes. Based on our current level of operations and available cash, we believe our cash flow from operations, combined with availability under our New Revolving Credit Facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, debt service requirements and capital spending requirements over the next twelve months and the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our New Revolving Credit Facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our ability to do so will depend on our achievement of forecasted levels of revenue and cash flows, which are dependent on many factors, many of which are beyond our control, including our marketing initiatives and restructuring activities designed to reduce our operating costs, as well as on prevailing economic conditions. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service, lease and income tax obligations, we may be forced to reduce planned capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. However, in such an event, we cannot assure you that we will be able to mitigate a resource shortfall by selling assets or raising new capital, or that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our indebtedness, including our New Term Loan Facility, New Revolving Credit Facility or our Senior Notes, on commercially reasonably terms or at all. Any future acquisitions, joint ventures or other similar transactions will likely require additional capital and there can be no assurance that any such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change in control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness.
 
As a result of the Transactions, we are highly leveraged. Our liquidity requirements will be significant, primarily due to debt service requirements.
 
Indebtedness
 
New Credit Facilities
 
Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, BKC, as borrower, entered into a credit agreement dated as of October 19, 2010 with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Capital, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “New Credit Agreement”). The New Credit Agreement provides for (i) two tranches of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1,510.0 million and €250.0 million,


66


Table of Contents

respectively, each under a term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) and (ii) a new senior revolving credit facility for up to $150 million of revolving extensions of credit outstanding at any time (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “New Revolving Credit Facility,” and together with the New Term Loan Facility, the “New Credit Facilities”). Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, the full amount of the two term loans was drawn, no revolving loans were drawn and replacement letters of credit were issued in order to backstop, replace or roll-over existing letters of credit under our prior credit agreement, which was repaid as of the consummation of the Merger. On February 15, 2011, the New Credit Agreement was amended and restated (the “Amended Credit Agreement”). Under the Amended Credit Agreement, the aggregate principal amount of term loans denominated in U.S. dollars was increased to $1,600.0 million and the amount of term loans denominated in Euros was reduced to €200.0 million. The amount of the New Revolving Credit Facility remains unchanged.
 
The New Term Loan Facility has a six-year maturity. The New Revolving Credit Facility has a five-year maturity. The principal amount of the New Term Loan Facility amortizes in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the New Term Loan Facility for the first five and three-quarter years, with the balance payable at maturity. The New Credit Facilities contain customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, voluntary prepayments, affirmative covenants, negative covenants and events of default.
 
For the period of October 19, 2010 through February 15, 2011, the interest rate per annum applicable to loans under the New Credit Facilities was based on, at BKC’s election, a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Eurodollar rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, plus a margin of 3.50% or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to EURIBOR for the Euro denominated tranche and LIBOR for the U.S. dollar denominated tranche and New Revolving Credit Facility, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus a margin of 4.75% for loans under the Euro denominated tranche of the New Term Loan Facility and 4.50% for loans under the U.S. dollar denominated tranche of the New Term Loan Facility and borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility. Prior to the February 2011 amendment, borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility were subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.75%. The effective interest rates related to the $1,510.0 million tranche and €250.0 million tranche under the New Term Loan Facility were 6.8% and 7.1% for the period from October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010, respectively, which included the effect of interest rate caps on 100% of our term debt.
 
Under the Amended Credit Agreement, at BKC’s election, the interest rate per annum applicable to the loans is based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Eurocurrency rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin equal to 2.00% for loans under the U.S. dollar denominated tranche of the New Term Loan Facility and 2.25% for loans under the New Revolving Credit Facility, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to EURIBOR for the Euro denominated tranche and LIBOR for the U.S. dollar denominated tranche and New Revolving Credit Facility, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin equal to 3.25% for loans under the Euro denominated tranche of the New Term Loan Facility, 3.00% for loans under the U.S. dollar denominated tranche of the New Term Loan Facility and 3.25% for loans under the New Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement will be subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.50%.
 
Following the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the year ending December 31, 2011, we will be required to prepay the term loans in an amount equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement and with stepdowns to 25% and 0% based on achievement of specified total leverage ratios), minus the amount of any voluntary prepayments of the term loans during such fiscal year. Additionally, subject to certain exceptions, the New Credit Facilities are subject to mandatory prepayment in the event of non-ordinary course or other dispositions of assets (subject to customary reinvestment provisions), or in the event of issuances or incurrence of debt by BKC or any of its subsidiaries (other than certain indebtedness permitted by the New Credit Facilities).
 
We may prepay the term loans in whole or in part at any time. A 1% premium applies if the prepayment is made in connection with an interest rate re-pricing event.
 
All obligations under the New Credit Facilities are guaranteed by us and each direct and indirect, existing and future, material domestic wholly-owned subsidiary of BKC. The New Credit Facilities and any derivative


67


Table of Contents

instrument contracts and cash management arrangements provided by any lender party to the New Credit Facilities or any of its affiliates are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of BKC’s and each guarantor’s tangible and intangible assets (subject to certain exceptions), including U.S. registered intellectual property and of all the capital stock of BKC and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (limited, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, to 65% of the capital stock of the first tier foreign subsidiaries).
 
Under the New Credit Facilities, BKC is required to comply with specified financial ratios, including the following:
 
BKC’s Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense shall not be less than 1.60 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between March 31, 2011 through September 30, 2011, 1.70 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between December 31, 2011 through June 30, 2013, 1.80 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between September 30, 2013 through June 30, 2014, 1.90 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between September 30, 2014 and June 30, 2015, and 2.00 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending thereafter.
 
Consolidated EBITDA is defined in the Amended Credit Agreement as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for certain items, as specified in the Amended Credit Agreement. Consolidated Interest Expense is defined in the Amended Credit Agreement as cash payments for interest, including (net of) payments made (received) pursuant to interest rate derivatives with respect to Indebtedness, net of cash received for interest income and certain other items specified in the Amended Credit Agreement. The Test Period is defined in the Amended Credit Agreement as the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date.
 
BKC’s Total Leverage Ratio, defined as the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA shall not be greater than 7.50 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between March 31, 2011 through June 30, 2011, 7.25 to 1.00 for the Test Period ending September 30, 2011 and 7.00 to 1.00 for the Test Period ending December 31, 2011. The maximum Total Leverage Ratio declines to 6.75 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending March 31, 2012 through June 30, 2012 and 6.25 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending September 30, 2012 through December 31, 2012 and further declines thereafter until reaching 4.50 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending after June 30, 2016.
 
The Amended Credit Agreement also contains a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, will limit or restrict the ability of BKC and its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional indebtedness (including guarantee obligations) or liens, (ii) engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions, sell assets (with certain exceptions, including sales of company-owned restaurants to franchisees), (iii) make capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments, loans and advances, (iv) pay and modify the terms of certain indebtedness, (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates, (vi) enter into certain speculative hedging arrangements, negative pledge clauses and clauses restricting subsidiary distributions and (vii) change its line of business. In addition, the ability of BKC and its subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions, or to repurchase, redeem or retire equity is restricted by the Amended Credit Agreement, including the payment of dividends to the Company.
 
BKC’s capital expenditures are limited to $160 million to $220 million, with the annual limitation based on BKC’s Rent-Adjusted Leverage Ratio of the most recently ended fiscal year. Up to 50% of the unused amount for the prior fiscal year (less the amount carried forward into the prior fiscal year) is allowed to be carried forward into the next fiscal year.
 
The New Credit Facilities contain customary events of default, including, but not limited to, nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts, violation of a covenant, cross-default to material indebtedness, bankruptcy and a change of control. Our ability to borrow under the New Credit Facilities will be dependent on, among other things, BKC’s compliance with the above referenced financial ratios. Failure to comply with these ratios or other provisions of the Amended Credit Agreement (subject to grace periods) could, absent a waiver or an amendment from the lenders under such agreement, restrict the availability of the New Revolving Credit Facility and permit the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under Amended Credit Agreement.


68


Table of Contents

Senior Notes
 
On October 19, 2010, Merger Sub, as the initial issuer, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, executed the Senior Notes Indenture pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued. Upon the consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub, BKC, the Company, as a guarantor, and the other guarantors entered into a supplemental indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) pursuant to which BKC assumed the obligations of Merger Sub under the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes and the Company and the other guarantors guaranteed the Senior Notes on a senior basis. The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 9.875% per annum, which is payable semi-annually on October 15 and April 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 2011. The Senior Notes mature on October 15, 2018.
 
The Senior Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of BKC that rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of BKC. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of BKC (including the New Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities, including preferred stock, of non-guarantor subsidiaries.
 
The Senior Notes are guaranteed by the Company and all existing direct and indirect subsidiaries that borrow under or guarantee any indebtedness or indebtedness of another guarantor. Under certain circumstances, subsidiary guarantors may be released from their guarantees without the consent of the holders of the Senior Notes.
 
At any time prior to October 15, 2013, BKC may redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109.875% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
 
The Senior Notes will be redeemable at BKC’s option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after October 15, 2014 at 104.938% of the principal amount, at any time on or after October 15, 2015 at 102.469% of the principal amount or at any time on or after October 15, 2016 at 100% of the principal amount.
 
The occurrence of a change in control will require us to offer to purchase all or a portion of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. Certain asset dispositions will also require us to use the proceeds from those asset dispositions to make an offer to purchase the Senior Notes at 100% of their principal amount, if such proceeds are not otherwise used within a specified period to repay indebtedness or to invest in capital assets related to our business or capital stock of a restricted subsidiary.
 
The Senior Notes Indenture contains certain covenants that BKC must meet during the term of the Senior Notes, including, but not limited to, limitations on restricted payments (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture), incurrence of indebtedness, issuance of disqualified stock and preferred stock, asset sales, mergers and consolidations, transactions with affiliates, and guarantees of indebtedness by subsidiaries.
 
The Senior Notes Indenture includes customary events of default including, but not limited to, nonpayment of principal, interest, premiums or other amounts due under the Senior Notes Indenture, violation of a covenant, cross-default to material indebtedness, bankruptcy and a change of control. Failure to comply with the covenants or other provision of the Senior Notes Indenture (subject to grace periods) could, absent a waiver or an amendment from the lenders under such Senior Notes Indenture, permit the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under such credit agreement.
 
Interest Rate Cap Agreements
 
Following the Transactions, we entered into two deferred premium interest rate caps, one of which was denominated in U.S. dollars (notional amount of $1.5 billion) and the other denominated in Euros (notional amount of €250 million) (the “Cap Agreements”). The six year Cap Agreements are a series of 25 individual caplets that reset and settle on the same dates as the New Credit Facilities. The deferred premium associated with the Cap Agreements was $47.7 million for the U.S. dollar denominated exposure and €9.4 million for the Euro denominated exposure. After we entered into the Amended Credit Agreement, we modified our interest rate cap denominated in Euros to reduce its notional amount by €50 million throughout the life of the caplets. Additionally, we entered into a new deferred premium interest rate cap agreement denominated in U.S. dollars (notional amount of $90 million)


69


Table of Contents

with a strike price of 1.50% (the “New Cap Agreement”). The terms of the New Cap Agreement are substantially similar to those described above and the Cap Agreements were not otherwise revised by these modifications.
 
Under the terms of the Cap Agreements, if LIBOR/EURIBOR resets above a strike price of 1.75% (1.50% for the New Cap Agreement), we will receive the net difference between the rate and the strike price. In addition, on the quarterly settlement dates, we will remit the deferred premium payment (plus interest) to the counterparty. If LIBOR/EURIBOR resets below the strike price no payment is made by the counterparty. However, we would still be responsible for the deferred premium and interest.
 
The interest rate cap contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and to the extent they are effective in offsetting the variability of the variable interest payments, changes in the derivatives’ fair value are not included in current earnings but are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At each cap maturity date, the portion of fair value attributable to the matured cap will be reclassified from AOCI into earnings as a component of interest expense.
 
Predecessor Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We had cash and cash equivalents of $187.6 million and $121.7 million as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In addition, as of June 30, 2010, we had borrowing capacity of $115.8 million under our previous $150.0 million revolving credit facility, which was extinguished in connection with the Transactions. Cash provided by operations was $310.4 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $310.8 million in fiscal 2009.
 
In each of the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, we paid four quarterly dividends of $0.0625 per share of common stock, resulting in $34.2 million and $34.1 million, respectively, of cash payments to shareholders of record. During the quarter ended September 30, 2010, we declared a quarterly dividend of $0.0625 per share of common stock that was paid on September 30, 2010 to shareholders of record on September 14, 2010.
 
Comparative Cash Flows
 
Operating Activities
 
Cash used for operating activities was $6.9 million during the Transition Period, compared to $122.1 million provided during the same period in the prior year. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities during the Transition Period resulted primarily from a decrease in earnings, as adjusted for non-cash items, such as depreciation and amortization, gains and losses on the remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions and other non-cash income and expenses, primarily due to cash payments related to the Transaction costs discussed above and changes in working capital of $3.1 million.
 
Cash provided by operating activities was $310.4 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $310.8 million in fiscal 2009 and $243.4 million in fiscal 2008. The increase in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008 resulted primarily from an increase in earnings, as adjusted for non-cash items, such as depreciation and amortization, gains and losses on the remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions and other non-cash income and expenses, partially offset by cash used as a result of changes in working capital, primarily due to the timing of tax payments, including the benefits derived from the dissolution of dormant foreign entities.
 
Investing Activities
 
Cash used in investing activities increased to $3,350.1 million during the Transition Period, compared to $53.6 million during the same period in the prior year, primarily as a result of $3,325.4 million paid for the acquisition of the Company, partially offset by a $17.2 million decrease in capital expenditures and $10.0 million increase in cash generated from refranchisings and dispositions of assets.
 
Cash used in investing activities decreased to $134.9 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $242.0 million in fiscal 2009, primarily as a result of a $53.7 million decrease in capital expenditures and $53.9 million decrease in cash used for the acquisition of franchise restaurants.


70


Table of Contents

Cash used in investing activities increased to $242.0 million in fiscal 2009, compared to $199.3 million in fiscal 2008, primarily as a result of a $25.8 million increase in capital expenditures and a $13.7 million increase in cash used for the acquisition of franchise restaurants.
 
Capital expenditures for new restaurants include the costs to build new Company restaurants as well as properties for new restaurants that we lease to franchisees. Capital expenditures for existing restaurants consist of the purchase of real estate related to existing restaurants, as well as renovations to Company restaurants, including restaurants acquired from franchisees, investments in new equipment and normal annual capital investments for each Company restaurant to maintain its appearance in accordance with our standards. Capital expenditures for existing restaurants also include investments in improvements to properties we lease and sublease to franchisees, including contributions we make toward leasehold improvements completed by franchisees on properties we own. Other capital expenditures include investments in information technology systems and corporate furniture and fixtures. The following table presents capital expenditures by type of expenditure:
 
                                           
    Sucessor       Predecessor  
    For the Period of
      For the Period of
    For the Fiscal Years
 
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
New restaurants
  $ 6.7       $ 1.8     $ 41.1     $ 65.4     $ 55.4  
Existing restaurants
    16.7         11.1       91.7       110.1       102.0  
Other, including corporate
    5.0         5.3       17.5       28.5       20.8  
                                           
Total
  $ 28.4       $ 18.2     $ 150.3     $ 204.0     $ 178.2  
                                           
 
For 2011, we expect capital expenditures of approximately $75 million to $85 million to develop new restaurants and properties, to fund our restaurant reimaging program and to make improvements to restaurants we acquire, for operational initiatives in our restaurants and for other corporate expenditures.
 
Financing Activities
 
Cash provided by financing activities increased to $3,366.9 million during the Transition Period, compared to cash usage of $51.9 million during the same period in the prior year. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was primarily a result of a capital contribution from 3G of $1,563.5 million associated with the Transactions, the issuance of the Senior Notes and borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility to fund the Transactions as discussed above, an $8.5 million decrease in dividends paid and $3.5 million increase in proceeds from stock option exercises. These increases in cash were partially offset by a $731.8 million principal repayment of Term Loans A and B under our prior credit facility as a result of the Transactions.
 
Cash used in financing activities decreased to $96.9 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $105.5 million in fiscal 2009, primarily as a result of a $17.6 million decrease in cash used for repurchases of common stock, partially offset by a $10.3 million increase in repayments of long-term debt and capital leases, net of borrowings under our prior revolving credit facility.
 
Cash used in financing activities increased to $105.5 million in fiscal 2009, compared to $62.0 million in fiscal 2008, primarily as a result of a $51.9 million increase in repayments of long-term debt and capital leases, net of borrowings under our prior revolving credit facility, and a $6.0 million decrease in excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation. Partially offsetting these factors was a $15.1 million decrease in cash used for repurchases of common stock.


71


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments
 
The following table presents information relating to our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
    Payment Due by Period  
          Less Than
                More Than
 
Contractual Obligations
  Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
    (In millions)  
 
Capital lease obligations
  $ 128.8     $ 15.4     $ 30.2     $ 26.5     $ 56.7  
Operating lease obligations(1)
    1,402.5       155.8       291.1       255.6       700.0  
Unrecognized tax benefits(2)
    15.5                          
Term debt, including current portion, interest and interest rate cap premiums(3)
    2,588.7       145.4       287.5       282.5       1,873.3  
Senior Notes, including interest
    1,432.0       79.0       158.0       158.0       1,037.0  
Severance and severance-related costs
    64.7       61.8       2.9              
Purchase commitments(4)
    155.1       153.1       2.0              
                                         
Total
  $ 5,787.3     $ 610.5     $ 771.7     $ 722.6     $ 3,667.0  
                                         
 
 
(1) Operating lease obligations have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $317.5 million due in the future under noncancelable subleases.
 
(2) We have provided only a total in the table above since the timing of the unrecognized tax benefit payments is unknown.
 
(3) We have estimated our interest payments through the maturity of our New Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes based on (i) current LIBOR rates, (ii) the portion of our debt we converted to fixed rates through interest rate caps (iii) the fixed interest rate on the Senior Notes and (iv) the amortization schedules in our New Term Loan Facility and Senior Notes Indenture to the Senior Notes. Term debt payments also reflect the payment of liabilities under our interest rate swap contracts, the final contract of which expire in September 2011.
 
(4) Includes open purchase orders, as well as commitments to purchase advertising and other marketing services from third parties in advance on behalf of the Burger King system and obligations related to information technology and service agreements. During the year ended June 30, 2000, we entered into long-term, exclusive contracts with The Coca-Cola Company and with Dr Pepper/Seven Up, Inc. to supply us and our franchise restaurants with their products and obligating Burger King restaurants in the United States to purchase a specified number of gallons of soft drink syrup. These volume commitments are not subject to any time limit. As of December 31, 2010, the Company estimates that it will take approximately 14 years to complete the Coca-Cola and Dr Pepper/Seven Up, Inc. purchase commitments. We did not include these purchase commitments in our contractual obligations table since they apply to both Company and franchise restaurants and payments by us are dependent upon the volume and timing of purchases by Company restaurants in the United States.
 
For information about unrecognized tax benefits, our leasing arrangements and information on these commitments and contingent obligations, see Notes 15, 17 and 21, respectively, of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the projected benefit obligation of our U.S. and international defined benefit pension plans and U.S. medical plan exceeded pension assets by $86.9 million. The discount rate used in the calculation of the benefit obligation at December 31, 2010 for the U.S. Plans is derived from a yield curve comprised of the yields of an index of 250 equally-weighted corporate bonds, rated AA or better by Moody’s, which approximates the duration of the U.S. Plans. We made contributions totaling $0.6 million into our pension plans and benefit payments of $4.4 million out of these plans during the Transition Period. Estimated net contributions to our pension plans in 2011 are $9.1 million and estimated benefit payments out of theses plans in 2011 are $8.5 million. Estimates of reasonably likely future pension contributions are dependent on pension asset performance, future interest rates, future tax law changes, and future changes in regulatory funding requirements.


72


Table of Contents

Other Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We issue guarantees and letters of credit in our normal course of business in connection with vendor relationships, litigation and our insurance programs. For information on these commitments and contingent obligations, see Note 21 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
 
Impact of Inflation
 
We believe that our results of operations are not materially impacted by moderate changes in the inflation rate. Inflation did not have a material impact on our operations in the Transition Period, fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 or fiscal 2008. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect the global and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our audited Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis and we base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions we deem reasonable to the situation. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Volatile credit, equity, foreign currency and energy markets, and declines in consumer spending have increased and may continue to create uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in our estimates could materially impact our results of operations and financial condition in any particular period.
 
We consider our critical accounting policies and estimates to be as follows based on the high degree of judgment or complexity in their application:
 
Business Combinations
 
The Acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, or acquisition accounting, in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. The acquisition method of accounting involves the allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This allocation process involves the use of estimates and assumptions to derive fair values and to complete the allocation. Acquisition accounting allows for up to one year to obtain the information necessary to finalize the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at October 19, 2010. As of December 31, 2010 we have recorded preliminary acquisition accounting allocations, which are subject to revision as we obtain additional information necessary to complete the fair value studies and acquisition accounting.
 
In the event that actual results vary from any of the estimates or assumptions used in the valuation or allocation process, we may be required to record an impairment charge or an increase in depreciation or amortization in future periods, or both.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with transactions accounted for as business combinations. Our indefinite-lived intangible asset consists of the Burger King brand (the “Brand”).
 
We test goodwill and the Brand for impairment on an annual basis and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates impairment might exist.


73


Table of Contents

Our impairment test for goodwill requires us to compare the carrying value of reporting units with assigned goodwill to fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we may be required to record an impairment charge to goodwill. Our impairment test for the Brand consists of a comparison of the carrying value of the Brand to its fair value on a consolidated basis, with impairment equal to the amount by which the carrying value of the Brand exceeds its fair value.
 
When testing goodwill and the Brand for impairment, we make assumptions regarding the amount and the timing of estimated future cash flows similar to those when testing long-lived assets for impairment, as described below. In the event that our estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment charge.
 
Estimated goodwill arising as a result of the Acquisition has not yet been allocated to reporting units for goodwill impairment testing purposes, but will be allocated upon completion of the fair value studies in 2011. We changed our annual goodwill impairment testing date from April 1 to October 1 of each year. This change is being made to better align impairment testing procedures with the Company’s new fiscal year, related year-end financial reporting and the annual business planning and budgeting process, which are performed during the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, the goodwill impairment testing will reflect the result of input from business and other operating personnel in the development of the budget.
 
The Predecessor’s goodwill impairment test was completed as of April 1, 2010, in accordance with our previously established annual timeline, and no impairment resulted. Our next goodwill and Brand impairments test will be performed as of October 1, 2011.
 
See Note 2 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization.
 
Long-lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets (including definite-lived intangible assets) are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Some of the events or changes in circumstances that would trigger an impairment test include, but are not limited to:
 
  •  significant under-performance relative to expected and/or historical results (negative comparable sales growth or operating cash flows for two consecutive years);
 
  •  significant negative industry or economic trends;
 
  •  knowledge of transactions involving the sale of similar property at amounts below our carrying value; or
 
  •  our expectation to dispose of long-lived assets before the end of their estimated useful lives, even though the assets do not meet the criteria to be classified as “held for sale.”
 
The impairment test for long-lived assets requires us to assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets by comparing their net carrying value to the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows directly associated with and arising from our use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the net carrying value of a group of long-lived assets exceeds the sum of related undiscounted estimated future cash flows, we would be required to record an impairment charge equal to the excess, if any, of net carrying value over fair value.
 
When assessing the recoverability of our long-lived assets, we make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors. Some of these assumptions involve a high degree of judgment and also bear a significant impact on the assessment conclusions. Included among these assumptions are estimating undiscounted future cash flows, including the projection of comparable sales, restaurant operating expenses, capital requirements for maintaining property and equipment and residual value of asset groups. We formulate estimates from historical experience and assumptions of future performance, based on business plans and forecasts, recent economic and business trends, and competitive conditions. In the event that our estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment charge.


74


Table of Contents

See Note 2 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information about accounting for long-lived assets.
 
Accounting for Income Taxes
 
We record income tax liabilities utilizing known obligations and estimates of potential obligations. A deferred tax asset or liability is recognized whenever there are future tax effects from existing temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. When considered necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the balance that is more likely than not to be realized. We must make estimates and judgments on future taxable income, considering feasible tax planning strategies and taking into account existing facts and circumstances, to determine the proper valuation allowance. When we determine that deferred tax assets could be realized in greater or lesser amounts than recorded, the asset balance and income statement reflect the change in the period such determination is made. Due to changes in facts and circumstances and the estimates and judgments that are involved in determining the proper valuation allowance, differences between actual future events and prior estimates and judgments could result in adjustments to this valuation allowance.
 
We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. We are subject to routine examination by taxing authorities in these jurisdictions. We apply a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate available evidence to determine if it appears more likely than not that an uncertain tax position will be sustained on an audit by a taxing authority, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settling the uncertain tax position.
 
Although we believe we have adequately accounted for our uncertain tax positions, from time to time, audits result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in us owing additional taxes. We adjust our uncertain tax positions in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the completion of a tax audit, expiration of a statute of limitations, the refinement of an estimate, and interest accruals associated with uncertain tax positions until they are resolved. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that we have adequately provided for these matters. However, to the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.
 
We use an estimate of the annual effective tax rate at each interim period based on the facts and circumstances available at that time, while the actual effective tax rate is calculated at fiscal year-end.
 
See Note 15 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information about accounting for income taxes.
 
Insurance Reserves
 
We carry insurance to cover claims such as workers’ compensation, general liability, automotive liability, executive risk and property, and we are self-insured for healthcare claims for eligible participating employees. Through the use of insurance program deductibles (ranging from $0.1 million to $2.5 million) and self insurance, we retain a significant portion of the expected losses under these programs. Insurance reserves have been recorded based on our estimates of the anticipated ultimate costs to settle all claims, both reported and incurred-but-not-reported (IBNR).
 
Our accounting policies regarding these insurance programs include judgments and independent actuarial assumptions about economic conditions, the frequency or severity of claims and claim development patterns and claim reserve, management and settlement practices. Since there are many estimates and assumptions involved in recording insurance reserves, differences between actual future events and prior estimates and assumptions could result in adjustments to these reserves.
 
See Note 21 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information about accounting for our insurance reserves.


75


Table of Contents

New Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Updates Issued But Not Yet Adopted
 
In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. This ASU amends ASC Topic 310 by requiring additional disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the related allowance for credit losses. The disclosures required by this ASU are effective for non-public entities for annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011, which for us will be December 31, 2011. The amendments in this ASU will affect only disclosures and are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company.
 
On December 20, 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts. This ASU is a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) and requires an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. An entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that impairment may exist. If the entity determines that it is more likely than not that the goodwill is impaired, Step 2 should be performed. Any resulting goodwill impairment should be recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption. Any impairments occurring after initial adoptions should be included in earnings. The amendments in this ASU are effective for non-public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2011, which for us will be January 1, 2012. Early adoption is not permitted. We have not yet determined the impact, if any, that the adoption of this ASU will have on the Company.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Market Risk
 
We are exposed to market risks associated with currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. In the normal course of business and in accordance with our policies, we manage these risks through a variety of strategies, which may include the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge our underlying exposures. Our policies prohibit the use of derivative instruments for speculative purposes, and we have procedures in place to monitor and control their use.
 
Currency Exchange Risk
 
Movements in currency exchange rates may affect the translated value of our earnings and cash flow associated with our foreign operations, as well as the translation of net asset or liability positions that are denominated in foreign currencies. In countries outside of the United States where we operate Company restaurants, we generally generate revenues and incur operating expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses denominated in local currencies. These revenues and expenses are translated using the average rates during the period in which they are recognized and are impacted by changes in currency exchange rates. In many countries where we do not have Company restaurants our franchisees pay royalties to us in currencies other than the local currency in which they operate. However, as the royalties are calculated based on local currency sales, our revenues are still impacted by fluctuations in exchange rates.
 
The portion of the New Term Loan Facility denominated in Euros will serve as a natural hedge against net assets denominated in Euros. Additionally, from time to time, we have entered into foreign currency forward contracts intended to economically hedge our income statement exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates associated with our intercompany loans denominated in foreign currencies and certain foreign currency-denominated assets. These forward contracts are primarily denominated in Euros but are also denominated in British pounds, Canadian dollars and Singapore dollars. Fluctuations in the value of these forward contracts are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations as incurred. However, the fluctuations in the value of these forward contracts largely offset the impact of changes in the value of the underlying risk that they are intended to hedge, which is also reflected in our consolidated statements of operations. As December 31, 2010, we had net foreign currency forward contracts to hedge the U.S. dollar equivalent of $1.7 million of foreign currency denominated assets.


76


Table of Contents

From time to time we have also entered into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates associated with the receipt of forecasted foreign-denominated royalty cash flows. At December 31, 2010, we had foreign currency forward contracts to hedge Canadian royalty payments with an aggregate notional value of $0.4 million.
 
We are exposed to losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on these forward contracts. We attempt to minimize this risk by selecting counterparties with investment grade credit ratings and regularly monitoring our market position with each counterparty.
 
During the Transition Period, income from operations would have decreased or increased $5.3 million if all foreign currencies uniformly weakened or strengthened 10% relative to the U.S. dollar, holding other variables constant, including sales volumes. The effect of a uniform movement of all currencies by 10% is provided to illustrate a hypothetical scenario and related effect on operating income. Actual results will differ as foreign currencies may move in uniform or different directions and in different magnitudes.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We are exposed to changes in interest rates related to our term loans and revolving credit facility, which bear interest at LIBOR/EURIBOR plus a spread, subject to a LIBOR/EURIBOR floor (1.75% at December 31, 2010, subsequently modified to 1.50%), as discussed in Note 11 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. Generally, interest rate changes could impact the amount of our interest paid and, therefore, our future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. To mitigate the impact of changes in LIBOR/EURIBOR, we entered into two deferred premium interest rate caps, one of which was denominated in U.S. dollars (notional amount of $1.5 billion) and the other denominated in Euros (notional amount of €250 million) (the “Cap Agreements”). As discussed in Note 13 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, after we amended the New Credit Agreement in February 2011, we modified our interest rate cap denominated in Euros to reduce its notional amount by €50 million throughout the life of the caplets. Additionally, we entered into a new deferred premium interest rate cap agreement denominated in U.S. dollars (notional amount of $90 million) with a strike price of 1.50% (the “New Cap Agreement”). The terms of the New Cap Agreement are substantially similar to those described above and the Cap Agreements were not otherwise revised by these modifications.
 
The six year Cap Agreements are a series of 25 individual caplets that reset and settle on the same dates as the New Credit Facilities. The deferred premium associated with the Cap Agreements was $47.7 million for the U.S. dollar denominated exposure and €9.4 million for the Euro denominated exposure. Under the terms of the Cap Agreements, if LIBOR/EURIBOR resets above a strike price of 1.75%, we will receive the net difference between the rate and the strike price. In addition, on the quarterly settlement dates, we will remit the deferred premium payment (plus interest) to the counterparty. If LIBOR/EURIBOR resets below the strike price no payment is made by the counterparty. However, we would still be responsible for the deferred premium and interest.
 
Based on our variable rate borrowings at December 31, 2010, a 1% increase in LIBOR/EURIBOR would have increased interest expense for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 by approximately $0.2 million (approximately $0.8 million on an annual basis), which would have been mitigated by payments we receive under the Cap Agreements. Future increases in LIBOR/EURIBOR above 1.75% (1.5% in the case of the New Cap Agreement) are also expected to be mitigated by payments we receive under the Cap Agreements. To the extent LIBOR/EURIBOR moves between the floor in the credit agreement and the strike prices in the Cap Agreements, we are exposed to volatility that will not be mitigated by payments received under the Cap Agreements. We are also exposed to losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to these Cap Agreements. We attempt to minimize this risk by selecting a counterparty with investment grade credit ratings and regularly monitoring our market position with the counterparty.
 
A portion of the interest rate swaps associated with our previous credit facility was not terminated by counterparties in connection with the Merger. These remaining swaps are classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet and have a notional value of $75 million as of December 31, 2010. The final contract expires


77


Table of Contents

September 2011. Future fluctuations in the fair value of remaining interest rate swaps will be included in the determination of net income (loss) until the final contract expires in September 2011.
 
Commodity Price Risk
 
We purchase certain products, including beef, chicken, cheese, french fries, tomatoes and other commodities which are subject to price volatility that is caused by weather, market conditions and other factors that are not considered predictable or within our control. Additionally, our ability to recover increased costs is typically limited by the competitive environment in which we operate. We do not utilize commodity option or future contracts to hedge commodity prices and do not have long-term pricing arrangements other than for chicken, which expires in January 2012. As a result, we purchase beef and other commodities at market prices, which fluctuate on a daily basis and may differ between different geographic regions, where local regulations may affect the volatility of commodity prices.
 
The estimated change in Company restaurant food, paper and product costs from a hypothetical 10% change in average prices of our commodities would have been approximately $26.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2010. The hypothetical change in food, paper and product costs could be positively or negatively affected by changes in prices or product sales mix.


78


Table of Contents

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    80  
    81  
    82  
    83  
    84  
    86  
    87  


79


Table of Contents

 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
 
Management is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other information included in this transition report. The financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include certain amounts based on management’s estimates and assumptions. Other financial information presented is consistent with the financial statements.
 
Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment and those criteria, management determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


80


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholder
Burger King Holdings, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Burger King Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 (Successor Entity) and June 30 2010 and 2009 (Predecessor Entity), and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the period from October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 (Successor Entity), the period from July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 (Predecessor Entity) and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2010 (Predecessor Entity). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Burger King Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Burger King Holdings, Inc and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 (Successor Entity), June 30, 2010 and 2009 (Predecessor Entity), and the results of its their operations and their cash flows for the period from October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 (Successor Entity), the period from July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 (Predecessor Entity) and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2010 (Predecessor Entity), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
(signed)
 
/s/  KPMG LLP
 
Miami, Florida
March 23, 2011
Certified Public Accountants


81


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
    (In millions, except share data)  
ASSETS
Current assets:
                         
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 207.0       $ 187.6     $ 121.7  
Trade and notes receivable, net
    148.0         142.9       130.0  
Prepaids and other current assets, net
    159.2         88.4       86.4  
Deferred income taxes, net
    23.2         15.1       32.5  
                           
Total current assets
    537.4         434.0       370.6  
Property and equipment, net
    1,193.6         1,014.1       1,013.2  
Intangible assets, net
    2,931.9         1,025.4       1,062.7  
Goodwill
    529.9         31.0       26.4  
Net investment in property leased to franchisees
    140.0         138.5       135.3  
Other assets, net
    226.6         104.2       98.9  
                           
Total assets
  $ 5,559.4       $ 2,747.2     $ 2,707.1  
                           
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                         
Accounts and drafts payable
  $ 90.2       $ 106.9     $ 127.0  
Accrued advertising
    82.5         71.9       67.8  
Other accrued liabilities
    249.4         200.9       220.0  
Current portion of long term debt and capital leases
    32.9         93.3       67.5  
                           
Total current liabilities
    455.0         473.0       482.3  
Term debt, net of current portion
    2,652.0         667.7       755.6  
Capital leases, net of current portion
    63.7         65.3       65.8  
Other liabilities, net
    208.2         344.6       354.5  
Deferred income taxes, net
    725.5         68.2       74.1  
                           
Total liabilities
    4,104.4         1,618.8       1,732.3  
                           
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 22)
                         
Stockholders’ equity:
                         
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2010 and 300,000,000 shares authorized at June 30, 2010 and 2009; 100,000, 135,814,644 and 134,792,121 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively
            1.4       1.4  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,563.5         647.2       623.4  
(Accumulated deficit)/retained earnings
    (105.6 )       608.0       455.4  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (2.9 )       (66.9 )     (45.9 )
Treasury stock, at cost; 0 shares at December 31, 2010, 2,972,738 and 2,884,223 shares at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively
            (61.3 )     (59.5 )
                           
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,455.0         1,128.4       974.8  
                           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 5,559.4       $ 2,747.2     $ 2,707.1  
                           
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


82


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
Revenues:
                                         
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 331.7       $ 514.5     $ 1,839.3     $ 1,880.5     $ 1,795.9  
Franchise revenues
    111.5         169.2       549.2       543.4       537.2  
Property revenues
    22.6         34.0       113.7       113.5       121.6  
                                           
Total revenues
    465.8         717.7       2,502.2       2,537.4       2,454.7  
Company restaurant expenses:
                                         
Food, paper and product costs
    102.6         162.6       585.0       603.7       564.3  
Payroll and employee benefits
    98.3         154.2       568.7       582.2       534.7  
Occupancy and other operating costs
    93.2         127.7       461.1       457.8       439.0  
                                           
Total Company restaurant expenses
    294.1         444.5       1,614.8       1,643.7       1,538.0  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    240.2         156.8       495.8       494.3       501.0  
Property expenses
    14.7         18.5       59.4       58.1       62.1  
Other operating (income) expenses, net
    (11.7 )       (3.6 )     (0.7 )     1.9       (0.6 )
                                           
Total operating costs and expenses
    537.3         616.2       2,169.3       2,198.0       2,100.5  
                                           
Income (loss) from operations
    (71.5 )       101.5       332.9       339.4       354.2  
                                           
Interest expense
    61.2         14.9       49.6       57.3       67.1  
Interest income
    (0.2 )       (0.3 )     (1.0 )     (2.7 )     (5.9 )
                                           
Total interest expense, net
    61.0         14.6       48.6       54.6       61.2  
                                           
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (132.5 )       86.9       284.3       284.8       293.0  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (26.9 )       15.8       97.5       84.7       103.4  
                                           
Net income (loss)
  $ (105.6 )     $ 71.1     $ 186.8     $ 200.1     $ 189.6  
                                           
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


83


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
                                                                 
    Issued
    Issued
                      Accumulated
             
    Common
    Common
    Restricted
    Additional
          Other
             
    Stock
    Stock
    Stock
    Paid-In
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Treasury
       
    Shares     Amount     Units     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Stock     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Predecessor
                                                               
Balances at June 30, 2007
    135.2     $ 1.4     $ 2.8     $ 573.6     $ 134.4     $ 7.5     $ (3.8 )   $ 715.9  
Stock option exercises
    1.2                   3.8                         3.8  
Stock option tax benefits
                      9.3                         9.3  
Stock-based compensation
                      11.4                         11.4  
Treasury stock purchases
    (1.4 )                                   (35.4 )     (35.4 )
Issuance of shares upon settlement of restricted stock units
                (2.8 )     2.8                          
Dividend paid on common shares ($0.25 per share)
                            (34.2 )                 (34.2 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                            189.6                   189.6  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  (1.7 )           (1.7 )
Cash flow hedges:
                                                               
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $3.9 million
                                  (6.4 )           (6.4 )
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period from terminated swaps, net of tax of $1.1 million
                                  (1.3 )           (1.3 )
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $4.5 million
                                  (6.5 )           (6.5 )
                                                                 
Total Comprehensive income
                                                            173.7  
                                                                 
Balances at June 30, 2008
    135.0     $ 1.4     $     $ 600.9     $ 289.8     $ (8.4 )   $ (39.2 )   $ 844.5  
Stock option exercises
    0.6                   3.0                         3.0  
Stock option tax benefits
                      3.3                         3.3  
Stock-based compensation
                      16.2                         16.2  
Treasury stock purchases
    (0.8 )                                   (20.3 )     (20.3 )
Dividend paid on common shares ($0.25 per share)
                            (34.1 )                 (34.1 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                            200.1                   200.1  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  (6.0 )           (6.0 )
Cash flow hedges:
                                                               
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $10.6 million
                                  (16.8 )           (16.8 )
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period from terminated swaps, net of tax of $0.4 million
                                  (0.9 )           (0.9 )
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $9.2 million
                                  (13.8 )           (13.8 )
                                                                 
Total Comprehensive income
                                              162.6  
Adjustment to adopt re-measurement provision under SFAS No 158, net of tax of $0.2 million
                            (0.4 )                 (0.4 )
                                                                 
Balances at June 30, 2009
    134.8     $ 1.4     $     $ 623.4     $ 455.4     $ (45.9 )   $ (59.5 )   $ 974.8  
Stock option exercises
    1.1                   4.2                         4.2  
Stock option tax benefits
                      3.5                         3.5  
Stock-based compensation
                      17.0                         17.0  
Treasury stock purchases
    (0.1 )                 (0.9 )                 (1.8 )     (2.7 )
Dividend paid on common shares ($0.25 per share)
                            (34.2 )                 (34.2 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                            186.8                   186.8  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  (4.4 )           (4.4 )
Cash flow hedges:
                                                               
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $2.6 million
                                  4.1             4.1  
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period from terminated swaps, net of tax of $0.6 million
                                  (1.0 )           (1.0 )
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $11.3 million
                                  (19.7 )           (19.7 )
                                                                 
Total Comprehensive income
                                                            165.8  
                                                                 
Balances at June 30, 2010
    135.8     $ 1.4     $     $ 647.2     $ 608.0     $ (66.9 )   $ (61.3 )   $ 1,128.4  
                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


84


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)  — (Continued)
 
                                                                 
                                  Accumulated
             
    Issued
    Issued
                Retained
    Other
             
    Common
    Common
    Restricted
    Additional
    Earnings/
    Comprehensive
             
    Stock
    Stock
    Stock
    Paid-In
    (Accumulated
    Income
    Treasury
       
    Shares     Amount     Units     Capital     Deficit)     (Loss)     Stock     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Balances at June 30, 2010
    135.8     $ 1.4     $     $ 647.2     $ 608.0     $ (66.9 )   $ (61.3 )   $ 1,128.4  
Stock option exercises
    0.9                   4.0                         4.0  
Stock option tax benefits
                      (0.4 )                       (0.4 )
Stock-based compensation
                      5.8                         5.8  
Treasury stock purchases
    (0.1 )                 (0.3 )                 (2.2 )     (2.5 )
Dividend paid on common shares ($0.25 per share)
                            (8.6 )                 (8.6 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                            71.1                   71.1  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  13.3             13.3  
Cash flow hedges:
                                                               
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $1.1 million
                                  1.7             1.7  
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period from terminated swaps, net of tax of $0.2 million
                                  (0.2 )           (0.2 )
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $3.1 million
                                  5.8             5.8  
                                                                 
Total Comprehensive income
                                                            91.7  
                                                                 
Balances at October 18, 2010
    136.6     $ 1.4     $     $ 656.3     $ 670.5     $ (46.3 )   $ (63.5 )   $ 1,218.4  
                                                                 
 
 
Successor
                                                               
Balances at October 19, 2010
    0.1     $     $     $ 1,563.5     $     $     $     $ 1,563.5  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                               
Net loss
                            (105.6 )                 (105.6 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  (33.6 )           (33.6 )
Cash flow hedges:
                                                               
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $13.9 million
                                  21.9             21.9  
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $3.9 million
                                  8.8             8.8  
                                                                 
Total Comprehensive loss
                                              (108.5 )
                                                                 
Balances at December 31, 2010
    0.1     $     $     $ 1,563.5     $ (105.6 )   $ (2.9 )   $     $ 1,455.0  
                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


85


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (105.6 )     $ 71.1     $ 186.8     $ 200.1     $ 189.6  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                         
Depreciation and amortization
    33.4         31.2       111.7       98.1       95.6  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    2.4                            
Amortization of deferred financing cost and debt issuance discount
    2.6         0.6       2.1       1.9       2.4  
Impairment of long-lived assets
                        0.5        
Impairment on non-restaurant properties
            0.1       2.9              
Gain on hedging activities
            (0.4 )     (1.6 )     (1.3 )     (2.0 )
(Gain) loss on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions
    (3.2 )       (41.5 )     40.9       50.1       (55.6 )
Loss (gain) on refranchisings and dispositions of assets
    0.8         (4.6 )     (9.5 )     (11.0 )     (16.8 )
Bad debt expense (recoveries), net
    2.8         2.1       0.8       0.7       (2.7 )
Stock-based compensation
            5.8       17.0       16.2       11.4  
Deferred income taxes
    13.9         (1.4 )     16.9       12.1       20.3  
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
                                         
Trade and notes receivable
    (34.3 )       32.0       (15.9 )     2.1       (8.6 )
Prepaids and other current assets
    (57.3 )       (2.2 )     (1.4 )     (35.4 )     14.9  
Accounts and drafts payable
    (26.5 )       9.0       (20.8 )     3.3       20.8  
Accrued advertising
    6.8         1.3       6.4       (7.7 )     11.1  
Other accrued liabilities
    44.9         29.4       (22.3 )     (20.8 )     (6.2 )
Other long-term assets and liabilities, net
    (8.9 )       (11.2 )     (3.6 )     1.9       (30.8 )
                                           
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities
    (128.2 )       121.3       310.4       310.8       243.4  
                                           
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                         
Payments for property and equipment
    (28.4 )       (18.2 )     (150.3 )     (204.0 )     (178.2 )
Proceeds from refranchisings, disposition of asset and restaurant closures
    5.7         9.6       21.5       26.4       27.0  
Payments for acquired franchisee operations, net of cash acquired
                  (14.0 )     (67.9 )     (54.2 )
Return of investment on direct financing leases
    1.4         2.6       8.2       7.9       7.4  
Other investing activities
    1.4         1.2       (0.3 )     (4.4 )     (1.3 )
Net payment for purchase of BKH
    (3,325.4 )                          
                                           
Net cash used for investing activities
    (3,345.3 )       (4.8 )     (134.9 )     (242.0 )     (199.3 )
                                           
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                         
Repayments of debt and capital leases
    (3.2 )       (23.5 )     (67.7 )     (7.4 )     (55.5 )
Extinguishment of debt
    (731.8 )                          
Borrowings under revolving credit facility and other
                  38.5       94.3       50.0  
Proceeds from New Term Loans and other debt
    1,837.1                            
Proceeds from Senior Notes
    800.0                            
Payment of deferred financing cost
    (69.2 )                          
Repayments of revolving credit facility
                  (38.5 )     (144.3 )      
Proceeds from stock option exercises
            4.0       4.2       3.0       3.8  
Dividends paid on common stock
            (8.6 )     (34.2 )     (34.1 )     (34.2 )
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
            1.1       3.5       3.3       9.3  
Repurchases of common stock
            (2.5 )     (2.7 )     (20.3 )     (35.4 )
Capital contribution from 3G
    1,563.5                            
                                           
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    3,396.4         (29.5 )     (96.9 )     (105.5 )     (62.0 )
                                           
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    (2.3 )       11.8       (12.7 )     (7.6 )     14.4  
Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (79.4 )       98.8       65.9       (44.3 )     (3.5 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    286.4         187.6       121.7       166.0       169.5  
                                           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 207.0       $ 286.4     $ 187.6     $ 121.7     $ 166.0  
                                           
Supplemental cashflow disclosures:
                                         
Interest paid
  $ 28.0       $ 13.7     $ 48.7     $ 56.0     $ 64.6  
Income taxes paid
  $ 4.5       $ 24.4     $ 54.3     $ 112.3     $ 73.5  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                                         
Acquisition of property with capital lease obligations
  $       $     $ 3.7     $ 2.2     $ 9.3  
Net investment in direct financing leases
  $ 1.3       $ 4.4     $ 11.0     $ 12.2     $ 2.3  
Deferred premium interest rate caps
  $ 56.1       $     $     $     $ —   
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


86


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Note 1.   Description of Business and Organization
 
Description of Business
 
Burger King Holdings, Inc. (“BKH” or the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation formed on July 23, 2002. The Company is the parent of Burger King Corporation (“BKC”), a Florida corporation that franchises and operates fast food hamburger restaurants, principally under the Burger King brand (the “Brand”).
 
The Company generates revenues from three sources: (i) retail sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchise restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; and (iii) property income from restaurants that the Company leases or subleases to franchisees.
 
Restaurant sales are affected by the timing and effectiveness of the Company’s advertising, new products and promotional programs. The Company’s results of operations also fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of seasonal trends and other factors, such as the timing of restaurant openings and closings and the acquisition of franchise restaurants, as well as variability of the weather. Restaurant sales are typically higher in the spring and summer months when the weather is warmer than in the fall and winter months. Restaurant sales during the winter are typically highest in December, during the holiday shopping season. Our restaurant sales and Company restaurant margin are typically lowest during the winter months, which include February, the shortest month of the year. Furthermore, adverse weather conditions can have material adverse effects on restaurant sales. The timing of religious holidays may also impact restaurant sales.
 
Acquisition of the Company
 
On September 2, 2010, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Burger King Worldwide Holdings, Inc., formerly known as Blue Acquisition Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Parent”) and Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent established as an acquisition vehicle for the purpose of acquiring the Company. In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, on October 19, 2010 (the “Merger Date”), Merger Sub completed its acquisition of 100% of the Company’s equity (the “Acquisition”) and merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”).
 
Parent is wholly-owned by 3G Special Situations Fund II, L.P. (“3G”), which is an affiliate of 3G Capital Partners Ltd., an investment firm based in New York City (“3G Capital” or the “Sponsor”). The Acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. In addition, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 805-50-S99-1 “Business Combinations — Related Issues” requires the application of push down accounting in situations where the ownership of an entity has changed. As a result, the post-merger financial statements of the Company reflect the new basis of accounting.
 
The Acquisition, Merger and Financing Transactions (collectively referred to as the “Transactions”) required total cash of approximately $4.3 billion, including transaction costs, and were financed with $1.56 billion in equity contributed by 3G, proceeds from the issuance of new term loans consisting of a $1.51 billion tranche denominated in U.S. dollars and a €250 million tranche denominated in Euros (as further discussed in Note 11), the net proceeds from the issuance of $800 million of Senior Notes (as further discussed in Note 11) and $69.4 million of cash on hand.
 
Fees and expenses related to the Transactions totaled $91.2 million, including (1) $43.2 million consisting principally of investment banking fees and legal fees, (2) compensation related expenses of $34.5 million (which are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses) and (3) commitment fees of $13.5 million associated with the bridge loan available at the closing of the Transactions, which are included as a component of interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Debt issuance costs capitalized in connection with the issuance of debt to


87


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
fund the Transactions totaled $69.2 million and are reflected in Other Assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2010.
 
The preliminary allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the table below reflect various preliminary fair value estimates and analyses, including preliminary work performed by third-party valuation specialists, which are subject to change within the measurement period as valuations are finalized. The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocations that are not yet finalized relate to the fair values of certain tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the valuation of intangible assets acquired, income and non-income based taxes and goodwill. The Company expects to continue to obtain information to assist in determining the fair value of the net assets acquired at the Merger Date during the measurement period. Measurement period adjustments that the Company determines to be material will be applied retrospectively to the Merger Date.
 
The preliminary computations of consideration and the allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented in the table below (in millions):
 
         
Cash paid for shares outstanding(1)
  $ 3,277.3  
Settlement of outstanding stock-based compensation
    48.1  
         
Total consideration
  $ 3,325.4  
         
         
    10/19/10  
 
Current assets
    508.0  
Property and equipment
    1,200.0  
Intangibles assets
    2,982.5  
Net investment in property leased to franchisees
    140.3  
Other assets, net
    87.3  
Current liabilities
    (460.3 )
Term debt
    (667.4 )
Capital leases
    (64.4 )
Other liabilities
    (214.2 )
Deferred income taxes, net
    (716.7 )
         
Net assets acquired
  $ 2,795.1  
         
Excess purchase price attributed to goodwill
  $ 530.3  
         
 
 
(1) Represents cash paid, based on a $24.00 per share price, for 136,555,642 outstanding shares.
 
Intangible assets include the Brand, franchise agreements and favorable leases. The Brand has been assigned an indefinite life and, therefore, will not be amortized, but tested at least annually for impairment. Franchise agreements have a weighted average amortization period of approximately 23 years. Favorable and unfavorable leases have weighted average amortization periods of approximately 12 years.
 
Estimated goodwill has not yet been allocated to reporting units for goodwill impairment testing purposes at December 31, 2010. The Company will allocate goodwill to reporting units upon completion of the fair value studies in 2011. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.


88


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following information represents the unaudited supplemental pro forma results of the Company’s consolidated operations as if the Transactions occurred on July 1, 2009, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including depreciation and amortization of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values and changes in interest expenses resulting from changes in consolidated debt:
 
                 
    Transition
       
    Period
    Fiscal Year
 
    July 1, 2010 —
    Ended
 
    December 31,
    June 30,
 
    2010     2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenue
  $ 1,183.8     $ 2,503.0  
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (58.6 )   $ 85.4  
                 
 
The pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of what the Company’s results of operations would have been if the Transactions had in fact occurred at the beginning of the period presented and is not intended to be a projection of the Company’s future results of operations.
 
Financial information through but not including the Merger Date is referred to as “Predecessor” company information, which has been prepared using the Company’s previous basis of accounting. The financial information beginning October 19, 2010 is referred to as “Successor” company information and reflects the financial statement effects of recording fair value adjustments and the capital structure resulting from the Transactions. Black lines have been drawn to separate the Successor’s financial information from that of the Predecessor since their financial statements are not comparable as a result of the application of acquisition accounting and the Company’s capital structure resulting from the Transactions.
 
Restructuring Plan
 
On December 6, 2010, the Company began the implementation of a global restructuring plan that resulted in work force reductions throughout the organization. In the United States, approximately 375 corporate and field positions were eliminated, the majority of which were based at its headquarters in Miami, Florida. In addition, approximately 250 corporate and field positions in Canada, Latin America, EMEA and APAC were eliminated. As a result of the work force reductions in North America and Latin America, the Company incurred total charges of approximately $41 million which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010. These restructuring charges will result in future cash expenditures. In addition, for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010, the Company incurred total charges of approximately $16 million in the EMEA and APAC regions which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
Note 2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Change in Fiscal Year End
 
On November 5, 2010 the BKH Board of Directors approved a change in fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31. The change became effective at the end of the quarter ended December 31, 2010. All references to “fiscal years”, unless otherwise noted, refer to the twelve-month fiscal year, which prior to July 1, 2010 ended on June 30. This Form 10-K covers the transition period of July 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 (the “Transition Period”).


89


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
For comparative purposes, Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented as follows:
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor     (Unaudited)
 
    For the Period of
      For the Period of
    Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Six Months Ended
 
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    (In millions)  
Revenues:
                         
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 331.7       $ 514.5     $ 946.0  
Franchise revenues
    111.5         169.2       279.0  
Property revenues
    22.6         34.0       57.3  
                           
Total revenues
    465.8         717.7       1,282.3  
Company restaurant expenses
    294.1         444.5       819.6  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    240.2         156.8       256.9  
Property expenses
    14.7         18.5       29.5  
Other operating (income) expenses, net
    (11.7 )       (3.6 )     5.1  
                           
Total operating costs and expenses
    537.3         616.2       1,111.1  
                           
Income (loss) from operations
    (71.5 )       101.5       171.2  
Interest expense, net
    61.0         14.6       24.7  
                           
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (132.5 )       86.9       146.5  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (26.9 )       15.8       49.7  
                           
Net income (loss)
  $ (105.6 )     $ 71.1     $ 96.8  
                           
 
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in affiliates owned 50% or less are accounted for by the equity method. These investments were not significant as of December 31, 2010.
 
Certain prior year amounts in the accompanying Financial Statements and Notes to the Financial Statements have been reclassified in order to be comparable with the current year classifications. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income (loss).
 
Concentrations of Risk
 
The Company’s operations include Company and franchise restaurants located in 76 countries and U.S. territories. Of the 12,251 restaurants in operation as of December 31, 2010, 1,344 were Company restaurants and 10,907 were franchise restaurants.
 
Four distributors service approximately 85% of our U.S. system restaurants and the loss of any one of these distributors would likely adversely affect our business. In many of the Company’s international markets, a single distributor services all the Burger King restaurants in the market. The loss of any of one of these distributors would likely have an adverse effect on the market impacted, and depending on the market, could have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial results.


90


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Volatile credit, equity, foreign currency, and energy markets and declines in consumer spending may continue to affect the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The functional currency of each foreign subsidiary is generally the local currency. Foreign currency balance sheets are translated using the end of period exchange rates, and statements of operations are translated at the average exchange rates for each period. The translation adjustments resulting from the translation of foreign currency financial statements are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders’ equity.
 
Foreign Currency Transaction Gain or Losses
 
Foreign currency transaction gains or losses resulting from the re-measurement of foreign-denominated assets and liabilities of the Company or its subsidiaries are reflected in earnings in the period when the exchange rates change and are included within other operating (income) expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and credit card receivables.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
The Company evaluates the collectibility of its trade accounts receivable from franchisees based on a combination of factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due and the probability of collection from litigation or default proceedings, where applicable. The Company records a specific allowance for doubtful accounts in an amount required to adjust the carrying values of such balances to the amount that the Company estimates to be net realizable value. The Company writes off a specific account when (a) the Company enters into an agreement with a franchisee that releases the franchisee from outstanding obligations, (b) franchise agreements are terminated and the projected costs of collections exceed the benefits expected to be received from pursuing the balance owed through legal action, or (c) franchisees do not have the financial wherewithal or unprotected assets from which collection is reasonably assured.
 
Notes receivable represent loans made to franchisees arising from refranchisings of Company restaurants, sales of property, and in certain cases when past due trade receivables from franchisees are restructured into an interest-bearing note. Trade receivables which are restructured to interest-bearing notes are generally already fully reserved, and as a result, are transferred to notes receivable at a net carrying value of zero. Notes receivable with a carrying value greater than zero are written down to net realizable value when it is probable or likely that the Company is unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or net realizable value, and consist primarily of restaurant food items and paper supplies. Inventories are included in prepaids and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.


91


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Property and Equipment, net
 
Property and equipment, net, owned by the Company are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements to properties where the Company is the lessee are amortized over the lesser of the remaining term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement. When we commit to a plan to close a restaurant, we adjust the depreciable lives of the restaurant’s long-lived assets based on the expected date of closure.
 
Leases
 
The Company defines lease term as the initial term of the lease, plus any renewals covered by bargain renewal options or that are reasonably assured of exercise because non-renewal would create an economic penalty. Once determined, lease term is used consistently by the Company for lease classification, rent expense recognition, amortization of leasehold improvements and minimum rent commitment purposes.
 
Assets acquired by the Company as lessee under capital leases are stated at the lower of the present value of future minimum lease payments or fair market value at the date of inception of the lease. Capital lease assets are depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the underlying lease term.
 
The Company also enters into capital leases as lessor. Capital leases meeting the criteria of direct financing leases are recorded on a net basis, consisting of the gross investment and residual value in the lease less the unearned income. Unearned income is recognized over the lease term yielding a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease. Direct financing leases are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable based on the payment history under the lease.
 
The Company records rent expense and income from operating leases that contain rent holidays or scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Contingent rentals are generally based on sales levels in excess of stipulated amounts, and thus are not considered minimum lease payments.
 
Favorable and unfavorable operating leases are recorded in connection with acquisition accounting. The Company amortizes favorable and unfavorable leases on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the leases. Upon early termination of a lease, the write-off of the favorable or unfavorable lease carrying value associated with the lease is recognized as a loss or gain in the consolidated statements of operations. (See Note 18.)
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and goodwill at December 31, 2010 was recorded in connection with the Sponsor’s acquisition of the Company, which was accounted for as business combination. Additional goodwill may arise in future periods in connection with the Company’s acquisitions of franchise restaurants. The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset consists of the Brand.
 
Goodwill and the Brand are not amortized, but are tested for impairment on an annual basis and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates impairment might exist. The impairment test for goodwill requires the Company to compare the carrying value of reporting units (with assigned goodwill) to fair value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit with assigned goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value, the Company may be required to record an impairment charge to goodwill. The Company will allocate goodwill to reporting units upon completion of the fair value studies in 2011.
 
When the Company disposes of a restaurant business within six months of acquisition, the goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition is written off. Otherwise, goodwill is written off based on the relative fair value of the business sold to the reporting unit when disposals occur more than six months after acquisition.


92


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The impairment test for the Brand consists of a comparison of the carrying value of the Brand to its fair value on a consolidated basis, with impairment, if any, equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds its fair value.
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, the Company changed its annual goodwill impairment testing date from April 1 to October 1 of each year. This change is being made to better align impairment testing procedures with the Company’s new fiscal year, related year-end financial reporting and the annual business planning and budgeting process, which are performed during the fourth quarter of each year. As a result, goodwill impairment testing will reflect the result of input from business and other operating personnel in the development of the budget. Accordingly, management considers this accounting change preferable. This change does not accelerate, delay, avoid, or cause an impairment charge, nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements.
 
The Predecessor’s goodwill impairment test was completed as of April 1, 2010, in accordance with our previously established annual timeline and no impairment resulted. As a result of the Merger on the Merger Date, and the related application of acquisition accounting, the Company revalued the Brand and recorded a preliminary estimate of goodwill as of that date. As further discussed in Note 1, our purchase price allocation has not been finalized. Our next goodwill impairment test will be performed as of October 1, 2011.
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Some of the events or changes in circumstances that would trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, a significant under-performance relative to expected and/or historical results (two consecutive years of negative comparable sales or operating cash flows), significant negative industry or economic trends; knowledge of transactions involving the sale of similar property at amounts below the carrying value; or our expectation to dispose of long-lived assets before the end of their estimated useful lives. The impairment test for long-lived assets requires the Company to assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by comparing their net carrying value to the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows directly associated with and arising from use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the net carrying value of a group of long-lived assets exceeds the sum of related undiscounted estimated future cash flows, the Company must record an impairment charge equal to the excess, if any, of net carrying value over fair value.
 
Long-lived assets are grouped for recognition and measurement of impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. Certain long-lived assets and related liabilities are grouped together for impairment testing at the operating market level (based on geographic areas) in the case of the United States, Canada, the U.K. and Germany. The operating market groupings within the United States and Canada are predominantly based on major metropolitan areas within the United States and Canada. Similarly, operating markets within the other foreign countries with large asset concentrations (the U.K. and Germany) are comprised of geographic regions within those countries (three in the U.K. and two in Germany). These operating market definitions are based upon the following primary factors:
 
  •  management views profitability of the restaurants within the operating markets as a whole, based on cash flows generated by a portfolio of restaurants, rather than by individual restaurants, and area managers receive incentives on this basis; and
 
  •  the Company does not evaluate individual restaurants to build, acquire or close independent of an analysis of other restaurants in these operating markets.
 
In countries in which the Company has a smaller number of restaurants, most operating functions and advertising are performed at the country level, and shared by all restaurants in the country. As a result, the Company has defined operating markets as the entire country in the case of Spain, Italy, Mexico, Singapore and China.


93


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss), but are excluded from net income (loss) as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity, net of tax. The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on hedging activity, net of tax, and minimum pension liability adjustments, net of tax.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings or recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized in the statements of operations when the hedged item affects earnings, depending on the purpose of the derivatives and whether they qualify for, and the Company has applied hedge accounting treatment.
 
When applying hedge accounting, the Company’s policy is to designate, at a derivative’s inception, the specific assets, liabilities or future commitments being hedged, and to assess the hedge’s effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. The Company may elect not to designate the derivative as a hedging instrument where the same financial impact is achieved in the financial statements. The Company does not enter into or hold derivatives for speculative purposes.
 
Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Certain assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustment in certain circumstances. For the Company these items primarily include long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets for which fair value is determined as part of the related impairment tests and asset retirement obligations initially measured at fair value. At December 31, 2010, there were no significant adjustments to fair value or fair value measurements required for non-financial assets or liabilities.
 
Fair value is defined by this accounting standard as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal market, or if none exists, the most advantageous market, for the specific asset or liability at the measurement date (the exit price). The fair value should be based on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. This accounting standard establishes a fair value hierarchy known as “the valuation hierarchy” that prioritizes the information used in measuring fair value as follows:
 
Level 1  Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets
 
Level 2  Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly
 
Level 3  Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.
 
Certain of the Company’s derivatives are valued using various pricing models or discounted cash flow analyses that incorporate observable market parameters, such as interest rate yield curves and currency rates, classified as Level 2 within the valuation hierarchy. Derivative valuations incorporate credit risk adjustments that are necessary to reflect the probability of default by the counterparty or the Company.
 
The carrying amounts for cash and equivalents, trade accounts and notes receivable and accounts and drafts payable approximate fair value based on the short-term nature of these accounts.
 
Restricted investments, consisting of investment securities held in a rabbi trust to invest compensation deferred under the Company’s Executive Retirement Plan and fund future deferred compensation obligations, are carried at


94


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
fair value, with net unrealized gains and losses recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of these investment securities are determined using quoted market prices in active markets classified as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.
 
Fair value of variable rate term debt was estimated using inputs based on bid and offer prices and are Level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenues include retail sales at Company restaurants and franchise and property revenues. Franchise revenues include royalties and initial and renewal franchise fees. Property revenues include rental income from operating lease rentals and earned income on direct financing leases on property leased or subleased to franchisees. Retail sales at Company restaurants are recognized at the point of sale and royalties from franchisees are based on a percentage of retail sales reported by franchisees. The Company presents sales net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes. Royalties are recognized when collectibility is reasonably assured. Initial franchise fees are recognized as revenue when the related restaurant begins operations. A franchisee may pay a renewal franchise fee and renew its franchise for an additional term. Renewal franchise fees are recognized as revenue upon receipt of the non-refundable fee and execution of a new franchise agreement. The cost recovery accounting method is used to recognize revenues for franchisees for whom collectibility is not reasonably assured. Rental income on operating lease rentals and earned income on direct financing leases are recognized when collectibility is reasonably assured.
 
Advertising and Promotional Costs
 
The Company expenses the production costs of advertising when the advertisements are first aired or displayed. All other advertising and promotional costs are expensed in the period incurred.
 
Franchise restaurants and Company restaurants contribute to advertising funds managed by the Company in the United States and certain international markets where Company restaurants operate. Under the Company’s franchise agreements, contributions received from franchisees must be spent on advertising, marketing and related activities, and result in no gross profit recognized by the Company. Advertising expense, net of franchisee contributions, totaled $16.7 million for the period of October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010, $25.3 million for the period of July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010, $91.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2010, $93.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2009, and $91.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2008, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
To the extent that contributions received exceed advertising and promotional expenditures, the excess contributions are accounted for as a deferred liability and are recorded in accrued advertising in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
Franchisees in markets where no Company restaurants operate contribute to advertising funds not managed by the Company. Such contributions and related fund expenditures are not reflected in the Company’s results of operations or financial position.
 
Litigation accruals
 
From time to time, the Company is subject to proceedings, lawsuits and other claims related to competitors, customers, employees, franchisees, government agencies and suppliers. The Company is required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of accrual required, if any, for theses contingencies is made after careful analysis of each matter. The required accrual may change in the future due to new developments in settlement strategy in dealing with these matters.


95


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Income Taxes
 
For the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 the Company will file a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return with Burger King Worldwide Holdings, Inc. The income tax provision for the Successor has been calculated as though the Company filed a separate return.
 
Amounts in the financial statements related to income taxes are calculated using the principles of FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Under these principles, deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for tax purposes, as well as tax credit carryforwards and loss carryforwards. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates. A deferred tax asset is recognized when it is considered more likely than not to be realized. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the year in which the law is enacted. A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be recognized.
 
Income tax benefits credited to stockholders’ equity relate to tax benefits associated with amounts that are deductible for income tax purposes but do not affect earnings. These benefits are principally generated from employee exercises of nonqualified stock options and settlement of restricted stock awards.
 
The Company recognizes positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, in the financial statements when it is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of more than fifty percent) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit with greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
 
Transaction gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign deferred tax assets or liabilities are classified as other operating (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Stock-based Compensation
 
The Company recognizes share-based compensation cost based on the grant date estimated fair value of each award, net of estimated forfeitures, over the employee’s requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the equity grant.
 
Stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSU”) granted by the Company typically contain only a service condition for vesting. For performance-based restricted stock and restricted stock units (“PBRS”) vesting is based both on a performance condition and a service condition. For awards that have a cliff-vesting schedule, stock-based compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. For awards with a graded vesting schedule, where the award vests in increments during the requisite service period, the Company has elected to record stock-based compensation cost over the requisite service period for the entire award. As of December 31, 2010, there were no stock options or other equity awards outstanding.
 
Retirement Plans
 
Gains or losses and prior service costs or credits related to the Company’s pension plans are being recognized as they arise as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) to the extent they have not been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company adopted the measurement date provisions of FASB ASC Topic 715 “Compensation — Retirement Benefits” and recorded a decrease to retained earnings of $0.4 million after tax related to its pension plans and postretirement medical plan.
 
The Company sponsors the Burger King Savings Plan (the “Savings Plan”), a defined contribution plan under the provisions of section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Savings Plan is voluntary and is provided to all employees who meet the eligibility requirements. A participant can elect to contribute up to 50% of their compensation, subject to IRS limits, and the Company matches 100% of the first 6% of employee compensation.


96


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company also maintains an Executive Retirement Plan (“ERP”) for all officers and senior management. Officers and senior management may elect to defer up to 75% of base pay once 401(k) limits are reached and up to 100% of incentive pay on a before-tax basis under the ERP. BKC provides a dollar-for-dollar match up to the first 6% of base pay.
 
The Company established a rabbi trust to invest compensation deferred under the ERP and fund future deferred compensation obligations. The rabbi trust is subject to creditor claims in the event of insolvency, but the assets held in the rabbi trust are not available for general corporate purposes and are classified as restricted investments within other assets, net in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The rabbi trust is required to be consolidated into the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Participants receive returns on amounts they deferred under the deferred compensation plan based on investment elections they make.
 
In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company elected to cease future participant deferrals and Company contributions into the rabbi trust; however, participant deferrals and Company contributions have been credited with a hypothetical rate of return based on the investment options and allocations in various mutual funds selected by each participant (the “unfunded portion of the ERP liability”). The deferred compensation expense related to the unfunded portion of the ERP liability is included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses and was not significant. The total deferred compensation liability related to the ERP was $27.0 million, $22.6 million and $17.9 million at December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The investment securities in the rabbi trust have been designated by the Company as trading securities and are carried at fair value as restricted investments within other assets, net in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, with unrealized trading gains and losses recorded in earnings. The fair value of the investment securities held in the rabbi trust was $22.2 million, $19.9 million and $17.9 million as of December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company records the net (gains) losses related to the change in value of these investments in selling, general and administrative expenses, along with an offsetting amount related to the increase (decrease) in deferred compensation, in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
The following table presents net (gains) and losses related to the investments held in the rabbi trust and the offsetting increase (decrease) in deferred compensation expense related to the ERP liability as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Net (gains) losses on investments held in the rabbi trust
  $ (0.9 )     $ (2.1 )   $ (3.7 )   $ 3.9     $ 1.5  
Increase (decrease) in deferred compensation — funded portion
    0.8         2.3       3.7       (3.9 )     (1.5 )
                                           
Net impact
  $ (0.1 )     $ 0.2     $     $     $ —   
                                           
 
Amounts recorded in the consolidated statements of operations representing the Company’s contributions to the Savings Plan and the ERP on behalf of restaurant and corporate employees for the period of October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010 were $0.8 million, $2.7 million for the period of July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 and $6.7 million, $6.4 million and $6.9 million, the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Company contributions made on behalf of restaurant employees are classified as payroll and employee benefit expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, while Company contributions made on behalf of corporate employees are classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.


97


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 3.   Stock-based Compensation
 
As a result of the Acquisition (see Note 1 — Acquisition of the Company), the Predecessor’s unvested share-based compensation awards were accelerated to vest and, together with previously vested awards, were cancelled and settled in cash using the $24.00 purchase price per share of common stock paid by 3G in the Acquisition. The Company made aggregate cash payments (including payroll-related taxes) totaling $88.6 million to plan participants following consummation of the Acquisition, as follows:
 
                 
    Shares/Units Settled     Cash Payments  
          (In millions)  
 
Stock options
    7,446,364     $ 50.1  
PBRS
    1,073,640       25.8  
RSU’s
    529,790       12.7  
                 
            $ 88.6  
                 
 
Compensation expense resulting from the accelerated vesting of plan awards related to non-vested awards at the Merger Date totaling $30.4 million is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010. An additional $48.1 million relating to vested awards at the Merger Date was accounted for as a component of purchase price consideration. The remaining $10.1 million of cash payments related to that portion of the accelerated awards which were put in trust and are payable over a two-year period if such employee is employed on such date (unless earlier terminated by the Company); these amounts were recorded as deferred compensation cost and are classified as an asset (current and long term) at the Merger Date. As of December 31, 2010, $4.2 million of deferred compensation cost remains as an asset in the consolidated balance sheets as the restructuring plan resulted in the reduction of employees whose funds were held in trust. This amount will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of two years.
 
Predecessor
 
In August 2010, the Predecessor granted non-qualified stock options (“stock options”) covering approximately 1.7 million shares to eligible employees. In August 2010, the Predecessor also granted restricted stock and PBRS awards covering approximately 0.2 million and 0.5 million shares of common stock, respectively, to eligible employees. The restricted stock awards were to have a three year vesting period. The PBRS awards were to have a three year vesting period, which included the one-year performance period. The number of PBRS awards that actually vested was to be determined based on achievement of a Predecessor performance target during the one-year performance period. As a result of the Acquisition, these awards were accelerated to vest on the Merger Date at the target performance level and were cancelled and settled in cash.
 
The Predecessor recorded $5.8 million of stock-based compensation expense from July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010, and $17.0 million, $16.2 million and $11.4 million of stock-based compensation expense in the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 
The Predecessor’s Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) permitted the grant of stock-based compensation awards including stock options, RSU’s, deferred shares and PBRS to participants for up to 20.8 million shares of the Predecessor’s common stock. As a result of the Acquisition, all awards under the Plans were accelerated to vest, cancelled and settled in cash using the $24.00 purchase price per common share paid by 3G in the Acquisition.
 
Prior to the Acquisition, stock-based compensation expense for stock options was estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Predecessor’s specific weighted-average assumptions for the risk-


98


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
free interest rate, expected term, expected volatility and expected dividend yield are discussed below. Additionally, the Predecessor was required to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures for purposes of determining compensation expense to be recognized. Future expense amounts for any quarterly or annual period could have been affected by changes in the Predecessor’s assumptions or changes in market conditions.
 
The Predecessor determined the expected term of stock options granted using the simplified method. Based on the results of applying the simplified method, the Predecessor determined that 6.25 years was an appropriate expected term for awards with four-year graded vesting.
 
The fair value of each stock option granted under the Plans during July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 and for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
                                           
    Successor     Predecessor
    October 19, 2010 to
    July 1, 2010 to
  Years Ended June 30,
    December 31, 2010     October 18, 2010   2010   2009   2008
Risk-free interest rate
    N/A         1.83 %     2.92 %     3.33 %     4.40 %
Expected term (in years)
    N/A         6.25       6.25       6.25       6.25  
Expected volatility
    N/A         38.34 %     37.15 %     31.80 %     29.35 %
Expected dividend yield
    N/A         1.43 %     1.37 %     0.96 %     1.07 %
 
A summary of stock option activity under the Plans as of and for the period from July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010:
 
Predecessor
 
                                 
                      Weighted
 
          Weighted
          Average
 
          Average
          Remaining
 
    Total Number of
    Exercise
    Total Intrinsic
    Contractual
 
    Options     Price     Value     Term (Yrs)  
    (In 000’s)           (In 000’s)        
 
Options outstanding as of June 30, 2010
    6,358.6     $ 17.16     $ 18,954.0       6.72  
Granted
    1,662.6     $ 17.51                  
Pre-vest cancels
    (144.6 )   $ 19.24                  
Exercised
    (370.5 )   $ 10.50                  
Post-vest cancels
    (84.9 )   $ 23.40                  
                                 
Options outstanding as of October 18, 2010
    7,421.2     $ 17.43     $ 51,113.1       7.24  
                                 
Options exercisable as of October 18, 2010(1)
    3,679.8     $ 15.38     $ 32,831.7       5.63  
                                 
 
 
(1) All options were accelerated to vest and settled in connection with the Acquisition.
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted was $6.02 during the period July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 and $6.56, $8.54, and $7.99 during the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. During the period July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 and the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $3.2 million, $8.1 million, $11.4 million and $14.4 million, respectively. The related excess tax benefits from stock options exercised were $1.1 million offset by $1.5 million shortfalls recorded as operating cash flows for the period July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010, and $3.5 million, $3.3 million and $9.3 million, for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
For the period July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 and the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, proceeds from stock options exercised were $4.0 million, $4.2 million, $3.0 million and $3.8 million, respectively.


99


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
A summary of nonvested share activity under the Plans, which includes RSU’s, deferred shares, and PBRS awards, as of and for the period from July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 is as follows:
 
Predecessor
 
                 
    Total Number of
    Weighted
 
    Nonvested
    Average Grant
 
    Shares     Date Fair Value  
    (In 000’s)        
 
Nonvested shares outstanding as of July 1, 2010
    1,643.9     $ 20.94  
Granted
    652.7     $ 16.96  
Vested & settled
    (525.3 )   $ 21.57  
Pre-vest cancels
    (41.7 )   $ 20.41  
                 
Nonvested shares outstanding as of October 18, 2010
    1,729.6          
                 
Nonvested shares unvested as of October 18, 2010(1)
    1,617.6          
                 
 
 
(1) All nonvested shares were accelerated to vest and settled in connection with the Acquisition.
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted was $16.96 during the period July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 and $18.35, $25.10 and $23.95 in the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The total intrinsic value of grants which vested and settled was $9.1 million during the period July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 and $9.6 million, $1.1 million and $14.3 million in the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
During the period July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 the fair value of shares withheld by the Company to meet employees’ minimum statutory withholding tax requirements on the settlement of RSU’s was $2.5 million. For the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of shares withheld by the Company to meet employees’ minimum statutory withholding tax requirements on the settlement of RSU’s was $2.7 million, $0.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively.
 
Note 4.   Restaurant Acquisitions, Closures and Dispositions
 
Acquisitions
 
Restaurant acquisitions are summarized as follows (in millions, except for number of restaurants):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Number of restaurants acquired
            1       39       87       83  
Prepaids and other current assets
  $       $     $ 1.8     $ 1.0     $ 1.0  
Property and equipment, net
                  4.9       14.6       13.3  
Goodwill and other intangible assets
                  7.6       55.7       47.5  
Other assets, net
                  2.1              
Assumed liabilities
                  (2.4 )     (3.4 )     (7.6 )
                                           
Total purchase price
  $       $     $ 14.0     $ 67.9     $ 54.2  
                                           


100


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Closures and Dispositions
 
Gains and losses on closures and dispositions represent sales of Company properties and other costs related to restaurant closures and sales of Company restaurants to franchisees, referred to as “refranchisings,” and are recorded in other operating (income) expenses, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Gains and losses recognized in the current period may reflect closures and refranchisings that occurred in previous periods.
 
Closures and dispositions are summarized as follows (in millions, except for number of restaurants):
 
                                           
    Successor     Predecessor
    October 19, 2010 to
    July 1, 2010 to
  Years Ended June 30,
    December 31, 2010     October 18, 2010   2010   2009   2008
Number of restaurant closures
    5         8       34       19       29  
Number of refranchisings
    5         35       91       51       38  
Net loss (gain) on restaurant closures, refranchisings and dispositions of assets
  $ 3.0       $ (3.2 )   $ (2.4 )   $ (8.5 )   $ (9.8 )
 
The $3.0 million net loss on restaurant closures, refranchisings and dispositions of assets for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 primarily relates to the abandonment of assets.
 
Included in the net gain on restaurant closures, refranchisings and dispositions of assets for the period of July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 is a gain from the refranchising of Company restaurants primarily in the Netherlands offset by a loss from the refranchising of Company restaurants primarily in Germany.
 
Included in the net gain on restaurant closures, refranchisings and dispositions of assets for the years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 is a $2.3 million and $5.4 million gain, respectively, from the refranchising of Company restaurants in the U.S. and Germany. Included in the net gain on restaurant closures, refranchisings and dispositions of assets for the year ended June 30, 2008 is a $9.0 million gain from the refranchising of Company restaurants, primarily in Germany.
 
Note 5.   Franchise Revenues
 
Franchise revenues consist of the following (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Franchise royalties
  $ 107.4       $ 165.2     $ 529.5     $ 518.2     $ 512.6  
Initial franchise fees
    2.5         1.7       10.9       13.8       13.2  
Renewal franchise fees and other related fees
    1.6         2.3       8.8       11.4       11.4  
                                           
Total
  $ 111.5       $ 169.2     $ 549.2     $ 543.4     $ 537.2  
                                           


101


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 6.   Trade and Notes Receivable, net
 
Trade and notes receivable, net, consists of the following (in millions):
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
Trade accounts receivable
  $ 165.9       $ 158.7     $ 146.3  
Notes receivable, current portion
    8.0         4.8       5.5  
                           
      173.9         163.5       151.8  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (25.9 )       (20.6 )     (21.8 )
                           
Total, net
  $ 148.0       $ 142.9     $ 130.0  
                           
 
The change in allowances for doubtful accounts is as follows:
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
       
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Beginning balance
  $ 21.0       $ 20.6     $ 21.8     $ 23.0     $ 28.6  
Bad debt expense (recoveries), net
    2.8         2.1       0.8       0.7       (2.7 )
Write-offs and other
    2.1         (1.7 )     (2.0 )     (1.9 )     (2.9 )
                                           
Ending balance
  $ 25.9       $ 21.0     $ 20.6     $ 21.8     $ 23.0  
                                           
 
Note 7.   Prepaids and Other Current Assets, net
 
Included in prepaids and other current assets, net were prepaid expenses of $38.7 million, $33.1 million and $31.0 million, inventories totaling $15.6 million, $15.4 million and $15.8 million, foreign currency forward contracts of $7.9 million, $25.9 million and $0.3 million, and refundable income taxes of $85.9 million, $14.0 million and $39.3 million as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in refundable income taxes is primarily due to the loss generated during the period of October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010.
 
In addition, during the Successor period the Company entered into two interest rate cap agreements which have a current asset balance of $11.1 million as of December 31, 2010. The remaining interest rate cap balance of $80.0 million is classified as long term and is included in other assets, net as of December 31, 2010.


102


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 8.   Property and Equipment, net
 
Property and equipment, net, along with their estimated useful lives, consist of the following (in millions):
 
                                   
          Successor       Predecessor  
          As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
          2010       2010     2009  
Land
          $ 438.8       $ 386.0     $ 390.3  
Buildings and improvements(1)
    (up to 40 years )     555.0         756.2       721.2  
Machinery and equipment(2)
    (up to 18 years )     175.8         347.3       327.9  
Furniture, fixtures, and other
    (up to 10 years )     33.7         149.0       132.8  
Construction in progress
            16.4         42.5       48.4  
                                   
            $ 1,219.7       $ 1,681.0     $ 1,620.6  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization(3)
            (26.1 )       (666.9 )     (607.4 )
                                   
Property and equipment, net
          $ 1,193.6       $ 1,014.1     $ 1,013.2  
                                   
 
 
(1) Buildings and improvements include assets under capital leases of $37.6 million, $76.6 million and $75.6 million as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
(2) Machinery and equipment include assets under capital leases of $0.5 million, $1.9 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
(3) Accumulated depreciation related to capital leases totaled $0.8 million, $38.6 million and $34.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment totaled $26.1 million for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010, $33.2 million for the period of July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 and $120.6 million, $110.1 million and $116.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Construction in progress represents new restaurant construction, reimaging (demolish and rebuild) and remodeling of existing and acquired restaurants.
 
Note 9.   Intangible Assets, net and Goodwill
 
As a result of the Merger on October 19, 2010, and the related application of acquisition accounting, the Company completed a preliminary valuation of the Brand and other identifiable intangible assets as of that date. As of December 31, 2010, the Brand, the Company’s only intangible asset with an indefinite life, had a carrying value of $2.1 billion. As of December 31, 2010, goodwill had a carrying value of $529.9 million. The goodwill is attributable to preliminary acquisition accounting and will be allocated to reporting units upon completion of the fair value studies in 2011. The decrease in carrying value of goodwill between October 19, 2010 and December 31, 2010 is attributable to foreign currency translation.
 
Prior to the Acquisition and application of acquisition accounting, the Burger King Brand had a carrying value of $874.0 million and $905.1 million as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Similarly, goodwill had a carrying value of $31.0 million and $26.4 million as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and arose as a result of previous acquisitions of franchise restaurants.


103


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The tables below present intangible assets subject to amortization, along with their useful lives (in millions):
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
Franchise agreements(1)
  $ 859.4       $ 142.2     $ 140.6  
Accumulated amortization
    (7.2 )       (25.3 )     (19.5 )
                           
Total, Net
  $ 852.2       $ 116.9     $ 121.1  
                           
 
 
(1) Includes reacquired franchise rights as of June 30, 2010 and 2009.
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
Favorable leases
  $ 26.8         49.1       48.8  
Accumulated amortization
    (0.7 )       (14.6 )     (12.3 )
                           
Total, Net
  $ 26.1       $ 34.5     $ 36.5  
                           
 
The Company recorded amortization expense on intangible assets of $7.9 million for the period of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010. The Predecessor recorded amortization expense on intangible assets of $2.7 million, $8.7 million, $8.8 million and $5.0 million for the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010, and fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2010, estimated future amortization expense on intangible assets for the years ended December 31 is $39.4 million in 2011, $39.2 million in each of 2012, 2013, and 2014, $39.1 million in 2015 and $689.7 million thereafter.
 
Franchise agreements and favorable leases have weighted average amortization periods of approximately 23 years and 12 years, respectively. The total intangible asset weighted average amortization period is approximately 23 years.
 
Note 10.   Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Liabilities
 
Included in other accrued liabilities (current) as of December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009, were accrued payroll and employee-related benefit costs totaling $34.4 million, $58.5 million and $69.4 million, respectively; accrued severance of $42.8 million, $2.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively; interest payable of $16.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million respectively; and foreign currency forward contracts of $7.6 million, $2.6 million and $20.3 million, respectively. The increase in accrued severance of $40.5 million is due to the Company’s restructuring plan, as compared to the prior fiscal year.
 
Included in other liabilities (non-current) as of December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009, were accrued pension liabilities of $60.1 million, $79.4 million and $54.0 million, respectively; interest rate swap liabilities of zero, $26.1 million and $32.4 million, respectively; casualty insurance reserves of $22.3 million, $25.5 million and $27.7 million, respectively; retiree health benefits of $25.1 million, $25.0 million and $21.1 million, respectively; and liabilities for unfavorable leases of $38.6 million, $127.3 million and $155.5 million, respectively. The decrease in unfavorable leases primarily relates to the acquisition accounting adjustments. Refer to Note 1.


104


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 11.   Long-Term Debt
 
Long-term debt is comprised of the following (in millions):
 
                                                                     
          Principal     Interest Rates(a)  
          Successor       Predecessor     Successor       Predecessor  
          As of
      As of
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
             
    Maturity
    December 31,       June 30,     December 31,
      October 18,
             
    Dates     2010       2010     2009    
2010
      2010     2010     2009  
Secured Term Loan — USD tranche(b)
    2016     $ 1,510.0       $     $       6.82 %       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Secured Term Loan — Euro tranche(b)
    2016       334.2                     7.11 %       N/A       N/A       N/A  
97/8 % Senior Notes
    2018       800.0                     10.19 %       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Deferred Premiums on interest rate caps — USD (See Note 13)
    2016       42.4                     2.52 %                    
Deferred Premiums on interest rate caps — EUR (See Note 13)
    2016       11.1                     2.86 %                    
New Revolving Credit Facility
    2015                           N/A                      
Revolving Credit Facility(c)
    N/A                           N/A                      
Term Loans(c)
    N/A               753.7       816.2       N/A         4.4 %     4.7 %     5.1 %
Other
            1.4         1.7       2.1                                    
                                                                     
Total debt
            2,699.1         755.4       818.3                                    
Less: current maturities of debt
            (27.0 )       (87.7 )     (62.7 )                                  
                                                                     
Total long-term debt
          $ 2,672.1       $ 667.7     $ 755.6                                    
                                                                     
                                                                     
 
 
(a) Represents the effective interest rate for the instrument computed on a quarterly basis, including the amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on New Term Loan Facility, and in the case of the Company’s Secured Term Loans, the effect of interest rate caps.
 
(b) Principal face amount herein is presented gross of a 1% discount, $16.8 million on the USD tranche and $3.3 million on the Euro tranche.
 
(c) The Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans were repaid and terminated in connection with the Transactions.
 
Successor
 
New Credit Facilities
 
Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, BKC, as borrower, entered into a credit agreement dated as of October 19, 2010 with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Capital, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “New Credit Agreement”). The New Credit Agreement provides for (i) two tranches of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1,510.0 million and €250.0 million, respectively, each under a new term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) and (ii) a new senior secured revolving credit facility for up to $150 million of revolving extensions of credit outstanding at any time (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “New Revolving Credit Facility,” and together with the


105


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
New Term Loan Facility, the “New Credit Facilities”). Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, the full amount of the two term loans was drawn, no revolving loans were drawn and replacement letters of credit were issued in order to backstop, replace or roll-over existing letters of credit under the Company’s prior credit agreement, which was repaid as of the consummation of the Merger.
 
The New Term Loan Facility has a six-year maturity. The New Revolving Credit Facility has a five-year maturity. The principal amount of the New Term Loan Facility amortizes in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the New Term Loan Facility for the first five and three-quarter years, with the balance payable at maturity. The New Credit Facilities contain customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, voluntary prepayments, affirmative covenants, negative covenants and events of default.
 
At the Company’s election, the interest rate per annum applicable to loans under the New Credit Facilities will be based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Eurodollar rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, plus a margin of 3.50% or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to EURIBOR for the Euro denominated tranche and LIBOR for the U.S. dollar denominated tranche and New Revolving Credit Facility, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus a margin of 4.75% for loans under the Euro denominated tranche of the New Term Loan Facility and 4.50% for loans under the U.S. dollar denominated tranche of the New Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility will be subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.75%.
 
Following the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the year ending December 31, 2011, the Company will be required to prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the New Credit Agreement and with stepdowns to 25% and 0% based on achievement of specified total leverage ratios), minus the amount of any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans during such fiscal year. Additionally, subject to certain exceptions, the New Credit Facilities are subject to mandatory prepayment in the event of non-ordinary course or other dispositions of assets (subject to customary reinvestment provisions), or in the event of issuances or incurrence of debt by BKC or any of its subsidiaries (other than certain indebtedness permitted by the New Credit Facilities).
 
The Company may prepay the term loans in whole or in part at any time. A 1% premium applies if the prepayment is made in connection with an interest rate re-pricing event.
 
All obligations under the New Credit Facilities are guaranteed by BKH and each direct and indirect, existing and future, material domestic wholly-owned subsidiary of BKC. The New Credit Facilities and any derivative instrument contracts and cash management arrangements provided by any revolving lender party to the New Credit Facilities or any of its affiliates are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of BKC’s and each guarantor’s tangible and intangible assets (subject to certain exceptions), including U.S. registered intellectual property, owned real property and of all the capital stock of BKC and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (limited, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, to 65% of the capital stock of the first tier foreign subsidiaries).
 
Under the New Credit Facilities, BKC is required to comply with specified financial ratios, including the following:
 
BKC’s Interest Coverage Ratio, defined as the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense shall not be less than:
 
  •  1.60 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between March 31, 2011 through September 30, 2011,
 
  •  1.70 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between December 31, 2011 through June 30, 2013,
 
  •  1.80 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between September 30, 2013 through June 30, 2014,
 
  •  1.90 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between September 30, 2014 and June 30, 2015, and
 
  •  2.00 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending thereafter.


106


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Consolidated EBITDA is defined in the New Credit Agreement as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for certain items, as specified in the New Credit Agreement. Consolidated Interest Expense is defined in the New Credit Agreement as cash payments for interest, including (net of) payments made (received) pursuant to interest rate derivatives with respect to Indebtedness, net of cash received for interest income and certain other items specified in the New Credit Agreement. The Test Period is defined in the New Credit Agreement as the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date.
 
BKC’s Total Leverage Ratio, defined in the New Credit Agreement as the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA shall not be greater than:
 
  •  7.50 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending between March 31, 2011 through June 30, 2011,
 
  •  7.25 to 1.00 for the Test Period ending September 30, 2011,
 
  •  7.00 to 1.00 for the Test Period ending December 31, 2011,
 
  •  6.75 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending March 31, 2012 through June 30, 2012,
 
  •  6.25 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending September 30, 2012 through December 31, 2012,
 
  •  6.00 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending March 31, 2013 through June 30, 2013,
 
  •  5.75 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending September 30, 2013 through March 31, 2014,
 
  •  5.25 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending June 30, 2014 through June 30, 2015,
 
  •  4.75 to 1.00 for Test Periods ending September 30, 2015 through June 30, 2016, and
 
  •  4.50 to 1.00 for Test Period ending thereafter.
 
The New Credit Facilities also contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, will limit or restrict the ability of BKC and its subsidiaries to (i) incur additional indebtedness (including guarantee obligations) or liens, (ii) engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions, sell assets (with certain exceptions, including sales of company-owned restaurants to franchisees), (iii) make capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments loans and advances, (iv) pay and modify the terms of certain indebtedness, (v) engage in certain transactions with affiliates, (vi) enter into certain speculative hedging arrangements, negative pledge clauses and clauses restricting subsidiary distributions and (vii) change the its line of business. In addition, the ability of BKC and its subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions, or to repurchase, redeem or retire equity is restricted by the New Credit Agreement, including the payment of dividends to BKH.
 
BKC’s capital expenditures are limited to $160 million to $220 million, with the annual limitation based on our Rent-Adjusted Leverage Ratio of our most recently ended fiscal year. Up to 50% of the unused amount for the prior fiscal year (less the amount carried forward into the prior fiscal year) is allowed to be carried forward into the next fiscal year.
 
The New Credit Facilities contain customary events of default, including, but not limited to, nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amount, violation of a covenant, cross-default to material indebtedness, bankruptcy and a change of control. The Company’s ability to borrow under the New Credit Facilities will be dependent on, among other things, BKC’s compliance with the above-referenced financial ratios. Failure to comply with these ratios or other provisions of the credit agreement for the New Credit Facilities (subject to grace periods) could, absent a waiver or an amendment from the lenders under such agreement, restrict the availability of the New Revolving Credit Facility and permit the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under such credit agreement.
 
In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the New Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay certain recurring fees with respect to the New Credit Facilities, including (i) fees on the unused commitments of the lenders under the revolving facility, (ii) letters of credit fees on the aggregate face amounts of outstanding letters of credit plus a fronting fee to the issuing bank and (iii) administration fees.


107


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
On February 15, 2011, BKC entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of October 19, 2010, as amended and restated as of February 15, 2011 (the “Amended Credit Agreement”), with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Capital, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time which amended and restated the New Credit Agreement. Under the Amended Credit Agreement, the aggregate principal amount of term loans denominated in U.S. dollars was increased to $1,600.0 million and the amount of term loans denominated in Euros was reduced to €200.0 million. The Amended Credit Agreement also provides for a senior secured revolving credit facility for up to $150.0 million of revolving extensions of credit outstanding at any time (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit), the amount of which is unchanged from the amount available under the New Revolving Credit Facility.
 
Under the Amended Credit Agreement, at BKC’s election, the interest rate per annum applicable to the loans is based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Eurocurrency rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin equal to 2.00% for loans under the U.S. dollar denominated tranche of the New Term Loan Facility and 2.25% for loans under the Revolving Credit Facility, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to EURIBOR for the Euro denominated tranche and LIBOR for the U.S. dollar denominated tranche and New Revolving Credit Facility, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin equal to 3.25% for loans under the Euro denominated tranche of the New Term Loan Facility, 3.00% for loans under the U.S. dollar denominated tranche of the Term Loan Facility and 3.25% for loans under the New Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement will be subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.50%.
 
The Amended Credit Agreement contains the same financial covenants, negative covenants, affirmative covenants, maturity dates, prepayment events and events of default as the New Credit Agreement.
 
97/8% Senior Notes
 
On October 19, 2010, Merger Sub, as the initial issuer, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, executed an indenture pursuant to which the senior notes (the “Senior Notes”) were issued (the “Senior Notes Indenture”). Upon the consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub, BKC, the Company, as a guarantor, and the other guarantors entered into a supplemental indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) pursuant to which BKC assumed the obligations of Merger Sub under the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes and the Company and the other guarantors guaranteed the Senior Notes on a senior basis. The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 9.875% per annum, which is payable semi-annually on October 15 and April 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 2011. The Senior Notes mature on October 15, 2018.
 
The Senior Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of BKC that rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of the Company (including the New Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities, including preferred stock, of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.
 
The Senior Notes are guaranteed by BKH and all existing direct and indirect subsidiaries that borrow under or guarantee any indebtedness or indebtedness of another guarantor. Under certain circumstances, subsidiary guarantors may be released from their guarantees without the consent of the holders of the Senior Notes.
 
At any time prior to October 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109.875% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
 
The Senior Notes will be redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after October 15, 2014 at 104.938% of the principal amount, at any time on or after October 15, 2015 at 102.469% of the principal amount or at any time on or after October 15, 2016 at 100% of the principal amount.


108


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The occurrence of a change in control will require the Company to offer to purchase all or a portion of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. Certain asset dispositions will also require the Company to use the proceeds from those asset dispositions to make an offer to purchase the Senior Notes at 100% of their principal amount, if such proceeds are not otherwise used within a specified period to repay indebtedness or to invest in capital assets related to the Company’s business or capital stock of a restricted subsidiary.
 
The Senior Notes Indenture contains certain covenants that the Company must meet during the term of the Senior Notes, including, but not limited to, limitations on restricted payments (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture), incurrence of indebtedness, issuance of disqualified stock and preferred stock, asset sales, mergers and consolidations, transactions with affiliates, guarantees of indebtedness by subsidiaries and activities of BKH.
 
The Senior Notes Indenture includes customary events of default including, but not limited to, nonpayment of principal, interest, premiums or other amounts due under the Senior Notes Indenture, violation of a covenant, cross-default to material indebtedness, bankruptcy and a change of control. Failure to comply with the covenants or other provision of the Senior Notes Indenture (subject to grace periods) could, absent a waiver or an amendment from the lenders under such Senior Notes Indenture, permit the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under such credit agreement.
 
The aggregate maturities of long-term debt, including the amounts due under the New Term Loan Facility, the Senior Notes, and other debt as of December 31, 2010, are as follows (in millions):
 
         
    Principal
 
Year Ended December 31,
  Amount  
 
2011
  $ 27.0  
2012
    27.0  
2013
    27.6  
2014
    27.5  
2015
    28.1  
Thereafter
    2,561.9  
         
Total
  $ 2,699.1  
         
 
The Company also has lines of credit with foreign banks, which can also be used to provide guarantees, in the amount of $3.3 million as of December 31, 2010. There were $1.2 million of guarantees issued against these lines of credit as of December 31, 2010.
 
Predecessor
 
Prior to the Merger, the Company’s previous credit facility consisted of Term Loans A and B-1 and a $150.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Previous Credit Facility”). In connection with the Merger, on October 19, 2010, the Company refinanced the amounts due under the Previous Credit Facility with the New Credit Facility and Notes described above.
 
The interest rate under Term Loan A and the revolving credit facility was, at the Company’s option, either (a) the greater of the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% or the prime rate (“ABR”), plus a rate not to exceed 0.75%, which varied according to the Company’s leverage ratio or (b) LIBOR plus a rate not to exceed 1.75%, which varied according to Company’s leverage ratio. The interest rate for Term Loan B-1 was, at the Company’s option, either (a) ABR, plus a rate of 0.50% or (b) LIBOR plus 1.50%, in each case so long as the Company’s leverage ratio remained at or below certain levels (but in any event not to exceed 0.75% in the case of ABR loans and 1.75% in the case of LIBOR loans). The weighted average interest rates related to the Company’s term debt was 4.4% for the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 and 4.7% and 5.1% for the years ended June 30, 2010 and


109


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
June 30, 2009, respectively, which included the impact of interest rate swaps on 77%, 73% and 71% of the Company’s term debt, respectively.
 
The Previous Credit Facility contained certain customary financial and non-financial covenants. These covenants imposed restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, investments, advances, guarantees and mergers and acquisitions. These covenants also placed restrictions on asset sales, sale and leaseback transactions, dividends, payments between the Company and its subsidiaries and certain transactions with affiliates.
 
The unamortized amount of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the Previous Credit Facility of $2.4 million as of October 18, 2010 was written off when the amounts due under the Previous Credit Facility were paid in full in connection with the Transactions.
 
Note 12.   Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
The following table presents (in millions) financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, which include derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments, derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, and other investments, which consist of money market accounts and mutual funds held in a rabbi trust established by the Company to fund a portion of the Company’s current and future obligations under its Executive Retirement Plan, as well as their location on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and 2009 respectively:
 
Successor
 
                                                         
    As of December 31, 2010     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010  
    Carrying Value and Balance Sheet Location     Assets (Liabilities)  
                            Quoted Prices
             
    Prepaid
                      in Active
    Significant
       
    and
                      Markets for
    Other
    Significant
 
    Other
          Other
          Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    Current
    Other
    Accrued
    Other
    Instruments
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
Description
  Assets     Assets     Liabilities     Liabilities     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
                                                       
Interest rate caps(1)
  $ 11.1     $ 80.0     $     $     $     $ 91.1     $  
Foreign currency forward contracts (asset)
    0.1                               0.1        
                                                         
Total
  $ 11.2     $ 80.0     $     $     $     $ 91.2     $  
                                                         
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                                                       
Interest rate swaps(1)
  $     $     $ (2.6 )   $     $     $ (2.6 )   $  
Foreign currency forward contracts (asset)
    7.8                               7.8        
Foreign currency forward contracts (liability)
                (7.6 )                 (7.6 )      
                                                         
Total
  $ 7.8     $     $ (10.2 )   $     $     $ (2.4 )   $  
                                                         
Other investments:
                                                       
Investments held in a rabbi trust
  $     $ 22.2     $     $     $ 22.2     $     $  
                                                         
Total
  $     $ 22.2     $     $     $ 22.2     $     $  
                                                         
 
 
(1) Refer to Note 13 for the discussion surrounding the change in balance in comparison to June 30, 2010.


110


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Predecessor
 
                                                         
    As of June 30, 2010     Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2010  
    Carrying Value and Balance Sheet Location     Assets (Liabilities)  
                            Quoted Prices
             
                            in Active
    Significant
       
    Prepaid and
                      Markets for
    Other
    Significant
 
    Other
          Other
          Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    Current
    Other
    Accrued
    Other
    Instruments
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
Description
  Assets     Assets     Liabilities     Liabilities     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
                                                       
Interest rate swaps
  $     $     $     $ (26.1 )   $     $ (26.1 )   $  
Foreign currency forward contracts (asset)
    0.1                               0.1        
Foreign currency forward contracts (liability)
                                         
                                                         
Total
  $ 0.1     $     $     $ (26.1 )   $     $ (26.0 )   $  
                                                         
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                                                       
Foreign currency forward contracts (asset)
  $ 25.8     $     $     $     $     $ 25.8     $  
Foreign currency forward contracts (liability)
                (2.6 )                 (2.6 )      
                                                         
Total
  $ 25.8     $     $ (2.6 )   $     $     $ 23.2     $  
                                                         
Other investments:
                                                       
Investments held in a rabbi trust
  $     $ 19.9     $     $     $ 19.9     $     $  
                                                         
Total
  $     $ 19.9     $     $     $ 19.9     $     $  
                                                         
 
                                                         
    As of June 30, 2009     Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2009  
    Carrying Value and Balance Sheet Location     Assets (Liabilities)  
                            Quoted Prices
             
    Prepaid
                      in Active
    Significant
       
    and
                      Markets for
    Other
    Significant
 
    Other
          Other
          Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    Current
    Other
    Accrued
    Other
    Instruments
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
Description
  Assets     Assets     Liabilities     Liabilities     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
                                                       
Interest rate swaps
  $     $     $     $ (32.4 )   $     $ (32.4 )   $  
                                                         
Total
  $     $     $     $ (32.4 )   $     $ (32.4 )   $  
                                                         
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                                                       
Foreign currency forward contracts (asset)
  $ 0.3     $     $     $     $     $ 0.3     $  
Foreign currency forward contracts (liability)
                (20.3 )                 (20.3 )      
                                                         
Total
  $ 0.3     $     $ (20.3 )   $     $     $ (20.0 )   $  
                                                         
Other investments:
                                                       
Investments held in a rabbi trust
  $     $ 17.9     $     $     $ 17.9     $     $  
                                                         
Total
  $     $ 17.9     $     $     $ 17.9     $     $  
                                                         


111


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company’s derivatives are valued using a discounted cash flow analysis that incorporates observable market parameters, such as interest rate yield curves and currency rates, classified as Level 2 within the valuation hierarchy. Derivative valuations incorporate credit risk adjustments that are necessary to reflect the probability of default by the counterparty or the Company.
 
At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the Company’s variable rate term debt and bonds were estimated at $2,731.0 million, compared to a carrying amount of $2,624.1 million, net of original issuance discount. At June 30, 2010, the fair value of the Company’s variable rate term debt was estimated at $744.4 million, compared to a carrying amount of $753.7 million. At June 30, 2009, the fair value of the Company’s variable rate term debt was estimated at $791.9 million, compared to a carrying amount of $816.2 million. Refer to Note 2 for inputs used to estimate fair value.
 
Certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, that is these assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to periodic impairment tests. For the Company, these items primarily include long- lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets. Refer to Note 2 for inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value of these nonfinancial assets.
 
Note 13.   Derivative Instruments
 
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
The Company enters into derivative instruments for risk management purposes, including derivatives designated as hedging instruments and those utilized as economic hedges. The Company uses derivatives to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates.
 
Interest Rate Caps
 
Following the Transactions, the Company entered into two deferred premium interest rate caps, one of which was denominated in U.S. dollars (notional amount of $1.5 billion) and the other denominated in Euros (notional amount of €250 million) (the “Cap Agreements”). The six year Cap Agreements are a series of 25 individual caplets that reset and settle on the same dates as the New Credit Facilities. The deferred premium associated with the Cap Agreements was $47.7 million for the U.S. dollar denominated exposure and €9.4 million for the Euro denominated exposure. Following the February 15, 2011 amendment to the New Credit Agreement, we modified our interest rate cap denominated in Euros to reduce its notional amount by €50 million throughout the life of the caplets. Additionally, we entered into a new deferred premium interest rate cap agreement denominated in U.S. dollars (notional amount of $90 million) with a strike price of 1.50% (the “New Cap Agreement”). The terms of the New Cap Agreement are substantially similar to those described above and the Cap Agreements were not otherwise revised by these modifications.
 
Under the terms of the Cap Agreements, if LIBOR/EURIBOR resets above a strike price of 1.75% (1.50% for the New Cap Agreement), the Company will receive the net difference between the rate and the strike price. In addition, on the quarterly settlement dates, the Company will remit the deferred premium payment (plus interest) to the counterparty. If LIBOR/EURIBOR resets below the strike price no payment is made by the counterparty. However, we would still be responsible for the deferred premium and interest.
 
The interest rate cap contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and to the extent they are effective in offsetting the variability of the variable rate interest payments, changes in the derivatives’ fair value are not included in current earnings but are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At each cap maturity date, the portion of fair value attributable to the matured cap will be reclassified from AOCI into earnings as a component of interest expense.


112


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Interest Rate Swaps
 
The Predecessor entered into receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swap contracts to hedge a portion of the Predecessor’s forecasted variable-rate interest payments on its underlying Term Loan A and Term Loan B-1 debt (the “Predecessor’s Term Debt”). Interest payments on the Predecessor’s Term Debt were made quarterly and the variable rate on the Predecessor’s Term Debt was reset at the end of each fiscal quarter. The interest rate swap contracts were designated as cash flow hedges and to the extent they were effective in offsetting the variability of the variable-rate interest payments, changes in the derivatives’ fair value were not included in current earnings but in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These changes in fair value were subsequently reclassified into earnings as a component of interest expense each quarter as interest payments were made on the Predecessor’s Term Debt.
 
In connection with the Transactions, interest rate swaps with a notional value of $500 million were terminated by counterparties. The remaining interest rate swaps that were not terminated by counterparties have a notional value of $75 million and remain classified as a liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010. The final contract expires September 2011. Future fluctuations in the fair value of remaining interest rate swaps will be included in the determination of net income (loss) until the final contract expires in September 2011.
 
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts
 
The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts, which typically have maturities between one and nine months, to economically hedge the remeasurement of certain foreign currency-denominated intercompany loans receivable and other foreign-currency denominated assets recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Remeasurement represents changes in the expected amount of cash flows to be received or paid upon settlement of the intercompany loan receivables and other foreign-currency denominated assets and liabilities resulting from a change in currency exchange rates. The Company also enters into foreign currency forward contracts in order to manage the foreign exchange variability in forecasted royalty cash flows due to fluctuations in exchange rates. At December 31, 2010, foreign currency forward contracts with a net notional amount of $2.1 million were outstanding.
 
Credit Risk
 
By entering into derivative instrument contracts, the Company exposes itself, from time to time, to counterparty credit risk. Counterparty credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is in an asset position, the counterparty has a liability to the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. The Company attempts to minimize this risk by selecting counterparties with investment grade credit ratings and regularly monitoring its market position with each counterparty.
 
Credit-Risk Related Contingent Features
 
The Company’s derivative instruments do not contain any credit-risk related contingent features.


113


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the required quantitative disclosures for the Company’s derivative instruments (in millions):
 
                                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010       July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010  
                Foreign
                  Foreign
       
    Interest
    Interest
    Currency
            Interest
    Currency
       
    Rate
    Rate
    Forward
            Rate
    Forward
       
    Caps     Swaps     Contracts     Total       Swaps     Contracts     Total  
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
                                                         
Gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (effective portion)
  $ 35.8     $     $ 0.1     $ 35.9       $ (2.4 )   $ (0.1 )   $ (2.5 )
Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into interest expense, net(1)
  $     $     $     $       $ (4.9 )   $     $ (4.9 )
Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into royalty income
  $     $     $     $       $     $     $  
Gain (loss) recognized in interest expense, net (ineffective portion)(2)
  $     $     $     $       $     $     $  
Gain (loss) recognized in royalty income, net (ineffective portion)(2)
  $     $     $     $       $     $     $  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                                                         
Gain (loss) recognized in other operating expense, net
  $     $ (0.2 )   $ 17.2     $ 17.0       $     $ (42.4 )   $ (42.4 )
 
 
(1) Includes $0.4 million of gain for the period of July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 related to terminated hedges and zero for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010.
 
(2) The amount of ineffectiveness related to interest rate swaps recorded during the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 was not significant. No ineffectiveness was recorded related to interest rate cap contracts for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010.
 


114


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    Predecessor
    For the Year Ended
  For the Year Ended
    June 30, 2010   June 30, 2009
        Foreign
          Foreign
   
    Interest
  Currency
      Interest
  Currency
   
    Rate
  Forward
      Rate
  Forward
   
    Swaps   Contracts   Total   Swaps   Contracts   Total
 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
                                               
Gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (effective portion)
  $ (16.4 )   $ (0.6 )   $ (17.0 )   $ (39.2 )   $ (0.1 )   $ (39.3 )
Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into interest expense, net(3)
  $ (21.1 )   $     $ (21.1 )   $ (10.5 )   $     $ (10.5 )
Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into royalty income
  $     $ (0.8 )   $ (0.8 )   $     $     $  
Gain (loss) recognized in interest expense, net (ineffective portion)(4)
  $ (0.2 )   $     $ (0.2 )   $     $     $  
Gain (loss) recognized in royalty income, net (ineffective portion)(4)
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                                               
Gain (loss) recognized in other operating expense, net
  $     $ 44.6     $ 44.6     $     $ 43.2     $ 43.2  
 
 
(3) Includes $1.6 million and $1.3 million of gain for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to the terminated hedges.
 
(4) The amount of ineffectiveness recorded in earnings during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 was not significant.
 
Note 14.   Interest Expense
 
Interest expense consists of the following (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Secured Term Loan — USD tranche
  $ 19.1       $     $     $     $  
Secured Term Loan — Euro tranche
    4.3                                    
97/8 % Senior Notes
    16.0                            
Term loans, interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and other(1)
    19.8         12.0       39.4       47.2       56.4  
Capital lease obligations
    2.0         2.9       10.2       10.1       10.7  
                                           
Total
  $ 61.2       $ 14.9     $ 49.6     $ 57.3     $ 67.1  
                                           
 
 
(1) Amount includes commitment fees of $13.5 million associated with the bridge loan available at the closing of the Transactions, amortization of original debt issuance discount on the New Term Loan Facility of $0.5 million and interest expense related to the deferred premium interest rate caps of $0.4 million for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010. See Note 11. In addition, the Company recorded a $2.4 million loss on early extinguishment of debt related to unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the Predecessor’s Term loans.

115


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The Company had $67.2 million, $2.9 million and $4.9 million of unamortized deferred financing costs at December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These fees are classified in other assets, net and are amortized over the term of the debt into interest expense on term debt using the effective interest method. The increase in unamortized deferred financing cost is associated with the New Credit Facilities. See Note 11. The amortization of deferred financing cost included in interest expense for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 was $2.1 million, $0.6 million for the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 and $2.1 million, $1.9 million and zero for the three years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Note 15.   Income Taxes
 
Income (loss) before income taxes, classified by source of income (loss), is as follows (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Domestic
  $ (121.6 )     $ 61.4     $ 228.4     $ 241.4     $ 245.1  
Foreign
    (10.9 )       25.5       55.9       43.4       47.9  
                                           
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (132.5 )     $ 86.9     $ 284.3     $ 284.8     $ 293.0  
                                           
 
Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income from continuing operations consists of the following (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Current:
                                         
Domestic
                                         
Federal
  $ (44.0 )     $ 7.1     $ 64.7     $ 57.0     $ 64.5  
State, net of federal income tax benefit
    (0.9 )       1.7       4.6       6.1       8.3  
Foreign
    2.2         3.5       11.3       9.5       10.3  
                                           
    $ (42.7 )     $ 12.3     $ 80.6     $ 72.6     $ 83.1  
                                           
Deferred:
                                         
Domestic
                                         
Federal
  $ 8.2       $ 9.2     $ 14.4     $ 9.1     $ 9.8  
State, net of federal income tax benefit
    (3.0 )       1.2       3.1       6.2       1.3  
Foreign
    10.6         (6.9 )     (0.6 )     (3.2 )     9.2  
                                           
    $ 15.8       $ 3.5     $ 16.9     $ 12.1     $ 20.3  
                                           
Total
  $ (26.9 )     $ 15.8     $ 97.5     $ 84.7     $ 103.4  
                                           


116


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The U.S. Federal tax statutory rate reconciles to the effective tax rate as follows:
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
U.S. Federal income tax rate
    35.0 %       35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
    3.3         3.0       3.4       2.8       2.6  
Costs/(Benefits) and taxes related to foreign operations
    (11.5 )       (2.5 )     1.7       (4.7 )     7.4  
Foreign tax rate differential
    (0.4 )       (8.8 )     (5.6 )     (4.9 )     (5.3 )
Foreign exchange differential on tax benefits
    (0.2 )       (0.6 )     0.3       0.7       (0.6 )
Change in valuation allowance
    (2.5 )       (4.5 )     (0.6 )     1.1       (3.1 )
Change in accrual for tax uncertainties
    (0.2 )       (2.6 )     0.2       (1.3 )     (0.1 )
Non Deductible Transaction Costs
    (3.6 )                          
Other
    0.4         (0.8 )     (0.1 )     1.0       (0.6 )
                                           
Effective income tax rate
    20.3 %       18.2 %     34.3 %     29.7 %     35.3 %
                                           
 
The Company’s effective tax rate was 20.3% for the period from October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010 and 18.2% for the period from July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010, primarily as a result of the Transactions and the current mix of income from multiple tax jurisdictions.
 
The Company’s effective tax rate was 34.3% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, primarily as a result of the current mix of income from multiple tax jurisdictions and currency fluctuations. The Company’s effective tax rate was 29.7% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, primarily as a result of the resolution of federal and state audits and tax benefits realized from the dissolution of dormant entities. The Company’s effective tax rate was 35.3% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, primarily as a result of the resolution of federal, state and international audits, dissolution of a foreign partnership, and changes in state and foreign tax law.
 
Income tax expense/(benefit) includes an increase in valuation allowance related to foreign tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax assets in foreign countries of $3.3 million for the period from October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010, a decrease in valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets in foreign countries of $3.8 for the period from July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010, a decrease of $1.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2010, an increase of $3.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 and a decrease of $7.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2008.


117


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table provides the amount of income tax expense (benefit) allocated to continuing operations and amounts separately allocated to other items (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
  $ (26.9 )     $ 15.8     $ 97.5     $ 84.7     $ 103.4  
Interest rate caps in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    13.9                            
Interest rate swaps in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
            0.9       2.0       (11.0 )     (5.0 )
Pension liability in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    3.9         3.1       (11.3 )     (9.4 )     (4.5 )
Adjustments to deferred income taxes related to Brand
                        (0.2 )     (2.4 )
Adjustments to the valuation allowance related to Brand
                        (0.3 )     (6.5 )
Stock option tax benefit in additional paid-in capital
            0.4       (3.5 )     (3.3 )     (9.3 )
                                           
    $ (9.1 )     $ 20.2     $ 84.7     $ 60.5     $ 75.7  
                                           
 
The significant components of deferred income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income from continuing operations are as follows (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Deferred income tax expense (exclusive of the effects of components listed below)
  $ 13.5       $ 8.3     $ 15.7     $ 3.2     $ 20.3  
Change in valuation allowance (net of amounts allocated as adjustments to purchase accounting in 2009 and 2008)
    3.3         (3.8 )     (1.7 )     3.0       (7.1 )
Change in effective state income tax rate
                  0.8       4.5        
Change in effective foreign income tax rate
    (1.0 )       (1.0 )     2.1       1.4       7.1  
                                           
Total
  $ 15.8       $ 3.5     $ 16.9     $ 12.1     $ 20.3  
                                           


118


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below (in millions):
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
Deferred tax assets:
                         
Trade and notes receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 16.4       $ 14.6     $ 12.7  
Accrued employee benefits
    53.6         63.8       49.6  
Unfavorable leases
    14.2         53.9       71.9  
Liabilities not currently deductible for tax
    10.3         42.2       52.7  
Tax loss and credit carryforwards
    150.1         138.5       111.3  
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
            53.0       61.6  
Other
    3.8         3.4       3.4  
                           
Total gross deferred tax assets
    248.4         369.4       363.2  
Valuation allowance
    (121.8 )       (74.6 )     (78.7 )
                           
Net deferred tax assets
    126.6         294.8       284.5  
Less deferred tax liabilities:
                         
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
    43.4                
Intangible assets
    706.7         249.7       237.3  
Leases
    54.3         53.1       55.1  
Statutory Impairment
    14.8         12.2        
                           
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    819.2         315.0       292.4  
                           
Net deferred tax liability
  $ 692.6       $ 20.2     $ 7.9  
                           
 
For the Transition Period, the valuation allowance increased by $47.2 million primarily as a result of changes in the projected utilization of foreign tax credits, deferred tax assets in foreign jurisdictions and changes in currency fluctuations. Of this increase, $44.1 million was recorded in goodwill as part of the acquisition accounting adjustments. The decrease in valuation allowance for the year ended June 30, 2010 is primarily the result of changes in the projected utilization of deferred tax assets in foreign jurisdictions and changes in currency exchange rates.


119


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Changes in valuation allowance are as follows:
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Beginning balance
  $ 119.7       $ 74.6     $ 78.7     $ 87.9     $ 97.8  
Change in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expense
    3.3         (3.8 )     (1.7 )     3.0       (7.1 )
Change in estimates in valuation allowance recorded to intangible assets
                        (0.3 )     (6.5 )
Changes from foreign currency exchange rates
    (0.4 )       4.8       (3.1 )     (11.9 )     4.6  
Other
    (0.8 )             0.7             (0.9 )
                                           
Ending balance
  $ 121.8       $ 75.6     $ 74.6     $ 78.7     $ 87.9  
                                           
 
The Company generated a federal net operating loss of approximately $172.9 million during the period from October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010. This loss can be carried forward for 20 years and back 2 years. The Company has a state net operating loss carryforward of approximately $6.6 million, expiring between 2015 and 2030. In addition, the Company has foreign loss carryforwards of $391.0 million expiring between 2011 and 2030, and foreign loss carryforwards of $159.4 million that do not expire. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has a foreign tax credit carryforward balance of $56.1 million. The Company has recorded valuation allowances related to certain foreign and state losses and foreign tax credit carry forwards since it is more likely than not to expire unutilized.
 
Deferred taxes have not been provided on basis differences related to investments in foreign subsidiaries. These differences consist primarily of $172.6 million of undistributed earnings, which are considered to be permanently reinvested in the operations of such subsidiaries outside the United States. Determination of the deferred income tax liability on these unremitted earnings is not practicable. Such liability, if any, depends on circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.
 
The Company had $12.2 million, $14.2 million and $15.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Beginning balance
  $ 12.0       $ 14.2     $ 15.5       18.3       18.9  
Additions on tax position related to the current year
    0.3         0.3       1.2       4.5       3.7  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
            0.3       2.7       1.9       0.6  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (0.1 )       (2.6 )     (2.0 )     (7.7 )     (3.9 )
Reductions for settlements
                  (2.0 )     (0.2 )     (0.1 )
Reductions due to statute expiration
                  (1.2 )     (1.3 )     (0.9 )
                                           
Ending Balance
  $ 12.2       $ 12.2     $ 14.2     $ 15.5     $ 18.3  
                                           


120


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
During the twelve months beginning January 1, 2011, it is reasonably possible the Company will reduce unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $0.2 million, primarily as a result of the expiration of certain statutes of limitations.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009 was $3.2 million, $2.9 million and $3.7 million, respectively. Potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions recognized during the periods October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010, July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010 and the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively. To the extent interest and penalties are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.
 
The Company files income tax returns, including returns for its subsidiaries, with federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Generally the Company is subject to routine examination by taxing authorities in these jurisdictions, including significant international tax jurisdictions, such as the United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Switzerland, Singapore and Mexico. None of the foreign jurisdictions should be individually material. The Company has various state and foreign income tax returns in the process of examination. From time to time, these audits result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in the Company owing additional taxes. The Company believes that its tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that it has adequately provided for these matters.
 
Note 16.   Related Party Transactions
 
The Company paid $1.1 million in registration expenses relating to the secondary offerings during the year ended June 30, 2008. This amount included registration and filing fees, printing fees, external accounting fees, all reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm selected by our previous sponsors and all expenses related to the road show for the secondary offerings.
 
Note 17.   Leases
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company leased or subleased 1,149 restaurant properties to franchisees and non-restaurant properties to third parties under capital and operating leases. The building and leasehold improvements of the leases with franchisees are usually accounted for as direct financing leases and recorded as a net investment in property leased to franchisees, while the land is recorded as operating leases. Most leases to franchisees provide for fixed payments with contingent rent when sales exceed certain levels. Lease terms generally range from 10 to 20 years. The franchisees bear the cost of maintenance, insurance and property taxes.
 
Property and equipment, net leased to franchisees and other third parties under operating leases was as follows (in millions):
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
Land
  $ 255.7       $ 198.3     $ 195.8  
Buildings and improvements
    119.9         116.2       114.0  
Restaurant equipment
    1.7         5.0       5.1  
                           
    $ 377.3       $ 319.5     $ 314.9  
Accumulated depreciation
    (2.5 )       (46.0 )     (40.9 )
                           
    $ 374.8       $ 273.5     $ 274.0  
                           


121


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Net investment in property leased to franchisees and other third parties under direct financing leases was as follows (in millions):
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
Future minimum rents to be received
  $ 327.2       $ 316.6     $ 306.4  
Estimated unguaranteed residual value
    3.5         3.7       4.0  
Unearned income
    (180.6 )       (172.3 )     (166.2 )
Allowance on direct financing leases
    (0.6 )       (0.6 )     (0.2 )
                           
    $ 149.5       $ 147.4     $ 144.0  
Current portion included within trade receivables
    (9.5 )       (8.9 )     (8.7 )
                           
Net investment in property leased to franchisees
  $ 140.0       $ 138.5     $ 135.3  
                           
 
In addition, the Company is the lessee on land, building, equipment, office space and warehouse leases, including 257 restaurant buildings under capital leases. Initial lease terms are generally 10 to 20 years. Most leases provide for fixed monthly payments. Many of these leases provide for future rent escalations and renewal options. Certain leases require contingent rent, determined as a percentage of sales, generally when annual sales exceed specific levels. Most leases also obligate the Company to pay the cost of maintenance, insurance and property taxes.
 
As of December 31, 2010, future minimum lease receipts and commitments were as follows (in millions):
 
Successor
 
                                 
    Lease Receipts     Lease Commitments(a)  
    Direct
                   
    Financing
    Operating
    Capital
    Operating
 
    Leases     Leases     Leases     Leases  
 
2011
  $ 30.4     $ 68.5     $ (15.4 )   $ (155.8 )
2012
    29.7       64.8       (15.1 )     (150.6 )
2013
    29.1       62.4       (15.1 )     (140.5 )
2014
    28.4       58.1       (14.1 )     (133.7 )
2015
    28.0       52.1       (12.4 )     (121.9 )
Thereafter
    181.6       338.4       (56.7 )     (700.0 )
                                 
Total
  $ 327.2     $ 644.3     $ (128.8 )   $ (1,402.5 )
                                 
 
 
(a) Lease commitments under operating leases have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $317.5 million due in the future under noncancelable subleases.
 
The Company’s total minimum obligations under capital leases are $128.8 million, $134.1 million and $138.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Of these amounts, $59.2 million, $63.2 million and $67.5 million represents interest as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The remaining balance of $69.6 million, $70.9 million and $70.6 million is reflected as capital lease obligations recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, of which $5.9 million, $5.6 million and $4.8 million is classified as current portion of long-term debt and capital leases as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


122


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Property revenues comprise primarily rental income from operating leases and earned income on direct financing leases with franchisees as follows (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Rental income:
                                         
Minimum
  $ 15.0       $ 21.9     $ 73.1     $ 69.9     $ 78.9  
Contingent
    2.8         4.9       17.9       20.6       20.7  
                                           
Total rental income
    17.8         26.8       91.0       90.5       99.6  
Earned income on direct financing leases
    4.8         7.2       22.7       23.0       22.0  
                                           
Total property revenues
  $ 22.6       $ 34.0     $ 113.7     $ 113.5     $ 121.6  
                                           
 
Rent expense associated with the lease commitments is as follows (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19, 2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
    Years Ended June 30,  
    December 31, 2010       October 18, 2010     2010     2009     2008  
Rental expense:
                                         
Minimum
  $ 30.9       $ 47.4     $ 168.9     $ 166.5     $ 150.2  
Contingent
    1.3         2.0       7.4       7.7       7.4  
Amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases contracts, net
    (0.1 )       (3.8 )     (15.0 )     (18.2 )     (24.2 )
                                           
Total rental expense
  $ 32.1       $ 45.6     $ 161.3     $ 156.0     $ 133.4  
                                           
 
Favorable leases are amortized on a straight line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 12 years, with amortization expense included in occupancy and other operating costs and property expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Unfavorable leases are amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 12 years as a reduction in occupancy and other operating costs and property expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Amortization of favorable leases totaled $0.4 million for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Amortization of favorable leases totaled $0.8 million for the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 and $2.6 million, $2.6 million and $1.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Amortization of unfavorable leases totaled $0.5 million for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Amortization of unfavorable leases totaled $4.6 million for the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 and $17.6 million, $20.8 million and $26.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Favorable leases, net of accumulated amortization totaled $26.1 million, $34.4 million and $36.5 million as of December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009, respectively, and are classified as intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Unfavorable leases, net of accumulated amortization totaled $38.6 million, $127.3 million and $155.5 million as of December 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009, respectively, and are classified within other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
As of December 31, 2010, estimated future amortization expense of favorable lease contracts subject to amortization for each of the years ended December 31 is $2.7 million in 2011, $2.5 million in each of 2012, 2013 and 2014, $2.4 million in 2015 and $13.2 million thereafter. As of December 31, 2010, estimated future amortization expense of unfavorable lease contracts subject to amortization for each of the years ended


123


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
December 31 is $5.1 million in 2011, $4.4 million in 2012, $4.1 million in 2013, $3.6 million in 2014, $2.8 million in 2015 and $18.4 million thereafter.
 
Note 18.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Dividends Paid
 
We paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.0625 per share on September 30, 2010 to the Predecessor’s shareholders of record at the close of business on September 14, 2010. Total dividends paid by the Predecessor during the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010 were $8.6 million.
 
During each of the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company declared four quarterly cash dividends of $0.0625 per share on its common stock. Total dividends paid by the Company during each of the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $34.2 million, $34.1 million and $34.2 million, respectively.
 
Although we do not currently have a dividend policy, we may declare dividends opportunistically if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that it is in the best interests of the shareholders. The terms of the New Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes Indenture limit our ability to pay cash dividends in certain circumstances. In addition, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on shares (including fractional shares) of our common stock may be limited by restrictions on our ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends from our subsidiaries, including the restrictions under the Amended Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes Indenture. Subject to the foregoing, the payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, our overall financial condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.


124


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
The following table displays the change in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in millions):
 
                                 
                      Accumulated
 
                Foreign
    Other
 
                Currency
    Comprehensive
 
    Derivatives     Pensions     Translation     Income (Loss)  
 
Predecessor
                               
Balances at June 30, 2007
  $ 7.6     $ 4.5     $ (4.6 )   $ 7.5  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                (1.7 )     (1.7 )
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $3.9 million
    (6.4 )                 (6.4 )
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period from terminated swaps, net of tax of $1.1 million
    (1.3 )                 (1.3 )
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $4.5 million
          (6.5 )           (6.5 )
                                 
Balances at June 30, 2008
    (0.1 )     (2.0 )     (6.3 )     (8.4 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                (6.0 )     (6.0 )
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $10.6 million
    (16.8 )                 (16.8 )
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period from terminated swaps, net of tax of $0.4 million
    (0.9 )                 (0.9 )
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $9.2 million
          (13.8 )           (13.8 )
                                 
Balances at June 30, 2009
    (17.8 )     (15.8 )     (12.3 )     (45.9 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                (4.4 )     (4.4 )
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $2.6 million
    4.1                   4.1  
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period from terminated swaps, net of tax of $0.6 million
    (1.0 )                 (1.0 )
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $11.3 million
          (19.7 )           (19.7 )
                                 
Balances at June 30, 2010
  $ (14.7 )   $ (35.5 )   $ (16.7 )   $ (66.9 )
                                 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                13.3       13.3  
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $1.1 million
    1.7                   1.7  
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period from terminated swaps, net of tax of $0.2 million
    (0.2 )                 (0.2 )
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $3.1 million
          5.8             5.8  
                                 
Balances at October 18, 2010
  $ (13.2 )   $ (29.7 )   $ (3.4 )   $ (46.3 )
                                 
Successor
                               
Balances at October 19, 2010
  $     $     $     $  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                (33.6 )     (33.6 )
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax of $13.9 million
    21.9                   21.9  
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $3.9 million
          8.8             8.8  
                                 
Balances at December 31, 2010
  $ 21.9     $ 8.8     $ (33.6 )   $ (2.9 )
                                 


125


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 19.   Pension and Post Retirement Medical Benefits
 
Pension Benefits
 
The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans for its salaried employees in the United States (the “U.S. Pension Plans”) and certain employees in the United Kingdom, Germany and Switzerland (the “International Pension Plans”). Effective December 31, 2005, all benefits accrued under the U.S. Pension Plans were frozen at the benefit level attained as of that date.
 
Postretirement Medical Benefits
 
The Company’s postretirement medical plan (the “U.S. Retiree Medical Plan”) provides medical, dental and life insurance benefits to U.S. salaried retirees hired prior to June 30, 2001 and who were age 40 or older as of June 30, 2001, and their eligible dependents. The amount of retirement health care coverage an employee will receive depends upon the length of credited service with the Company, multiplied by an annual factor to determine the value of the post-retirement health care coverage.
 
Obligations and Funded Status
 
The following table sets forth the change in benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and amounts recognized in the balance sheets for the U.S. Pension Plans, International Pension Plans and U.S. Retiree Medical Plan (in millions):
 
                                                                     
    U.S. Pension Plan     U.S. Retiree Medical Plan  
    Successor       Predecessor     Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
                        October 19,
                     
    2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
                2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
             
    December 31,
      October 18,
    As of June 30,     December 31,
      October 18,
    As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2010       2010     2010     2009  
Change in benefit obligation
                                                                   
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 183.4       $ 179.0     $ 146.0     $ 147.8     $ 26.8       $ 26.0     $ 22.1     $ 22.3  
Service cost
                              0.1         0.1       0.4       0.6  
Interest cost
    1.9         2.7       9.1       11.0       0.3         0.4       1.3       1.7  
Actuarial (gains) losses
    (6.9 )       3.4       29.0       (6.4 )     (1.1 )       0.4       2.7       (1.8 )
Part D Rx Subsidy Received
                                            0.1       0.1  
Benefits paid
    (1.9 )       (1.7 )     (5.1 )     (6.4 )             (0.1 )     (0.6 )     (0.8 )
                                                                     
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 176.5       $ 183.4     $ 179.0     $ 146.0     $ 26.1       $ 26.8     $ 26.0     $ 22.1  
Change in plan assets
                                                                   
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 120.7       $ 109.7     $ 97.9     $ 99.0     $       $     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    3.3         12.7       14.6       (19.5 )                          
Employer contributions
                  2.3       24.8                            
Benefits paid
    (1.9 )       (1.7 )     (5.1 )     (6.4 )                          
                                                                     
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 122.1       $ 120.7     $ 109.7     $ 97.9     $       $     $     $  
                                                                     
Funded status of plan
  $ (54.4 )     $ (62.7 )   $ (69.3 )   $ (48.1 )   $ (26.1 )     $ (26.8 )   $ (26.0 )   $ (22.1 )
                                                                     
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet
                                                                   
Current liabilities
  $ (1.4 )     $ (1.2 )   $ (1.1 )   $ (1.0 )   $ (1.0 )     $ (1.0 )   $ (1.0 )   $ (1.0 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (53.0 )       (61.5 )     (68.2 )     (47.1 )     (25.1 )       (25.8 )     (25.0 )     (21.1 )
                                                                     
Net pension liability, end of fiscal year
  $ (54.4 )     $ (62.7 )   $ (69.3 )   $ (48.1 )   $ (26.1 )     $ (26.8 )   $ (26.0 )   $ (22.1 )
                                                                     
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI)
                                                                   
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)
  $ (8.2 )     $ 47.9     $ 55.1     $ 31.2     $ (1.1 )     $ (1.9 )   $ (2.3 )   $ (5.4 )
                                                                     
Total AOCI (before tax)
  $ (8.2 )     $ 47.9     $ 55.1     $ 31.2     $ (1.1 )     $ (1.9 )   $ (2.3 )   $ (5.4 )
                                                                     


126


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                   
    International Pension Plans  
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
                     
    2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
             
    December 31,
      October 18,
    As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009  
Change in benefit obligation
                                 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 32.9       $ 29.6     $ 23.6     $ 27.0  
Service cost
    0.4         0.7       1.8       2.1  
Interest cost
    0.2         0.6       1.3       1.6  
Actuarial (gains) losses
    (3.4 )       (0.3 )     5.6       (3.3 )
Employee Contributions
                  0.2       0.3  
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    (1.0 )       2.5       (2.3 )     (4.1 )
Benefits paid
    (0.6 )       (0.2 )     (0.6 )      
                                   
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 28.5       $ 32.9     $ 29.6     $ 23.6  
Change in plan assets
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 22.1       $ 18.3     $ 16.6     $ 20.8  
Actual return on plan assets
    0.4         0.5       1.1       1.2  
Employer contributions
    0.2         0.4       1.2       0.9  
Employee Contributions
                  0.2       0.3  
Actuarial gain/loss
    0.6         1.6       1.7       (3.5 )
Benefits paid
    (0.6 )       (0.2 )     (0.5 )     0.1  
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    (0.6 )       1.5       (2.0 )     (3.2 )
                                   
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 22.1       $ 22.1     $ 18.3     $ 16.6  
                                   
Funded status of plan
  $ (6.4 )     $ (10.8 )   $ (11.3 )   $ (7.0 )
                                   
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet
                                 
Noncurrent Assets
  $ 0.8       $     $     $  
Current liabilities
    (0.1 )       (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (7.1 )       (10.7 )     (11.2 )     (6.9 )
                                   
Net pension liability, end of fiscal year
  $ (6.4 )     $ (10.8 )   $ (11.3 )   $ (7.0 )
                                   
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI)
                                 
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)
  $ (3.4 )     $ 0.6     $ 2.7     $ (1.3 )
                                   
Total AOCI (before tax)
  $ (3.4 )     $ 0.6     $ 2.7     $ (1.3 )
                                   


127


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Additional year-end information for the U.S. Pension Plans, International Pension Plans and U.S. Medical Plan with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets
 
The following sets forth the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the U.S. Pension Plans, International Pension Plans and U.S. Retiree Medical Plan with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets (in millions):
 
                                                     
    U.S. Pension Plan   U.S. Retiree Medical Plan
    Successor     Predecessor   Successor     Predecessor
    As of
        As of
     
    December 31,     As of June 30,   December 31,     As of June 30,
    2010     2010   2009   2010     2010   2009
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 176.5       $ 179.0     $ 146.0     $ 26.1       $ 26.0     $ 22.1  
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 176.5       $ 179.0     $ 146.0     $ 26.1       $ 26.0     $ 22.1  
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 122.1       $ 109.7     $ 97.9     $       $     $ —   
 
                           
    International Pension Plans
    Successor     Predecessor
    As of December
     
    31,     As of June 30,
    2010     2010   2009
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 6.9       $ 8.8     $ 7.3  
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 6.9       $ 1.6     $ 6.4  
Fair value of plan assets
  $       $ 1.3     $ 1.3  
 
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
A summary of the components of net periodic benefit cost for the U.S. Pension Plans and U.S. Retiree Medical Plan and International Pension Plans is presented below (in millions):
 
                                                                                     
    U.S. Pension Plan     U.S. Retiree Medical Plan  
    Successor       Predecessor     Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                      October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                      2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,     December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008     2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Service cost
  $       $     $     $     $     $ 0.1       $ 0.1     $ 0.4     $ 0.5     $ 0.5  
Interest cost
    1.8         2.7       9.1       8.8       8.7       0.3         0.4       1.4       1.3       1.3  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1.8 )       (2.8 )     (9.6 )     (8.8 )     (8.2 )                                
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss
                                                  (0.4 )     (0.2 )      
Amortization of unrecognized net (gain) loss
            0.7                                                    
                                                                                     
Net periodic benefit cost
  $       $ 0.6     $ (0.5 )   $     $ 0.5     $ 0.4       $ 0.5     $ 1.4     $ 1.6     $ 1.8  
                                                                                     
 


128


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                           
    International Pension Plans  
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Service cost
  $ 0.4       $ 0.7     $ 1.3     $ 1.3     $ 1.6  
Interest cost
    0.3         0.6       0.8       0.8       1.2  
Expected return on plan assets
    (0.3 )       (0.4 )     (0.4 )     (0.5 )     (1.3 )
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss
            0.2                    
Amortization of prior service cost
                              (0.3 )
                                           
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 0.4       $ 1.1     $ 1.7     $ 1.6     $ 1.2  
                                           
 
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Projected Benefit Obligation Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
 
                                                                                     
    U.S. Pension Plans     U.S. Retiree Medical Plan  
    Successor       Predecessor     Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                      October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                      2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,     December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008     2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss
  $ (8.2 )     $ (6.5 )   $ 23.9     $ 24.1     $ 8.4     $ (1.1 )     $ 0.4     $ 2.7     $ (1.7 )   $ (0.8 )
Recognized net actuarial gain (loss)
            (0.7 )                                     0.4       0.2        
                                                                                     
Total recognized in OCI
  $ (8.2 )     $ (7.2 )   $ 23.9     $ 24.1     $ 8.4     $ (1.1 )     $ 0.4     $ 3.1     $ (1.5 )   $ (0.8 )
                                                                                     
 
                                           
    International Pension Plans  
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
                                 
Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss
  $ (3.4 )     $ (2.1 )   $ 4.0     $ 0.4     $ 4.0  
Recognized net actuarial gain (loss)
                               
                                           
Total recognized in OCI
  $ (3.4 )     $ (2.1 )   $ 4.0     $ 0.4     $ 4.0  
                                           
 
As of December 31, 2010, for the combined U.S. and international pension plans, the Company expected to amortize during fiscal 2011 from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) into net periodic pension cost an estimated $0.1 million of net actuarial loss.

129


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Assumptions
 
The weighted-average assumptions used in computing the benefit obligations of the U.S. Pension Plans and U.S. Retiree Medical Plan are as follows:
 
                                                                                     
    U.S. Pension Plan     U.S. Retiree Medical Plan  
    Successor       Predecessor     Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                      October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                      2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,     December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008     2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Discount rate as of year-end
    5.35 %       5.06 %     5.20 %     6.37 %     6.10 %     5.35 %       5.06 %     5.20 %     6.37 %     6.10 %
Range of compensation rate increase
    N/A*         N/A*       N/A*       N/A*       N/A*       N/A         N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
 
 
* The Company curtailed the U.S. Pension Plans during the year ended June 30, 2006.
 
                                           
    International Pension Plans  
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Discount rate as of year-end
    5.35 %       4.98 %     5.17 %     6.00 %     6.10 %
Range of compensation rate increase
    3.80 %       3.52 %     3.71 %     3.53 %     4.15 %
 
The discount rate used in the calculation of the benefit obligation at December 31, 2010 for the U.S. Plans is derived from a yield curve comprised of the yields of an index of 250 equally-weighted corporate bonds, rated AA or better by Moody’s, which approximates the duration of the U.S. Plans.
 
The weighted-average assumptions used in computing the net periodic benefit cost of the U.S. Pension Plans and the U.S. Retiree Medical Plan are as follows:
 
                                                                                     
    U.S. Pension Plan     U.S. Retiree Medical Plan  
    Successor       Predecessor     Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                      October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                      2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,     December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008     2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Discount rate
    5.06 %       5.16 %     6.37 %     6.10 %     6.07 %     5.06 %       5.16 %     6.37 %     6.10 %     6.07 %
Range of compensation rate increase
    N/A *       N/A *     N/A *     N/A *     N/A *     N/A         N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    7.50 %       7.50 %     7.50 %     8.25 %     8.25 %     N/A         N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
 
 
* The Company curtailed the U.S. Pension Plans during the year ended June 30, 2006.
 


130


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                           
    International Pension Plans
    Successor     Predecessor
    October 19,
    July 1,
           
    2010 to
    2010 to
           
    December 31,
    October 18,
  Years Ended June 30,
    2010     2010   2010   2009   2008
Discount rate
    5.15 %       5.09 %     6.07 %     5.89 %     5.39 %
Range of compensation rate increase
    3.66 %       3.58 %     3.57 %     3.88 %     3.61 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    6.10 %       6.37 %     6.42 %     6.51 %     7.00 %
 
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined by expected future returns on the asset categories in target investment allocation. These expected returns are based on historical returns for each asset’s category adjusted for an assessment of current market conditions.
 
The assumed healthcare cost trend rates are as follows:
 
                                           
    Successor     Predecessor
    October 19,
    July 1,
           
    2010 to
    2010 to
           
    December 31,
    October 18,
  Years Ended June 30,
    2010     2010   2010   2009   2008
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
    8.00 %       8.00 %     8.00 %     8.50 %     9.00 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
    5.00 %       5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
    2020         2020       2020       2016       2016  
 
Assumed healthcare cost trend rates do not have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement healthcare plans, since a one-percentage point increase or decrease in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate would have a minimal effect on service and interest cost for the postretirement obligation.

131


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Plan Assets
 
The fair value of the major categories of pension plan assets for U.S. and International Pension Plans at December 31, 2010 is presented below:
 
                                   
    U.S.
    International
      U.S.
    International
 
    Pension Plan     Pension Plans       Pension Plan     Pension Plans  
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010     2010       2010     2010  
Level 2:
                                 
Cash and Cash equivalents(a)
  $ 8.0     $ 0.2       $ 7.7     $ 0.3  
Equity Securities(b):
                                 
U.S. 
    58.1       4.0         49.2       3.2  
Non — U.S. 
    13.6       10.7         11.8       8.3  
Fixed Income(b) :
                                 
Corporate Bonds and Notes
    24.1               20.6        
U.S. Government Treasuries
    7.2               6.3        
International Debt
    5.7               4.9        
Mortgage-Backed Securities
    0.8               4.5        
U.S. Government Agencies
    1.8               1.9        
Asset-Backed Securities
    0.3               1.0        
Municipal Bonds
    1.1               0.8        
Non- U.S. Bonds
    0.3       6.8         0.2       6.2  
Other(c)
    1.1       0.4         0.8       0.3  
                                   
Total fair value of plan assets
  $ 122.1     $ 22.1       $ 109.7     $ 18.3  
                                   
 
 
(a) Short-term investments in money market funds and short term receivables for investments sold
 
(b) Securities held in common commingled trust funds
 
(c) Other securities held in common commingled trust funds including interest rate swaps and foreign currency contracts
 
The Company categorizes plan assets within a three level fair value hierarchy as described in Note 2. Pooled funds are primarily classified as Level 2 and are valued using net asset values of participation units held in common collective trusts, as reported by the managers of the trusts and as supported by the unit prices of actual purchase and sale transactions. The fair value of plan assets for U.S. Pension Plan and International Pension Plans as of June 30, 2009 was $97.9 million and $16.6 million, respectively.
 
The investment objective for the U.S. Pension Plans and International Pension Plans is to secure the benefit obligations to participants while minimizing costs to the Company. The goal is to optimize the long-term return on plan assets at an average level of risk. The portfolio of equity securities, currently targeted at 60% for U.S. Pension Plan and 70% for International Plan, includes primarily large-capitalization companies with a mix of small-capitalization U.S. and foreign companies well diversified by industry. The portfolio of fixed income asset allocation, currently targeted at 40% for U.S. Plan and 30% for International Plan, is actively managed and consists of long duration fixed income securities primarily in U.S. debt markets and non — U.S. bonds with long-term maturities that help to reduce exposure to interest variation and to better correlate asset maturities with obligations.


132


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Estimated Future Cash Flows
 
Total contributions to the U.S. Pension Plans and International Pension Plans were $0.2 million for the period October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010, $0.4 million for the period July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010, and $3.5 million, $25.7 million and $6.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The U.S. and International Pension Plans’ and U.S. Retiree Medical Plan’s expected contributions to be paid in the next fiscal year, the projected benefit payments for each of the next five fiscal years and the total aggregate amount for the subsequent five fiscal years are as follows:
 
                         
    U.S. Pension
  International
  U.S. Retiree
    Plans   Pension Plans   Medical Plan*
 
Estimated Net Contributions During Fiscal 2011:
  $ 6.9     $ 1.2     $ 1.0  
Estimated Future Year Benefit Payments During Years Ended December 31,:
                       
2011
  $ 7.0     $ 0.5     $ 1.0  
2012
  $ 7.2     $ 0.6     $ 1.1  
2013
  $ 8.0     $ 0.6     $ 1.3  
2014
  $ 8.5     $ 0.7     $ 1.5  
2015
  $ 9.4     $ 0.7     $ 1.8  
2016 — 2020
  $ 57.3     $ 4.9     $ 11.0  
 
 
* Net of Part D Subsidy
 
Note 20.   Other Operating (Income) Expenses, Net
 
Other operating (income) expenses, net, consist of the following (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Net (gains) losses on disposal of assets restaurant closures and refranchisings
  $ 3.0       $ (3.2 )   $ (2.4 )   $ (8.5 )   $ (9.8 )
Litigation settlements and reserves, net
    4.8         1.5       (0.2 )     0.2       1.1  
Foreign exchange net (gains) losses
    (18.8 )       (1.4 )     (3.3 )     8.4       2.3  
Other, net
    (0.7 )       (0.5 )     5.2       1.8       5.8  
                                           
Other operating (income) expense, net
  $ (11.7 )     $ (3.6 )   $ (0.7 )   $ 1.9     $ (0.6 )
                                           
 
The amounts included in litigation settlements and reserves, net, represent amounts reserved as the Company’s best estimate of losses to be incurred in connection with the disposition of the litigation matters further discussed in Note 21.
 
The increase in foreign exchange net (gains) losses for the period of October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010 is primarily due to the foreign exchange impact of the €250 million tranche of the New Term Loan Facility. See Note 13.
 
The $5.2 million of other, net within other operating (income) expense, net for year ended June 30, 2010 includes a $2.4 million charge related to consumption tax in EMEA, $1.5 million of severance costs related to refranchisings in Germany, $1.0 million of franchise workout costs and a $0.7 million contract termination fee, partially offset by $1.1 million of income recorded in connection with the expiration of gift cards in the U.S.


133


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The $1.8 million of other, net within other operating (income) expense, net for the year ended June 30, 2009 consists primarily of $1.7 million of franchise workout costs.
 
The $5.8 million of other, net within other operating (income) expenses, net for the year ended June 30, 2008 includes $3.1 million of franchise workout costs and $1.9 million of settlement losses associated with the acquisition of franchise restaurants.
 
Note 21.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Guarantees
 
The Company guarantees certain lease payments of franchisees arising from leases assigned in connection with sales of Company restaurants to franchisees, by remaining secondarily liable for base and contingent rents under the assigned leases of varying terms. The maximum contingent rent amount is not determinable as the amount is based on future revenues. In the event of default by the franchisees, the Company has typically retained the right to acquire possession of the related restaurants, subject to landlord consent. The aggregate contingent obligation arising from these assigned lease guarantees, excluding contingent rents, was $68.6 million as of December 31, 2010, expiring over an average period of seven years.
 
Other commitments arising out of normal business operations were $6.2 million as of December 31, 2010, of which $6.1 million was guaranteed under bank guarantee arrangements.
 
Letters of Credit
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $38.0 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding, which were issued primarily to certain insurance carriers to guarantee payments of deductibles for various insurance programs, such as health and commercial liability insurance. Such letters of credit are secured by the collateral under the Company’s revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2010, no amounts had been drawn on any of these irrevocable standby letters of credit.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had posted bonds totaling $3.9 million, which related to certain utility deposits and capital projects.
 
Vendor Relationships
 
During the year ended June 30, 2000, the Company entered into long-term, exclusive contracts with The Coca-Cola Company and with Dr Pepper/Seven Up, Inc. to supply the Company and its franchise restaurants with their products and obligating Burger King® restaurants in the United States to purchase a specified number of gallons of soft drink syrup. These volume commitments are not subject to any time limit. As of December 31, 2010, the Company estimates that it will take approximately 14 years to complete the Coca-Cola and Dr Pepper/Seven Up, Inc. purchase commitments. In the event of early termination of these arrangements, the Company may be required to make termination payments that could be material to the Company’s results of operations and financial position. Additionally, in connection with these contracts, the Company received upfront fees, which are being amortized over the term of the contracts. As of December 31, 2010 the deferred amounts totaled $14.4 million and as of June 30, 2010 and 2009 the deferred amounts totaled $14.9 million and $16.1 million, respectively. These deferred amounts are amortized as a reduction to food, paper and product costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $11.9 million in aggregate contractual obligations for the year ended December 31, 2010 with vendors providing information technology and telecommunication services under multiple arrangements. These contracts extend up to five years with a termination fee ranging from $0.5 million to $2.1 million during those years. The Company also has separate arrangements for telecommunication services with an aggregate contractual obligation of $4.8 million over five years with no early termination fee.


134


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company also enters into commitments to purchase advertising. As of December 31, 2010, commitments to purchase advertising totaled $104.3 million and run through December 2012.
 
Litigation
 
On July 30, 2008, BKC was sued by four Florida franchisees over its decision to mandate extended operating hours in the United States. The plaintiffs seek damages, declaratory relief and injunctive relief. The court dismissed the plaintiffs’ original complaint in November 2008. In December 2008, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. In August 2010, the court entered an order reaffirming the legal bases for dismissal of the original complaint, again holding that BKC had the authority under its franchise agreements to mandate extended operating hours. The court held a hearing on December 7, 2010 and stated that, in light of the ruling that the hours clause was unambiguous, it would grant BKC’s motion to dismiss, with prejudice, on seven of the eight claims in the amended complaint. The court denied the motion to dismiss on one claim in the amended complaint, that the hours clause was “unconscionable” under Florida law. The case will now continue through the discovery process on that remaining claim.
 
On September 10, 2008, a class action lawsuit was filed against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleged that all 96 Burger King restaurants in California leased by the Company and operated by franchisees violate accessibility requirements under federal and state law. In September 2009, the court issued a decision on the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. In its decision, the court limited the class action to the 10 restaurants visited by the named plaintiffs, with a separate class of plaintiffs for each of the 10 restaurants and 10 separate trials. In March 2010, the Company agreed to settle the lawsuit with respect to the 10 restaurants and, in July 2010, the court gave final approval to the settlement. In February 2011, a class action lawsuit was filed with respect to the other 86 restaurants. The Company intends to vigorously defend against all claims in the lawsuit, but the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this litigation.
 
The National Franchisee Association, Inc. and several individual franchisees filed two class action lawsuits on November 10, 2009, and June 15, 2010, respectively, claiming to represent Burger King franchisees. The lawsuits seek a judicial declaration that the franchise agreements between BKC and its franchisees do not obligate the franchisees to comply with maximum price points set by BKC for products on the BK Value Menu sold by the franchisees, specifically the 1/4 lb. Double Cheeseburger and the Buck Double. The Family Dining plaintiffs also seek monetary damages for financial loss incurred by franchisees who were required to sell those products for no more than $1.00. In May 2010, the court entered an order in the National Franchisee Association case granting in part BKC’s motion to dismiss. The court held that BKC had the authority under its franchise agreements to set maximum prices but that, for purposes of a motion to dismiss, the NFA had asserted a “plausible” claim that BKC’s decision may not have been made in good faith. Both cases were consolidated into a single consolidated class action complaint which BKC moved to dismiss on September 22, 2010. On November 19, 2010, the court issued an order granting BKC’s motion to dismiss on all claims in the consolidated complaint with prejudice. On December 14, 2010, the plaintiffs filed a motion asking the court to reconsider its decision, and on December 17, 2010, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals. On February 2, 2011, the court permitted the plaintiffs to file an amended complaint. Discovery is now complete, and the court has instructed BKC to file a motion for summary judgment by April 1, 2011.
 
On September 3, 2010, four purported class action complaints were filed in the Circuit Court for the County of Miami-Dade, Florida, by purported shareholders of the Company, in connection with the tender offer and the merger. Each of the four complaints (collectively, the “Florida Actions”) names as defendants the Company, each member of the Company’s board of directors (the “Individual Defendants”) and 3G Capital. The suits generally allege that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company’s shareholders in connection with the proposed sale of the Company and that 3G Capital and the Company aided and abetted the purported breaches of fiduciary duties.
 
On September 8, 2010, another putative shareholder class action suit was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery against the Individual Defendants, the Company, 3G, 3G Capital, Blue Acquisition Holding Corporation


135


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
and Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc. The complaint generally alleges that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to maximize shareholder value by entering into the proposed transaction via an unfair process and at an unfair price, and that the merger agreement contains provisions that unreasonably dissuade potential suitors from making competing offers. On September 27, 2010, another putative shareholder class action suit was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery against the Individual Defendants. Like the first Delaware Action, the Debardelaben complaint asserts that the Company’s directors breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the tender offer, and that the Company and 3G Capital aided and abetted that breach. This action also seeks both monetary and injunctive relief. On September 29, 2010, the Delaware court entered an order consolidating the Debardelaben and Queiroz actions (“Delaware Actions”).
 
On December 30, 2010, a proposed settlement was reached with the plaintiffs in the Florida Actions and Delaware Actions. The principal terms of the proposed settlement include additional disclosures about the Merger that were provided to Burger King shareholders in the Company’s 14D-9, dismissal of the Florida and Delaware actions, mutual releases and the payment of up to $1 million in attorneys’ fees and expenses to Plaintiffs’ counsel.
 
On March 16, 2011, the Florida court will rule on a motion to preliminarily approve the proposed settlement. If the court grants the motion, it will order that the class be provided with notice of the proposed settlement, provide a timetable for any objections to it, and set a date for a hearing on whether to finally approve the settlement.
 
From time to time, the Company is involved in other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees and customers, as well as disputes over our intellectual property.
 
At December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, liabilities totaling $3.2 million, $0.2 million and $3.2 million, respectively, were included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets to reflect the Company’s best estimate of the loss to be incurred in connection with the disposition of the matters noted above. Although it is reasonably possible that the loss will exceed this amount, the Company does not believe any such matter currently being reviewed will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
 
Other
 
The Company carries insurance programs to cover claims such as workers’ compensation, general liability, automotive liability, executive risk and property, and is self-insured for healthcare claims for eligible participating employees. Through the use of insurance program deductibles (ranging from $0.1 million to $2.5 million) and self insurance, the Company retains a significant portion of the expected losses under these programs.
 
Insurance reserves have been recorded based on the Company’s estimate of the anticipated ultimate costs to settle all claims, both reported and incurred-but-not-reported (IBNR), and such reserves include judgments and independent actuarial assumptions about economic conditions, the frequency or severity of claims and claim development patterns, and claim reserve, management and settlement practices. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $34.4 million, $37.1 million and $39.5 million, respectively, in accrued liabilities for such claims.
 
Note 22.   Segment Reporting
 
The Company operates in the fast food hamburger category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Revenues include retail sales at Company restaurants, franchise revenues, consisting of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchise restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees, and property revenues. The business is managed in three distinct geographic segments: (1) United States and Canada; (2) Europe, the Middle East and Africa and Asia Pacific (“EMEA/APAC”); and (3) Latin America.
 
The unallocated amounts reflected in certain tables below include corporate support costs in areas such as facilities, finance, human resources, information technology, legal, marketing and supply chain management,


136


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
which benefit all of the Company’s geographic segments and system-wide restaurants and are not allocated specifically to any of the geographic segments.
 
The following tables present revenues, income from operations, depreciation and amortization, total assets, long-lived assets and capital expenditures by geographic segment (in millions):
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
      July 1,
                   
    2010 to
      2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Revenues:
                                         
United States and Canada
  $ 314.5       $ 483.2     $ 1,695.2     $ 1,743.0     $ 1,578.5  
EMEA/APAC
    126.5         200.5       698.0       687.4       760.8  
Latin America
    24.8         34.0       109.0       107.0       115.4  
                                           
Total revenues
  $ 465.8       $ 717.7     $ 2,502.2     $ 2,537.4     $ 2,454.7  
                                           
 
For the periods of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010, other than the United States, no other individual country represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues. Revenues in the United States totaled $282.7 million and $437.4 million, for the periods of October 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010 and July 1, 2010 to October 18, 2010, respectively, and $1.5 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.4 billion for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, revenues in Germany represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues and totaled $281.9 million, $307.2 million and $349.5 million, respectively.
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
                           
    2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Income (loss) from Operations:
                                         
United States and Canada
  $ 59.1       $ 118.8     $ 346.7     $ 345.7     $ 349.7  
EMEA/APAC
    (2.9 )       32.6       84.6       83.6       91.8  
Latin America
    6.9         10.4       38.2       37.8       41.4  
Unallocated
    (134.6 )       (60.3 )     (136.6 )     (127.7 )     (128.7 )
                                           
Total income (loss) from operations
    (71.5 )       101.5       332.9       339.4       354.2  
Interest expense, net
    61.0         14.6       48.6       54.6       61.2  
                                           
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (132.5 )       86.9       284.3       284.8       293.0  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (26.9 )       15.8       97.5       84.7       103.4  
                                           
Net income (loss)
  $ (105.6 )     $ 71.1     $ 186.8     $ 200.1     $ 189.6  
                                           
 


137


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
                           
    2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
                   
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Depreciation and Amortization:
                                         
United States and Canada
  $ 21.1       $ 20.2     $ 72.8     $ 63.4     $ 64.0  
EMEA/APAC
    8.1         5.0       18.0       15.7       14.1  
Latin America
    1.1         1.5       4.9       5.6       4.5  
Unallocated
    3.1         4.5       16.0       13.4       13.0  
                                           
Total depreciation and amortization
  $ 33.4       $ 31.2     $ 111.7     $ 98.1     $ 95.6  
                                           
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
Assets:
                         
United States and Canada
  $ 3,442.0       $ 2,047.6     $ 2,004.3  
EMEA/APAC
    1,486.9         592.5       598.2  
Latin America
    63.2         66.8       59.5  
Unallocated
    567.3         40.3       45.1  
                           
Total assets
  $ 5,559.4       $ 2,747.2     $ 2,707.1  
                           
 
The goodwill reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets of $529.9 million as of December 31, 2010 has not yet been allocated to reporting units and is therefore included in unallocated. The goodwill reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets of $31.0 million and $26.4 million as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, was primarily attributable to the Company’s United States and Canada geographic segment.
 
                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    As of December 31,       As of June 30,  
    2010       2010     2009  
Long-Lived Assets:
                         
United States and Canada
  $ 1,147.2       $ 960.7     $ 945.0  
EMEA/APAC
    106.0         113.6       121.3  
Latin America
    38.3         38.0       37.1  
Unallocated
    42.1         40.3       45.1  
                           
Total long-lived assets
  $ 1,333.6       $ 1,152.6     $ 1,148.5  
                           
 
Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net, and net investment in property leased to franchisees. Only the United States represented 10% or more of the Company’s total long-lived assets as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009. Long-lived assets in the United States, including the unallocated portion, totaled $1,102.3 million, $923.2 million and $917.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Refer to Note 1 for the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments.
 

138


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor  
    October 19,
                           
    2010 to
      July 1, 2010 to
                   
    December 31,
      October 18,
    Years Ended June 30,  
    2010       2010     2010     2009     2008  
Capital Expenditures:
                                         
United States and Canada
  $ 17.4       $ 11.0     $ 99.9     $ 146.9     $ 121.9  
EMEA/APAC
    5.4         3.2       30.9       30.7       28.6  
Latin America
    1.1         0.3       5.4       7.6       9.4  
Unallocated
    4.5         3.7       14.1       18.8       18.3  
                                           
Total capital expenditures
  $ 28.4       $ 18.2     $ 150.3     $ 204.0     $ 178.2  
                                           
 
Note 23.   Supplemental Financial Information
 
On October 19, 2010, BKC issued $800 million of 97/8% Senior Notes due 2018. These Notes are irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by the Company and the U.S. subsidiaries of BKC (the “Guarantors”).
 
The following represent the condensed consolidating financial information for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the non-U.S. subsidiaries of BKC (the “Non-Guarantors”), together with eliminations, as of and for the periods indicated. The consolidating financial information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial position, results of operations or cash flows had BKC, Guarantors and Non-Guarantors operated as independent entities.

139


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Successor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
As Of December 31, 2010
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                                       
Current assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 132.9     $ 0.7     $ 73.4           $ 207.0  
Trade and notes receivable, net
    94.4             53.6             148.0  
Prepaids and other current assets
    131.5             27.7             159.2  
Deferred income taxes, net
    22.3             0.9             23.2  
                                         
Total current assets
    381.1       0.7       155.6             537.4  
                                         
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    973.8             219.8             1,193.6  
Intangible assets, net
    1,782.9       34.1       1,114.9             2,931.9  
Goodwill
    529.9                         529.9  
Net investment in property leased to franchisees
    128.4             11.6             140.0  
Intercompany receivable
    454.1                     (454.1 )      
Investment in subsidiaries
    911.8       1,505.5             (2,417.3 )      
Other assets, net
    194.5             32.1             226.6  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 5,356.5     $ 1,540.3     $ 1,534.0     $ (2,871.4 )   $ 5,559.4  
                                         
                                         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                                       
Current liabilities:
                                       
Accounts and drafts payable
  $ 58.5     $     $ 31.7           $ 90.2  
Accrued advertising
    62.6             19.9             82.5  
Other accrued liabilities
    166.3       0.1       83.0             249.4  
Current portion of long term debt and capital leases
    31.0             1.9             32.9  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    318.4       0.1       136.5             455.0  
                                         
Term debt, net of current portion
    2,652.0                         2,652.0  
Capital leases, net of current portion
    45.2             18.5             63.7  
Other liabilities, net
    191.3       0.1       16.8             208.2  
Payables to affiliates
          85.1       369.0       (454.1 )      
Deferred income taxes, net
    644.1             81.4             725.5  
                                         
Total liabilities
    3,851.0       85.3       622.2       (454.1 )     4,104.4  
                                         
Stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Additional paid-in capital
    1,613.0       1,563.5       965.7       (2,578.7 )     1,563.5  
Accumulated Deficit
    (104.6 )     (105.6 )     (23.6 )     128.2       (105.6 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (2.9 )     (2.9 )     (30.3 )     33.2       (2.9 )
                                         
Total stockholder’s equity
    1,505.5       1,455.0       911.8       (2,417.3 )     1,455.0  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity
  $ 5,356.5     $ 1,540.3     $ 1,534.0     $ (2,871.4 )   $ 5,559.4  
                                         


140


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
As of June 30, 2010
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                                       
Current assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 70.2     $     $ 117.4     $     $ 187.6  
Trade and notes receivable, net
    101.0             41.9             142.9  
Prepaids and other current assets
    63.8             24.6             88.4  
Deferred income taxes, net
    14.0             1.1             15.1  
                                         
Total current assets
    249.0             185.0             434.0  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    796.0             218.1             1,014.1  
Intangible assets, net
    748.6             276.8             1,025.4  
Goodwill
    25.6             5.4             31.0  
Net investment in property leased to franchisees
    127.3             11.2             138.5  
Intercompany receivable
    477.2                   (477.2 )      
Investment in subsidiaries
    135.7       1,205.0             (1,340.7 )      
Other assets, net
    52.2             52.0             104.2  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 2,611.6     $ 1,205.0     $ 748.5     $ (1,817.9 )   $ 2,747.2  
                                         
                                         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                                       
Current liabilities:
                                       
Accounts and drafts payable
  $ 72.9     $     $ 34.0           $ 106.9  
Accrued advertising
    42.5             29.4             71.9  
Other accrued liabilities
    137.4       0.5       63.0             200.9  
Current portion of long term debt and capital leases
    91.6             1.7             93.3  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    344.4       0.5       128.1             473.0  
Term debt, net of current portion
    667.4             0.3             667.7  
Capital leases, net of current portion
    47.1             18.2             65.3  
Other liabilities, net
    281.3       0.3       63.0             344.6  
Payables to Affiliates
          75.8       401.4       (477.2 )      
Deferred income taxes, net
    66.4             1.8             68.2  
                                         
Total liabilities
    1,406.6       76.6       612.8       (477.2 )     1,618.8  
Stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Common stock
          1.4                   1.4  
Additional paid-in capital
    571.3       647.2       53.8       (625.1 )     647.2  
Retained earnings
    700.6       608.0       99.7       (800.3 )     608.0  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (66.9 )     (66.9 )     (17.8 )     84.7       (66.9 )
Treasury Stock
          (61.3 )                 (61.3 )
                                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,205.0       1,128.4       135.7       (1,340.7 )     1,128.4  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,611.6     $ 1,205.0     $ 748.5     $ (1,817.9 )   $ 2,747.2  
                                         


141


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
As of June 30, 2009
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                                       
Current assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 19.1     $     $ 102.6             $ 121.7  
Trade and notes receivable, net
    89.3             40.7               130.0  
Prepaids and other current assets
    63.9             22.5               86.4  
Deferred income taxes, net
    30.9             1.6               32.5  
                                         
Total current assets
    203.2             167.4             370.6  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    793.1             220.1               1,013.2  
Intangible assets, net
    756.5             306.2               1,062.7  
Goodwill
    25.9             0.5               26.4  
Net investment in property leased to franchisees
    124.0             11.3               135.3  
Intercompany receivable
    493.6                   (493.6 )      
Investment in subsidiaries
    73.8       1,018.7             (1,092.5 )      
Other assets, net
    55.8             43.1               98.9  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 2,525.9     $ 1,018.7     $ 748.6     $ (1,586.1 )   $ 2,707.1  
                                         
                                         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                                       
Current liabilities:
                                       
Accounts and drafts payable
  $ 91.7     $     $ 35.3             $ 127.0  
Accrued advertising
    43.1             24.7               67.8  
Other accrued liabilities
    152.3             67.7               220.0  
Current portion of long term debt and capital leases
    66.1             1.4               67.5  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    353.2             129.1             482.3  
Term debt, net of current portion
    755.6                           755.6  
Capital leases, net of current portion
    48.6             17.2               65.8  
Other liabilities, net
    276.9       0.8       76.8               354.5  
Payables to Affiliates
          43.1       450.5       (493.6 )      
Deferred income taxes, net
    72.9             1.2               74.1  
                                         
Total liabilities
    1,507.2       43.9       674.8       (493.6 )     1,732.3  
Stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Common stock
          1.4                     1.4  
Additional paid-in capital
    550.8       623.4       28.6       (579.4 )     623.4  
Retained earnings
    513.8       455.4       56.0       (569.8 )     455.4  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (45.9 )     (45.9 )     (10.8 )     56.7       (45.9 )
Treasury Stock
          (59.5 )                   (59.5 )
                                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,018.7       974.8       73.8       (1,092.5 )     974.8  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,525.9     $ 1,018.7     $ 748.6     $ (1,586.1 )   $ 2,707.1  
                                         


142


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Successor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For The Period from October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 208.2     $     $ 123.5     $     $ 331.7  
Franchise revenues
    69.7             41.8             111.5  
Intercompany revenues
    1.3             1.4       (2.7 )      
Property revenues
    17.1             5.5             22.6  
                                         
Total revenues
    296.3             172.2       (2.7 )     465.8  
Company restaurant expenses:
                                       
Food, paper and product costs
    63.7             38.9             102.6  
Payroll and employee benefits
    63.1             35.2             98.3  
Occupancy and other operating costs
    55.0             38.2             93.2  
                                         
Total company restaurant expenses
    181.8             112.3             294.1  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    176.4       0.9       62.9             240.2  
Intercompany expenses
    1.4             1.3       (2.7 )      
Property expenses
    9.7             5.0             14.7  
Other operating (income) expense, net
    (10.7 )     0.1       (1.1 )           (11.7 )
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    358.6       1.0       180.4       (2.7 )     537.3  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (62.3 )     (1.0 )     (8.2 )           (71.5 )
Interest expense
    60.6             0.6             61.2  
Intercompany interest (income) expense
    (1.9 )           1.9              
Interest income
    (0.2 )                       (0.2 )
                                         
Total interest expense, net
    58.5             2.5             61.0  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (120.8 )     (1.0 )     (10.7 )           (132.5 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (39.8 )           12.9             (26.9 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (81.0 )     (1.0 )     (23.6 )           (105.6 )
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (23.6 )     (104.6 )           128.2        
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (104.6 )   $ (105.6 )   $ (23.6 )   $ 128.2     $ (105.6 )
                                         


143


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For The Period from July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 320.7     $     $ 193.8     $     $ 514.5  
Franchise revenues
    107.4             61.8             169.2  
Intercompany revenues
    1.9             2.6       (4.5 )      
Property revenues
    25.8             8.2             34.0  
                                         
Total revenues
    455.8             266.4       (4.5 )     717.7  
Company restaurant expenses:
                                       
Food, paper and product costs
    102.6             60.0             162.6  
Payroll and employee benefits
    98.0             56.2             154.2  
Occupancy and other operating costs
    73.1             54.6             127.7  
                                         
Total company restaurant expenses
    273.7             170.8             444.5  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    100.2             56.6             156.8  
Intercompany expenses
    2.6             1.9       (4.5 )      
Property expenses
    11.2             7.3             18.5  
Other operating (income) expense, net
    (4.0 )           0.4             (3.6 )
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    383.7             237.0       (4.5 )     616.2  
                                         
Income from operations
    72.1             29.4             101.5  
                                         
Interest expense
    14.0             0.9             14.9  
Intercompany interest (income) expense
    (2.8 )           2.8              
Interest income
    (0.3 )                       (0.3 )
                                         
Total interest expense, net
    10.9             3.7             14.6  
Income before income taxes
    61.2             25.7             86.9  
Income tax expense
    19.6             (3.8 )           15.8  
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    41.6             29.5             71.1  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    29.5       71.1             (100.6 )      
                                         
Net income
  $ 71.1     $ 71.1     $ 29.5     $ (100.6 )   $ 71.1  
                                         


144


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For The Year Ended June 30, 2010
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 1,153.1     $     $ 686.2     $     $ 1,839.3  
Franchise revenues
    358.7             190.5             549.2  
Intercompany royalties
    6.0             6.6       (12.6 )      
Property revenues
    84.9             28.8             113.7  
                                         
Total revenues
    1,602.7             912.1       (12.6 )     2,502.2  
Company restaurant expenses:
                                       
Food, paper and product costs
    373.6             211.4             585.0  
Payroll and employee benefits
    356.3             212.4             568.7  
Occupancy and other operating costs
    265.4             195.7             461.1  
                                         
Total company restaurant expenses
    995.3             619.5             1,614.8  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    301.9             193.9             495.8  
Intercompany selling, general and administrative expenses
    6.6             6.0       (12.6 )      
Property expenses
    34.4             25.0             59.4  
Other operating (income) expense, net
    (0.5 )           (0.2 )           (0.7 )
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,337.7             844.2       (12.6 )     2,169.3  
                                         
Income from operations
    265.0             67.9             332.9  
                                         
Interest expense
    46.9             2.7             49.6  
Intercompany interest (income) expense
    (10.3 )           10.3              
Interest income
                (1.0 )           (1.0 )
                                         
Total interest expense, net
    36.6             12.0             48.6  
Income before income taxes
    228.4             55.9             284.3  
Income tax expense
    85.4             12.1             97.5  
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    143.0             43.8             186.8  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    43.8       186.8             (230.6 )      
                                         
Net income
  $ 186.8     $ 186.8     $ 43.8       (230.6 )   $ 186.8  
                                         


145


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For The Year Ended June 30, 2009
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 1,192.9     $     $ 687.6     $     $ 1,880.5  
Franchise revenues
    366.3             177.1             543.4  
Intercompany royalties
    14.3                   (14.3 )      
Property revenues
    83.5             30.0             113.5  
                                         
Total revenues
    1,657.0             894.7       (14.3 )     2,537.4  
Company restaurant expenses:
                                       
Food, paper and product costs
    389.6             214.1             603.7  
Payroll and employee benefits
    369.8             212.4             582.2  
Occupancy and other operating costs
    272.3             185.5             457.8  
                                         
Total company restaurant expenses
    1,031.7             612.0             1,643.7  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    315.4             178.9             494.3  
Intercompany selling, general and administrative expenses
                14.3       (14.3 )      
Property expenses
    30.7             27.4             58.1  
Other operating (income) expense, net
    6.4             (4.5 )           1.9  
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,384.2             828.1       (14.3 )     2,198.0  
                                         
Income from operations
    272.8             66.6             339.4  
Interest expense
    54.8             2.5             57.3  
Intercompany interest (income) expense
    (21.0 )           21.0              
Interest income
    (1.6 )           (1.1 )           (2.7 )
                                         
Total interest expense, net
    32.2             22.4             54.6  
Income before income taxes
    240.6             44.2             284.8  
Income tax expense
    78.4             6.3             84.7  
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    162.2             37.9             200.1  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    37.9       200.1             (238.0 )      
                                         
Net income
  $ 200.1     $ 200.1     $ 37.9       (238.0 )   $ 200.1  
                                         


146


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For The Year Ended June 30, 2008
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantors     Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Company restaurant revenues
  $ 1,017.2     $     $ 778.7     $     $ 1,795.9  
Franchise revenues
    359.4             177.8             537.2  
Intercompany Royalties
    20.5                   (20.5 )      
Property revenues
    84.6             37.0             121.6  
                                         
Total revenues
    1,481.7             993.5       (20.5 )     2,454.7  
Company restaurant expenses:
                                       
Food, paper and product costs
    327.1             237.2             564.3  
Payroll and employee benefits
    308.6             226.1             534.7  
Occupancy and other operating costs
    232.9             206.1             439.0  
                                         
Total company restaurant expenses
    868.6             669.4             1,538.0  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    308.0             193.0             501.0  
Intercompany expenses
                20.5       (20.5 )      
Property expenses
    30.7             31.4             62.1  
Other operating (income) expense, net
    (2.0 )           1.4             (0.6 )
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,205.3             915.7       (20.5 )     2,100.5  
                                         
Income from operations
    276.4             77.8             354.2  
Interest expense
    64.1             3.0             67.1  
Intercompany interest
    (28.7 )           28.7              
Interest income
    (3.7 )           (2.2 )           (5.9 )
                                         
Total interest expense, net
    31.7             29.5             61.2  
Income before income taxes
    244.7             48.3             293.0  
Income tax expense
    83.7             19.7             103.4  
                                         
Income from continuing operations
    161.0             28.6             189.6  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    28.6       189.6             (218.2 )      
                                         
Net Income
  $ 189.6     $ 189.6     $ 28.6     $ (218.2 )   $ 189.6  
                                         


147


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Successor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
For The Period From October 19, 2010 through December 31, 2010
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantor     Guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (104.6 )   $ (105.6 )   $ (23.6 )   $ 128.2     $ (105.6 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
    23.6       104.6             (128.2 )      
Depreciation and amortization
    22.4             11.0             33.4  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    2.4                         2.4  
Amortization of deferred financing cost and debt issuance discount
    2.6                         2.6  
Gain on hedging activities
    0.0                          
(Gain) loss on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions
    (2.0 )           (1.2 )           (3.2 )
Loss on refranchisings, dispositions of assets and release of unfavorable lease obligation
    0.8                         0.8  
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries
    2.1             0.7             2.8  
Deferred income taxes
    3.3             10.6             13.9  
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
                                     
Trade and notes receivables
    (27.6 )           (6.7 )           (34.3 )
Prepaids and other current assets
    (59.3 )           2.0             (57.3 )
Accounts and drafts payable
    (35.4 )           8.9             (26.5 )
Accrued advertising
    9.1             (2.3 )           6.8  
Other accrued liabilities
    35.4       0.1       9.4             44.9  
Other long-term assets and liabilities
    (5.5 )           (3.2 )     (0.2 )     (8.9 )
                                         
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities
    (132.7 )     (0.9 )     5.6       (0.2 )     (128.2 )
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Payments for property and equipment
    (18.4 )           (10.0 )           (28.4 )
Proceeds from refranchisings, disposition of assets and restaurant closures
    2.2             3.5             5.7  
Payments for acquired franchisee operations, net of cash acquired
                             
Return of investment on direct financing leases
    1.3             0.1             1.4  
Other investing activities
    1.4                         1.4  
Net payment for purchase of BKH
          (3,325.4 )                 (3,325.4 )
                                         
Net cash used for investing activities
    (13.5 )     (3,325.4 )     (6.4 )           (3,345.3 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Repayments of term debt and capital leases
    (3.2 )                       (3.2 )
Proceeds from New Term Loans and other debt
          1,837.1                   1,837.1  
Proceeds from Senior Notes
          800.0                   800.0  
Payment of deferred financing cost
    (69.2 )                       (69.2 )
Extinguishment of debt
    (731.8 )                       (731.8 )
Capital contribution from 3G
          1,563.5                   1,563.5  
Capital distribution from Parent
    875.2       (875.2 )                  
Intercompany Financing
    (3.9 )     0.9       2.8       0.2        
                                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    67.1       3,326.3       2.8       0.2       3,396.4  
                                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    (0.2 )           (2.1 )           (2.3 )
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (79.3 )           (0.1 )           (79.4 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    212.2       0.7       73.5             286.4  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 132.9     $ 0.7     $ 73.4     $     $ 207.0  
                                         


148


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
For The Period From July 1, 2010 through October 18, 2010
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantor     Guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income
  $ 71.1     $ 71.1     $ 29.5     $ (100.6 )   $ 71.1  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
    (29.5 )     (71.1 )           100.6        
Depreciation and amortization
    22.4             8.8             31.2  
Amortization of deferred financing cost
    0.6                         0.6  
Impairment on non-restaurant properties
    0.1                         0.1  
Gain on hedging activities
    (0.4 )                       (0.4 )
(Gain) loss on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions
    (43.2 )           1.7             (41.5 )
Gain on refranchisings, dispositions of assets and release of unfavorable lease obligation
    (1.1 )           (3.5 )           (4.6 )
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries
    1.2             0.9             2.1  
Stock-based compensation
    5.2             0.6             5.8  
Deferred income taxes
    5.8             (7.2 )           (1.4 )
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
                                       
Trade and notes receivables
    29.7             2.3             32.0  
Prepaids and other current assets
    1.8             (4.0 )           (2.2 )
Accounts and drafts payable
    21.0             (12.0 )           9.0  
Accrued advertising
    11.0             (9.7 )           1.3  
Other accrued liabilities
    21.0             8.4             29.4  
Other long-term assets and liabilities
    (4.3 )     (0.8 )     (3.8 )     (2.3 )     (11.2 )
                                         
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
    112.4       (0.8 )     12.0       (2.3 )     121.3  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Payments for property and equipment
    (13.4 )           (4.8 )           (18.2 )
Proceeds from refranchisings, disposition of assets and restaurant closures
    2.9             6.7             9.6  
Return of investment on direct financing leases
    2.3             0.3             2.6  
Other investing activities
    1.2                         1.2  
                                         
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities
    (7.0 )           2.2             (4.8 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Repayments of term debt and capital leases
    (23.1 )           (0.4 )           (23.5 )
Dividends paid on common stock
          (8.6 )                 (8.6 )
Proceeds from stock option exercises
          4.0                   4.0  
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    1.1                         1.1  
Repurchases of common stock
          (2.5 )                 (2.5 )
Intercompany Financing
    61.6       8.6       (72.5 )     2.3        
                                         
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    39.6       1.5       (72.9 )     2.3       (29.5 )
                                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    (3.0 )           14.8             11.8  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    142.0       0.7       (43.9 )           98.8  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    70.2             117.4             187.6  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 212.2     $ 0.7     $ 73.5     $     $ 286.4  
                                         


149


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
For The Year Ended June 30, 2010
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantor     Guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income
  $ 186.8     $ 186.8     $ 43.8     $ (230.6 )   $ 186.8  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
    (43.8 )     (186.8 )           230.6        
Depreciation and amortization
    81.0             30.7             111.7  
Amortization of deferred financing cost
    2.1                         2.1  
Impairment on non-restaurant properties
    2.3             0.6             2.9  
Gain on hedging activities
    (1.6 )                       (1.6 )
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions
    44.4             (3.5 )           40.9  
Gain on refranchisings, dispositions of assets and release of unfavorable lease obligation
    (3.3 )           (6.2 )           (9.5 )
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries
    (0.7 )           1.5             0.8  
Stock-based compensation
    14.3             2.7             17.0  
Deferred income taxes
    16.0             0.9             16.9  
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
                                       
Trade and notes receivables
    (9.8 )           (6.1 )           (15.9 )
Prepaids and other current assets
    0.2             (1.6 )           (1.4 )
Accounts and drafts payable
    (18.9 )           (1.9 )           (20.8 )
Accrued advertising
    (0.5 )           6.9             6.4  
Other accrued liabilities
    (20.6 )           (1.7 )           (22.3 )
Other long-term assets and liabilities
    (2.2 )           (0.7 )     (0.7 )     (3.6 )
                                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    245.7             65.4       (0.7 )     310.4  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Payments for property and equipment
    (106.6 )           (43.7 )           (150.3 )
Proceeds from refranchisings, disposition of assets and restaurant closures
    12.7             8.8             21.5  
Payments for acquired franchisee operations, net of cash acquired
    (0.1 )           (13.90 )           (14.00 )
Return of investment on direct financing leases
    7.4             0.8             8.2  
Other investing activities
    2.7             (3.0 )           (0.3 )
                                         
Net cash used for investing activities
    (83.9 )           (51.0 )           (134.9 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Repayments of term debt and capital leases
    (66.1 )           (1.6 )           (67.7 )
Borrowings under revolving credit facility
    38.5                         38.5  
Repayments of revolving credit facility
    (38.5 )                       (38.5 )
Capital contributions from Parent
    (2.7 )             2.7              
Dividends paid on common stock
          (34.2 )                 (34.2 )
Proceeds from stock option exercises
          4.2                   4.2  
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    3.4             0.1             3.5  
Repurchases of common stock
          (2.7 )                 (2.7 )
Intercompany Financing
    (45.4 )     32.7       12.0       0.7        
                                         
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities
    (110.8 )           13.2       0.7       (96.9 )
                                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    0.1             (12.8 )           (12.7 )
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    51.1             14.8             65.9  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    19.1             102.6             121.7  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 70.2     $     $ 117.4     $     $ 187.6  
                                         


150


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
For The Year Ended June 30, 2009
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                         
    Issuer     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income
  $ 200.1     $ 200.1     $ 37.9     $ (238.0 )   $ 200.1  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
    (37.9 )     (200.1 )           238.0        
Depreciation and amortization
    70.3             27.8             98.1  
Amortization of deferred financing cost
    1.9                         1.9  
Impairment on non-restaurant properties
                0.5             0.5  
Gain on hedging activities
    (1.3 )                       (1.3 )
Loss on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions
    50.1                         50.1  
Gain on refranchisings, dispositions of assets and release of unfavorable lease obligation
    (4.8 )           (6.2 )           (11.0 )
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries
    (1.7 )           2.4             0.7  
Stock-based compensation
    14.3             1.9             16.2  
Deferred income taxes
    15.5             (3.4 )           12.1  
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
                                       
Trade and notes receivables
    4.6             (2.5 )           2.1  
Prepaids and other current assets
    (35.4 )                       (35.4 )
Accounts and drafts payable
    7.4             (4.1 )           3.3  
Accrued advertising
    (19.7 )           12.0             (7.7 )
Other accrued liabilities
    (11.4 )           (9.4 )           (20.8 )
Other long-term assets and liabilities
    (2.5 )     0.4       3.2       0.8       1.9  
                                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    249.5       0.4       60.1       0.8       310.8  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Payments for property and equipment
    (150.9 )           (53.1 )           (204.0 )
Proceeds from refranchisings, disposition of assets and restaurant closures
    19.2             7.2             26.4  
Payments for acquired franchisee operations, net of cash acquired
    (67.0 )           (0.9 )           (67.9 )
Return of investment on direct financing leases
    7.4             0.5             7.9  
Other investing activities
    0.9             (5.3 )           (4.4 )
                                         
Net cash used for investing activities
    (190.4 )           (51.6 )           (242.0 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Repayments of term debt and capital leases
    (6.2 )           (1.2 )           (7.4 )
Borrowings under revolving credit facility
    94.3                         94.3  
Repayments of revolving credit facility
    (144.3 )                       (144.3 )
Capital contributions from Parent
    (3.9 )           3.9              
Dividends paid on common stock
          (34.1 )                 (34.1 )
Proceeds from stock option exercises
          3.0                   3.0  
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    3.9             (0.6 )           3.3  
Repurchases of common stock
          (20.3 )                 (20.3 )
Intercompany Financing
    (33.2 )     51.0       (17.0 )     (0.8 )      
                                         
Net cash used for financing activities
    (89.4 )     (0.4 )     (14.9 )     (0.8 )     (105.5 )
                                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    (0.1 )           (7.5 )           (7.6 )
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (30.4 )           (13.9 )           (44.3 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    49.5             116.5             166.0  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 19.1     $     $ 102.6     $     $ 121.7  
                                         


151


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Predecessor
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
For The Year Ended June 30, 2008
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
 
                                         
                Non-
             
    Issuer     Guarantor     Guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income
  $ 189.6     $ 189.6     $ 28.6       (218.2 )   $ 189.6  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Equity in earnings of subsidiary
    (28.6 )     (189.6 )           218.2        
Depreciation and amortization
    69.8             25.8             95.6  
Gain on hedging activities
    (2.0 )                       (2.0 )
Gain (loss) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions
    (57.2 )           1.6             (55.6 )
Gain on refranchisings, dispositions of assets and release of unfavorable lease obligation
    (6.1 )           (10.7 )           (16.8 )
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries
    (4.5 )           1.8             (2.7 )
Stock-based compensation
    11.4                   11.4          
Deferred income taxes
    11.8             8.5             20.3  
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
                                       
Trade and notes receivables
    (4.9 )           (3.7 )           (8.6 )
Prepaids and other current assets
    15.1             (0.2 )           14.9  
Accounts and drafts payable
    15.5             5.3             20.8  
Accrued advertising
    14.8             (3.7 )           11.1  
Other accrued liabilities
    (6.7 )           0.5             (6.2 )
Other long-term assets and liabilities
    (20.2 )     0.1       (3.3 )     (5.0 )     (28.4 )
                                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    197.8       0.1       50.5       (5.0 )     243.4  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Payments for property and equipment
    (128.3 )           (49.9 )           (178.2 )
Proceeds from refranchisings, disposition of assets and restaurant closures
    12.5             14.5             27.0  
Payments for acquired franchisee operations, net of cash acquired
    (53.6 )           (0.6 )           (54.2 )
Return of investment on direct financing leases
    7.0             0.4             7.4  
Other investing activities
    (0.2 )           (1.1 )           (1.3 )
                                         
Net cash used for investing activities
    (162.6 )           (36.7 )           (199.3 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Repayments of term debt and capital leases
    (54.3 )           (1.2 )           (55.5 )
Borrowings under revolving credit facility
    50.0                         50.0  
Dividends paid on common stock
          (34.2 )                 (34.2 )
Proceeds from stock option exercises
          3.8                   3.8  
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    9.1             0.2             9.3  
Repurchases of common stock
          (35.4 )                 (35.4 )
Intercompany Financing
    (76.4 )     65.7       5.7       5.0        
                                         
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities
    (71.6 )     (0.1 )     4.7       5.0       (62.0 )
                                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    4.0             10.4             14.4  
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (32.4 )           28.9             (3.5 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    81.9             87.6             169.5  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 49.5     $     $ 116.5     $     $ 166.0  
                                         


152


Table of Contents

BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Note 24.   Subsequent Events
 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
 
As discussed in Note 11, on February 15, 2011, the New Credit Agreement was amended and restated.
 
Following the February 15, 2011 amendment to the New Credit Agreement, we modified our interest rate cap denominated in Euros to reduce its notional amount by €50 million throughout the life of the caplets. Additionally, we entered into a new deferred premium interest rate cap agreement denominated in U.S. dollars (notional amount of $90 million) with a strike price of 1.50% (the “New Cap Agreement”).
 
2011 Omnibus Plan
 
On February 2, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Parent approved and adopted the Burger King Worldwide Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan generally provides for the grant of awards to employees, directors, consultants and other persons who provide services to the Parent and its subsidiaries, with respect to an aggregate of 5,000 shares (5 million millishares or .001 of one full share) of common stock. The Plan permits the grant of several types of awards with respect to the common stock, including stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock and performance shares.
 
On February 3, 2011, the Parent granted options to purchase up to 3,634 shares (3,634,616 millishares) to key employees and members of the Board of Directors of the Parent. The exercise price per millishare is $15.82, and the options vest 100% on October 19, 2015, provided the employee is continuously employed by BKC or one of its subsidiaries and the director remains on the board of the Parent.


153


Table of Contents

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
An evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2010. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.
 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, confirm that there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Transition Period that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
 
Part III
 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
Directors
 
Our Bylaws provide that the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be one or more, which number may be increased or decreased from time to time by resolution of the Board or the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. The term of office of each director is one year and each director continues in office until he resigns or until a successor has been elected and qualified.
 
Alexandre Behring, John W. Chidsey, Paul J. Fribourg, Peter Harf, Bernardo Hees, Carlos Alberto Sicupira and Marcel Herrmann Telles currently serve as directors of the Company. On March 11, 2011, Mr. Chidsey advised the Company that he will be resigning from the Board effective April 18, 2011. Mr. Behring is the managing director of 3G Capital, and Messrs. Behring, Hees, Sicupira and Telles are directors of 3G Capital. 3G Capital indirectly controls Burger King Worldwide Holdings, Inc., the sole shareholder of the Company (the “Parent”). Messrs. Behring, Sicupira and Telles are members of the five-member investment committee of 3G Capital, which is empowered to make decisions with respect to 3G Capital’s investments, including the Company. This investment committee has the power to vote, dispose of or sell all of the shares of the Company.


154


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the name, age, principal occupation of, and other information regarding each of the current directors of the Company:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Alexandre Behring
    44     Co-Chairman
John W. Chidsey
    48     Co-Chairman
Paul J. Fribourg
    57     Director
Peter Harf
    64     Director
Bernardo Hees
    41     Chief Executive Officer and Director
Carlos Alberto Sicupira
    62     Director
Marcel Herrmann Telles
    61     Director
 
Biographical information concerning the directors of the Company is set forth below.
 
Alexandre Behring.  Mr. Behring serves as a co-Chairman of our Board. Since 2004, Mr. Behring has also served as the managing partner and director of 3G Capital. Previously, Mr. Behring spent 10 years at GP Investments, Latin America’s largest private-equity firm, including eight years as a partner and member of the firm’s Investment Committee. He served for seven years, from 1998 through 2004, as CEO of ALL. He continues to serve as a director of ALL and is a member of the board’s Management Committee. Mr. Behring also serves as an alternate director of Lojas Americanas S.A., a retail chain operator based in Brazil, and as a director of CSX Corporation, a U.S. rail-based transportation company.
 
John W. Chidsey.  Mr. Chidsey serves as a co-Chairman of our Board. Prior to the consummation of the Merger, Mr. Chidsey served as Chairman of our Board since July 1, 2008 and served as Chief Executive Officer from April 2006 to October 2010. From September 2005 until April 2006, he served as our President and Chief Financial Officer and from June 2004 until September 2005, he was our President, North America. Mr. Chidsey joined us as Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative and Financial Officer in March 2004 and held that position until June 2004. From January 1996 to March 2003, Mr. Chidsey served in numerous positions at Cendant Corporation, including Chief Executive Officer of the Vehicle Services Division and the Financial Services Division. Mr. Chidsey is a director of HealthSouth Corporation and is also a member of the Board of Trustees of Davidson College.
 
Paul J. Fribourg.  Mr. Fribourg has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Continental Grain Company, an international agribusiness and investment company with investments in poultry, pork and beef businesses, since 1997. Prior to taking this role, he held a variety of positions with increasing responsibility, from Merchandiser and Product Line Manager to Group President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Fribourg has been a director of Loews Corporation, a large diversified holding company, since 1997. Mr. Fribourg is also a director of Estee Lauder Companies, Inc. and Apollo Global Management, LLC. He was a director of Smithfield Foods, Inc. from 2007 until 2009, Power Corporation of Canada from 2005 until 2008, Premium Standard Farms, Inc. from 1998 until 2006 and Vivendi Universal, S.A. from 2003 until 2006.
 
Peter Harf.  Mr. Harf has served as an independent Board member of Anheuser-Busch InBev since 2002 and as Chairman since 2006. Mr. Harf has served as Chief Executive Officer of Joh. A. Benckiser, a German manufacturer and marketer of household and personal care products since 1988. Since 1996 he has served as Chairman of Coty, Inc., a global cosmetics group, which is owned by Joh A. Benckiser, Chairman of Labelux, a producer of luxury goods based in Switzerland and since 2006 as Deputy Chairman of Reckitt Benckiser, a leading fast moving consumer goods company located in the United Kingdom.
 
Bernardo Hees.  Mr. Hees is a member of our Board of Directors and serves as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hees previously served as Chief Executive Officer of America Latina Logistica (ALL), Latin America’s largest railroad and logistics company, from January 2005 until September 2010 and continues to serve as a member of its Board of Directors. Mr. Hees joined ALL in 1998 as a logistics analyst, subsequently holding various positions, including operational planning manager, chief financial officer and commercial officer, and, in 2004, held the position of Director-Superintendent. Mr. Hees holds a degree in Economics from the Pontifícia Universidade


155


Table of Contents

Católica (Rio de Janeiro), an MBA from the University of Warwick, England, and, in 2005, he concluded an Owner/President Management course at Harvard Business School.
 
Carlos Alberto Sicupira.  Mr. Sicupira is one of the founding Principal Partners of 3G Capital and continues to serve as a board member. Mr. Sicupira has also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Anheuser-Busch InBev since 2004. Mr. Sicupira has been Chairman of Lojas Americanas, one of South America’s largest retailers, since 1981, where he served as Chief Executive Officer until 1992. He has been a board member of Quilmes since 2002, and a member of the Board of Dean’s Advisors of Harvard Business School since 1998. He also serves on the boards of Fundacao Brava and Fundacao Estudar, not-for-profit foundations.
 
Marcel Herrmann Telles.  Mr. Telles is one of the founding Principal Partners of 3G Capital and continues to serve as a board member. He has also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Anheuser-Busch InBev since 2000. He is the Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors of AmBev where he has served as a director since 2000 and is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Lojas Americanas S.A. He also served as Chief Executive Officer of Companhia Cervejaria Brahma (which became AmBev in 2002) from 1989 to 1999. He has also served as a Director of Quilmes Industrial S.A. Since 2009, he has been a member of the Advisory Board of ITAU-UNIBANCO, a banking conglomerate based in Brazil.
 
In an Order issued on June 11, 2008, the Federal District Court for the Southern District of New York in CSX Corporation v. The Children’s Investment Fund Management (UK) LLP et al., (i) held that the reporting group, including 3G Capital, 3G Capital, Inc., 3G Fund, L.P. and Mr. Behring, failed to timely file a Schedule 13D in connection with its formation of a group under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act; and (ii) enjoined the reporting group from future violations of Section 13(d). The Court’s decision is on appeal.
 
Executive Officers
 
The following is information about our executive officers:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Bernardo Hees
    41     Chief Executive Officer and Director
Daniel S. Schwartz
    30     EVP, Chief Financial Officer
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    40     EVP, Chief Brand and Operations Officer
Anne Chwat
    51     EVP, General Counsel and Secretary
Steven M. Wiborg
    41     EVP and President of North America
José E. Cil
    41     EVP and President of Europe, Middle East and Africa
José D. Tomas
    43     President of Latin America, EVP and Chief Human Resources and Communications Officer
David M. Chojnowski
    41     SVP, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
 
Biographical information of our executive officers is set forth below:
 
Bernardo Hees.  Mr. Hees is a member of our Board of Directors and serves as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hees’ biographical information is set forth above.
 
Daniel S. Schwartz.  Mr. Schwartz was appointed as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in December 2010, effective January 1, 2011. Mr. Schwartz joined the Company in October 2010 as Executive Vice President, Deputy Chief Financial Officer. From January 2008 until October 2010, Mr. Schwartz served as a partner with 3G Capital, where he was responsible for managing 3G Capital’s private equity business. He joined 3G Capital in January 2005 as an analyst and worked with the firm’s public and private equity investments. From March 2003 until January 2005, Mr. Schwartz worked for Altair Capital Management, a hedge fund located in Stamford, Connecticut, and served as an analyst in the mergers and acquisitions group at Credit Suisse First Boston from June 2001 to March 2003.
 
Jonathan Fitzpatrick.  Mr. Fitzpatrick assumed the newly created role of Executive Vice President, Chief Brand and Operations Officer in February 2011. Mr. Fitzpatrick was appointed as our Executive Vice President, Global Operations in October 2010. Mr. Fitzpatrick has worked for BKC for 12 years. From August 2009 to


156


Table of Contents

November 2010, Mr. Fitzpatrick served as our Senior Vice President of Operations, Europe, Middle East and Africa. During his tenure, Mr. Fitzpatrick has held several positions, including Senior Vice President, Development and Franchising, and Vice President of the information technology team.
 
Anne Chwat.  Ms. Chwat has served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since September 2004. In June 2007, Ms. Chwat also began serving as a board member and President of the Have It your Way® Foundation, the charitable arm of the Burger King system. From September 2000 to September 2004, Ms. Chwat served in various positions at BMG Music (now Sony Music Entertainment), including as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer. Anne Chwat is leaving the Company at the end of the Executive Transition Period (as defined below).
 
Steven M. Wiborg.  Mr. Wiborg has served as our Executive Vice President and President of North America since October 2010. Before joining BKC, Mr. Wiborg was President and Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Food Corporation, one of the Burger King system’s largest franchise operators. He held the position of Chief Operating Officer from 2003 to 2006 and was then named President and Chief Executive Officer in December 2006. Prior to joining Heartland, Mr. Wiborg was an owner/operator of 56 Hardee’s restaurants.
 
José E. Cil.  Mr. Cil has served as our Executive Vice President and President of Europe, Middle East and Africa since October 2010. Prior to this role, Mr. Cil was Vice President and Regional General Manager for Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. in Florida from February 2010 to November 2010. From September 2008 to January 2010, Mr. Cil served as our Vice President of Company Operations and from September 2005 to September 2008, he served as Division Vice President, Mediterranean and NW Europe Divisions, EMEA.
 
José D. Tomas.  Mr. Tomas was appointed President of Latin America in February 2011 and has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources and Communications Officer since November 2010. Mr. Tomas was previously our vice president of human resources from April 2006. Since joining BKC in November 2004, Mr. Tomas has held multiple roles with the company, including leading the human resources teams for our global restaurant support center in Miami and the Latin America & Caribbean region. Prior to joining the Company, he held various field and corporate human resources positions with Ryder System Inc., including director of talent acquisition and director of corporate human resources as well as human resources positions with Publix Super Markets.
 
David M. Chojnowski.  Mr. Chojnowski was appointed Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer of the Company in December 2010. Prior to this, he served as Corporate Controller and Vice President of Finance since February 2009. Prior to joining BKC, Mr. Chojnowski held various positions with General Motors Corporation, including serving as Controller, Latin America, Africa and Middle East from November 2006 through February 2009 and as Corporate Consolidation/SEC Reporting Manager from October 2004 through November 2006.
 
Corporate Governance
 
Highlights of our corporate governance practices are described below.
 
Board Committees
 
The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and an Executive Committee. The members of each committee are appointed by the Board and serve one-year terms. Each committee has established a written charter which sets forth the committee’s purpose, membership criteria, powers and responsibilities and provides for the annual evaluation of the committee’s performance.
 
Audit Committee
 
The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight of (i) the integrity of our financial statements, (ii) the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm, (iii) the performance of the internal audit function, and (iv) compliance by us with legal and regulatory requirements and our


157


Table of Contents

compliance program. The Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm.
 
The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. John W. Chidsey (Chairman) and Paul J. Fribourg. On March 11, 2011, Mr. Chidsey advised the Company that he would be resigning from the Audit Committee, effective April 18, 2011. From July 1, 2010 to October 19, 2010, the Audit Committee consisted of three members: Messrs. Ronald M. Dykes (Chairman), Peter R. Formanek and Manuel A. Garcia. These members resigned effective October 19, 2010 pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The Board has determined that Mr. Fribourg is an independent director under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards (the “Independence Standards”) and the independence standards mandated by Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and those set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Audit Committee Independence Standards”) and that Mr. Chidsey is not independent. Our Board also has determined that each of Messrs. Chidsey and Fribourg qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the applicable SEC regulations.
 
Compensation Committee
 
See “Item 11. Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a description of the roles and responsibilities of our Compensation Committee. The current members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Alexandre Behring (Chairman), Carlos Alberto Sicupira and Marcel Herrmann Telles. The Board has determined that the current members of the Compensation Committee are independent under the Independence Standards. From July 1, 2010 to October 19, 2010, the Compensation Committee consisted of three members: Messrs. Stephen G. Pagliuca (Chairman), Sanjeev Mehra and Peter R. Formanek. These members resigned effective October 19, 2010 pursuant to the Merger Agreement.
 
Executive Committee
 
The Executive Committee has authority under its charter to exercise the powers and rights of the Board and to take any action that could be taken by the Board (except if prohibited by applicable law and regulation) if the amounts associated with such actions do not individually exceed $25 million, other than intercompany transactions which are unlimited as to amount.
 
The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Alexandre Behring (Chairman), John W. Chidsey and Bernardo Hees. On March 11, 2011, Mr. Chidsey advised the Company that he would be resigning from the Executive Committee, effective April 18, 2011. From July 1, 2010 to October 19, 2010, the Executive Committee consisted of five members: Messrs. Richard W. Boyce (Chairman), John W. Chidsey, Ronald M. Dykes, Sanjeev K. Mehra and Stephen Pagliuca. These members resigned effective October 19, 2010 pursuant to the Merger Agreement.
 
Codes of Ethics
 
Our Code of Business Ethics and Conduct, our Code of Conduct for Directors and our Code of Business Ethics and Conduct for Vendors are located within the Investor Relations section of our internet website at wwww.bk.com. We have also adopted a Code of Ethics for Executive Officers that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, as well as other executive officers. The Code of Ethics for Executive Officers is located on our website at www.bk.com under “Company Info — Investor Relations — Corporate Governance — Governance Documents.” We intend to provide disclosure of any amendments of our Code of Ethics for Executive Officers or waivers, to the extent that such waiver applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, on our website within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver.
 


158


Table of Contents

Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
General Overview
 
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis, or CD&A, describes our compensation philosophy, how the Compensation Committee establishes executive compensation, the objectives of our various compensation programs, how performance metrics are selected for the various components of our compensation programs and how the performance of our CEO and other NEOs is evaluated and results in the level of compensation awarded under the various components of our compensation program.
 
As used in this CD&A and the Compensation Tables, the following terms have the following meanings:
 
  •  “BKC” is Burger King Corporation, a Florida corporation.
 
  •  The “CEO” is our Chief Executive Officer. From July 1, 2010 through the Merger Date (as defined below), our CEO was John W. Chidsey, who also served as Chairman of our Board of Directors. On November 4, 2010, Bernardo Hees was appointed CEO, and he has served in this capacity through the date hereof.
 
  •  The “NEOs” are the following executives:
 
  •  Bernardo Hees, a member of the Board of Directors and CEO (since November 4, 2010);
 
  •  John W. Chidsey, former Chairman and CEO (through October 19, 2010) and a co-chairman of the Board of Directors (since October 19, 2010);
 
  •  Ben K. Wells, former Chief Financial Officer (through December 31, 2010);
 
  •  Anne Chwat, EVP, General Counsel and Secretary (through the expiration of the Executive Transition Period);
 
  •  Jonathan Fitzpatrick, EVP, Chief Brand and Operations Officer (EVP, Global Operations since October 25, 2010 and Chief Brand and Operations Officer since February 28, 2011; prior thereto, Mr. Fitzpatrick was SVP, Operations, Europe, Middle East and Africa);
 
  •  Natalia Franco, former EVP, Global Chief Marketing Officer (through March 10, 2011);
 
  •  Charles M. Fallon, Jr., former President, North America (through November 30, 2010); and
 
  •  Peter C. Smith, former EVP, Chief Human Resources Officer (through October 19, 2010).
 
  •  The “Pre-Merger NEOs” are the NEOs employed by the Company prior to the Merger Date. The Pre-Merger NEOs are: John W. Chidsey, Ben Wells, Anne Chwat, Jonathan Fitzpatrick, Natalia Franco, Charles M. Fallon, Jr. and Peter C. Smith.
 
  •  The “CEO Direct Reports” are our executives who report directly to the CEO. All of the NEOs (other than the CEO) are CEO Direct Reports.
 
  •  “Total Direct Compensation” is annual base salary, cash incentives and long-term equity incentives.
 
On October 19, 2010 (the “Merger Date”), our predecessor public company merged with an entity formed by 3G Capital (the “Merger”) pursuant to a merger agreement dated as of September 2, 2010 (the “Merger Agreement”). Generally, our compensation program has continued the overall approach of our pre-Merger compensation program, modified as appropriate to reflect that we are now a privately-owned company with public debt. As a privately-owned company, we are not subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and related regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Our compensation philosophy was and continues to be based on pay-for-performance and meritocratic principles, which incorporate the Company’s achievement of specific goals as well as achievement by employees of


159


Table of Contents

individual performance goals. Our compensation programs are generally designed to support our business initiatives by:
 
  •  rewarding superior financial and operational performance;
 
  •  placing a significant portion of compensation at risk if performance goals are not achieved;
 
  •  aligning the interests of the CEO and CEO Direct Reports with those of our shareholders (and now 3G Capital, which controls the Parent, our sole shareholder); and
 
  •  enabling us to attract, retain and motivate top talent.
 
In making determinations about compensation, the Compensation Committee places a great emphasis on the following factors specific to the relevant individual and his or her role:
 
  •  performance and long-term potential;
 
  •  nature and scope of the individual’s responsibilities and his or her effectiveness in supporting our long-term goals; and
 
  •  Total Direct Compensation of the individual in relation to other CEO Direct Reports.
 
We believe that the relative pay of each CEO Direct Report as compared to the pay of each other CEO Direct Report is one factor of many to be considered in establishing compensation for our CEO Direct Reports. We have not established a policy regarding the numerical ratio of total compensation of the CEO to that of the CEO Direct Reports, but we do review compensation levels to ensure that appropriate internal pay equity exists. The difference between the CEO’s compensation and that of the CEO Direct Reports reflects the significant difference in the nature and scope of their relative responsibilities. The CEO’s responsibilities for management and oversight of a global enterprise are significantly higher than those of other executives. As a result, the CEO’s compensation is higher than the compensation of our CEO Direct Reports.
 
The Compensation Committee is responsible to the Board of Directors for establishing and overseeing our compensation philosophy and for overseeing our executive compensation policies and programs generally. As part of this responsibility, the Compensation Committee:
 
  •  administers our executive compensation programs;
 
  •  evaluates the performance of the CEO and the CEO Direct Reports;
 
  •  oversees and sets compensation for the CEO and the CEO Direct Reports;
 
  •  makes decisions relating to the issuance of equity to the CEO, the CEO Direct Reports and our executive officers; and
 
  •  reviews our management succession plan.
 
The Compensation Committee’s charter describes the Compensation Committee’s responsibilities. The Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors review the charter annually. On November 5, 2010, the Board of Directors adopted a new Compensation Committee charter that reflects our status as a private company.
 
This CD&A is divided into three parts. The first part discusses our pre-Merger compensation and decisions. The second part discusses the decisions made by the Compensation Committee with respect to outstanding cash and equity awards and employment agreements of the Pre-Merger NEOs in connection with the Merger, and the compensation paid to our Pre-Merger NEOs as a result of the Merger. The third part discusses significant personnel and compensation-related developments since the Merger Date.
 
Pre-Merger Compensation and Decisions
 
Role of Compensation Consultant
 
Under its charter, the Compensation Committee is authorized to engage the services of outside advisors, experts and others. For the Transition Period, the Compensation Committee engaged Compensation Advisory


160


Table of Contents

Partners (“CAP”) as an outside compensation consultant to advise the Compensation Committee on matters related to executive compensation. During the Transition Period, CAP assisted the Compensation Committee’s executive compensation-setting process by:
 
  •  Modeling the share request for the proposed amendment to our long-term incentive plan and running the RiskMetrics model;
 
  •  Reviewing drafts of the amended and restated long-term incentive plan document;
 
  •  Providing advice to the Compensation Committee with respect to incentive plan parameters and measures;
 
  •  Reviewing the executive compensation disclosure included in the Company’s Schedule 14D-9 filed by the Company in connection with the Merger;
 
  •  Providing market data and advice with respect to the level of severance and the treatment of cash and equity incentives upon a change in control; and
 
  •  Advising the Compensation Committee with respect to 280G issues related to the Merger.
 
Peer Group Comparison
 
To establish base salary levels for our CEO and CEO Direct Reports for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011 (“fiscal 2011”), the Compensation Committee compared our target compensation levels with those of certain publicly-traded peer companies selected by us. After reviewing the analysis of the compensation data from our peer group, as discussed below, the Compensation Committee decided to increase the base salary of Ben K. Wells, our former Chief Financial Officer, and Charles M. Fallon, Jr., our former President, North America.
 
For the fiscal 2011 analysis, the companies comprising the peer group were:
 
     
Brinker International, Inc. 
  Starbucks Corp.
Darden Restaurants, Inc. 
  Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc
Domino’s Pizza, Inc. 
  The Coca-Cola Company
Marriott International, Inc. 
  Wendy’s/Arby’s Group, Inc.
McDonald’s Corp. 
  Wyndham Worldwide Corp.
Nike, Inc. 
  Yum! Brands, Inc.
PepsiCo, Inc.
   
 
The Compensation Committee decided not to make any other adjustments to the compensation levels of our Pre-Merger NEOs because the peer group data did not indicate that changes were warranted.
 
Role of Executives in Establishing Compensation
 
Prior to the Merger, our Chief Human Resources Officer administered our retirement, severance and other benefit plans and trusts, with oversight and supervision by the Compensation Committee. In addition, our Chief Human Resources Officer made recommendations to the Compensation Committee regarding job leveling and grading for the CEO, the CEO Direct Reports and other senior level employees. Our CEO and Compensation Committee worked together to review our management succession plan for these employees. The CEO, Chief Human Resources Officer, General Counsel and Vice President of Total Rewards attended Compensation Committee meetings held prior to the Merger, although they left the meetings during discussions and deliberations of individual compensation actions affecting them personally and during the Compensation Committee’s executive sessions.
 
Elements of Compensation and Benefit Programs
 
To achieve our policy goals, prior to the Merger, the Compensation Committee utilized the following components of compensation: base salary, annual cash incentives, annual long-term equity incentives, benefits and perquisites. Different elements of the total compensation package served different objectives. Competitive base salaries and benefits were designed to attract and retain employees by providing them with a stable source of income


161


Table of Contents

and security over time. Annual cash incentives and long-term equity incentives were performance-based and, in the case of annual cash incentives, were only paid if we achieved our minimum financial goals for the fiscal year. As a public company prior to the Merger, the use of equity compensation supported the objectives of encouraging stock ownership and aligning the interests of the NEOs with those of our shareholders, as they would share in both the positive and negative stock price returns experienced by our shareholders.
 
Base Salary
 
We provide base salaries to recognize the skills, competencies, experience and individual performance that each NEO brings to his or her position. The Compensation Committee annually reviews the base salary of the CEO and each other NEO and submits the CEO’s base salary to the Board of Directors for approval. In light of continuing economic uncertainty, in July 2010 the Compensation Committee decided to forego across-the-board base salary increases for executive officers and decided to make targeted base salary increases only in those situations where the Compensation Committee believed that for retention purposes it was necessary to bring the executive’s salary into a competitive range. As part of these targeted increases, the base salaries of Messrs. Wells and Fallon were increased by $30,000 and $62,250, respectively, to $525,000 and $500,000. These increases were effective as of July 2, 2010.
 
Annual Cash Incentive Program
 
In August 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the annual performance-based cash bonus program under the BKC Fiscal Year 2011 Restaurant Support Incentive Program (the “RSIP”) for fiscal 2011. As in prior years, as part of this process, the Compensation Committee (1) approved the annual individual target bonus for each Pre-Merger NEO, (2) approved the financial metrics that would be used to measure worldwide Company performance and regional performance and (3) established threshold, target and maximum performance levels for each of these metrics.
 
  •  Individual Target Bonus.  The employment agreement for each Pre-Merger NEO established the minimum target bonus for the NEO, expressed as a percentage of his or her then current base salary. For Mr. Chidsey, this target bonus was 100% of base salary, for each of Messrs. Wells, Fallon and Smith and Ms. Chwat and Ms. Franco, the target bonus was 70% of base salary and for Mr. Fitzpatrick, the target bonus was 60% of base salary. For fiscal 2011, as in prior years, the Compensation Committee approved these percentages for each Pre-Merger NEO.
 
  •  Financial Metrics.  For fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee approved using PBT (profit before taxes) as the measure to determine the Company’s worldwide performance and EBITDA as the measure to determine the Company’s regional performance, and established threshold, target and maximum performance levels for Worldwide PBT and EBITDA for each region for purposes of determining the percentage of target bonus that could be earned.
 
As discussed in greater detail below under “Compensation Committee Role in Connection with Merger Related Compensation,” as a result of the negotiations with 3G Capital as part of the Merger transaction, the Compensation Committee approved paying all bonus-eligible employees, including the Pre-Merger NEOs, their pro rata annual bonus, calculated at the target level of performance, on the Merger Date. At the “target” performance level, each Pre-Merger NEO was entitled to receive 100% of his or her target bonus for the pro rata period. The actual cash bonus amount paid to each Pre-Merger NEO on the Merger Date is set forth below under “Compensation Committee Role in Connection with Merger Related Compensation.”
 
Long-Term Equity Incentives
 
In August 2010, as in prior years, the Compensation Committee decided to award annual long-term equity incentives to the CEO, the CEO Direct Reports and other executives. The Compensation Committee discussed the suitability of granting equity awards in light of the potential transaction with 3G Capital. In this analysis, the Compensation Committee took into consideration (i) that no definitive offer had been received, (ii) that the parties still had not agreed upon price, and (iii) the potential disruption to the business, employee morale and retention of key personnel if annual awards were not awarded in the ordinary course of business. As a result of this analysis, the


162


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee decided to award all employees long-term equity incentives consistent with its prior practice.
 
For fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee decided to award a combination of equity grants (the “August 2010 Equity Grants”) to all of the Pre-Merger NEOs except Mr. Fitzpatrick, as follows:
 
  •  50% of the long-term incentive value (“LTI Value”) earned in the form of stock options, which would vest ratably over four years;
 
  •  25% of the LTI Value earned in the form of restricted stock, which would vest on the third anniversary of the grant date; and
 
  •  25% of the LTI Value earned in the form of performance shares, which were subject to a one-year performance period and then, to the extent earned, would vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.
 
As a senior vice president, Mr. Fitzpatrick received 50% of the LTI Value of the August 2010 Equity Grants in the form of stock options and 50% of the LTI Value in the form of performance based restricted stock, which was subject to a one-year performance period and then, to the extent earned, would vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.
 
As in prior years, the Compensation Committee approved PBT as the financial metric by which Company performance would be measured for purposes of the performance share and performance based restricted stock awards and set the threshold, target and maximum performance levels at the same levels as those used for the RSIP.
 
The Compensation Committee established individual target awards for fiscal 2011 based on the executive’s level, base salary, and, for all Pre-Merger NEO’s other than the CEO, the target award was subject to adjustment based on their individual performance. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Chidsey’s target award was not subject to adjustment based on his individual performance. For fiscal 2011, the target equity awards for the Pre-Merger NEOs, after application of the adjustment based on individual performance and as a percentage of their base salary, were as follows: Mr. Chidsey, 400%; Ms. Chwat and Ms. Franco and Messrs. Wells, Smith and Fallon, 150%; and Mr. Fitzpatrick, 78.75%.
 
As discussed in greater detail below under “Compensation Committee Role in Connection with Merger Related Compensation,” as a result of the negotiations with 3G Capital as part of the Merger transaction, all of the pending equity awards were accelerated and converted into the right to receive cash (in the case of the performance shares and performance based restricted stock calculated at the target level of performance); however, the net proceeds (after an assumed tax rate of 40%) of the August 2010 Equity Grants awarded to vice presidents and above, including all Pre-Merger NEOs other than Mr. Peter C. Smith, were placed in a trust and payable over an extended period.
 
Executive Benefits and Perquisites
 
In addition to base salary, annual cash bonuses and long-term equity incentives, we provided and continue to provide (except as set forth below) the following executive benefit programs to our Pre-Merger NEOs and other executives:
 
Executive Retirement Program
 
The Executive Retirement Program (“ERP”) is a non-qualified excess benefits program available to senior-level U.S. employees. This program permits voluntary deferrals of up to 50% of base salary and 100% of cash bonus until retirement or termination of employment. Deferrals become effective once an executive has reached his or her applicable 401(k) contribution limit. Amounts deferred, up to a maximum of 6% of base salary, are matched by us on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Depending on the level at which we achieve specified financial performance goals, accounts under the plan also may be credited by us with up to an additional 4% of base salary at the target performance level and 6% of base salary at the maximum performance level. The financial performance goals for fiscal 2011 were based on PBT. However, on the Merger Date, the Pre-Merger NEOs and the other participants in the ERP received a cash payment under the ERP at the target performance level. The ERP contribution paid to each Pre-Merger NEO on the Merger Date is set forth below under “Compensation Committee Role in Connection with Merger Related Compensation”.


163


Table of Contents

Executive Life Insurance Program
 
The Executive Life Insurance Program provides life insurance coverage which is paid by us and allows our U.S. executives to purchase additional life insurance coverage at their own expense. Coverage for our Pre-Merger NEOs, which is paid by us, is limited to the lesser of $1.3 million or 2.75 times base salary. Further details are provided in the All Other Compensation Table for the Transition Period.
 
Perquisites
 
Each Pre-Merger NEO other than Mr. Fitzpatrick was provided with an annual perquisite allowance to be used at his or her discretion. The annual perquisite allowance was $63,500 for Mr. Chidsey and $48,500 for Messrs. Wells, Fallon and Smith and Ms. Chwat and Ms. Franco. In addition to Mr. Chidsey’s annual perquisite allowance, he was entitled to personal use of private charter jet and private car service, which were not subject to tax gross-up. Additional information regarding perquisites provided to the NEOs is set forth in the Perquisites Table for the Transition Period.
 
Certain Other Benefits
 
BKC also maintains a comprehensive benefits program consisting of retirement income and health and welfare plans. The objective of the program is to provide full time employees with reasonable and competitive levels of financial support in the event of retirement, death, disability or illness, which may interrupt the eligible employee’s employment or income received as an active employee. BKC’s health and welfare plans consist of life, disability and health insurance benefit plans that are available to all eligible full-time employees. BKC also provides a 401(k) plan that is available to all eligible full-time employees. The 401(k) plan includes a matching feature of up to 6% of the employee’s base salary.
 
Other Compensation Committee Actions
 
From time to time, our Compensation Committee awards special cash or equity grants for retention purposes or to recognize extraordinary performance or disparities in pay. On July 19, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a special equity grant with a grant date of August 25, 2010 and an aggregate grant date fair value of $360,000 for Mr. Wells. The grant consisted of restricted stock that was scheduled to vest ratably on the anniversary of the grant date over a three-year period. This equity grant was converted into cash and paid to Mr. Wells on the Merger Date.
 
Compensation Committee Role in Connection with Merger Related Compensation
 
In preparation for, and in connection with, the proposed Merger with 3G Capital, the Compensation Committee took various actions, including:
 
  •  Review and approval of the employment agreement amendments for each of Messrs. Chidsey, Wells, Smith and Chwat (the “Transition Executives”);
 
  •  Approval of the acceleration of vesting of all outstanding equity grants and the treatment of the August 2010 Equity Grants awarded to vice presidents and above; and
 
  •  Approval of a pro-rata payout of the RSIP at the target level of performance.
 
Approval of Amended Employment Agreements and Transition Bonuses.
 
Based on the advice of CAP that the level of severance in connection with a change in control provided at the time of our initial public offering was currently below market as compared to industry peers, the Compensation Committee approved the employment agreement amendments for vice presidents and above to bring them in line with industry peers. The Compensation Committee approved the employment agreement amendments for the Transition Executives to reflect the transition bonuses described below and the extension of welfare benefits continuation from one to two years with respect to Messrs. Wells and Smith and Ms. Chwat. The Compensation Committee also authorized amendments to the employment agreements for Mr. Fallon, Ms. Franco and certain


164


Table of Contents

other executives that increased their severance payments to two times the sum of base salary, benefits or perquisite allowance (as applicable) and target bonus for the year of termination, to be effective upon consummation of the Merger. The Compensation Committee authorized amendments to the employment agreements for Mr. Fitzpatrick and certain other executives that increased their severance payments to two times the sum of base salary and target bonus for the year of termination, to be effective upon consummation of the Merger. The Compensation Committee approved the payment, upon effectiveness of the Merger, of pro rata bonuses for the portion of fiscal 2011 occurring prior to the Merger Date.
 
As a result of the negotiations with 3G Capital, each of Messrs. Chidsey, Wells and Smith and Ms. Chwat received a transition bonus in respect of his or her contributions toward the successful completion of the Merger and, in the case of Messrs. Wells and Chidsey and Ms. Chwat, as an inducement for his or her agreement to perform services following the Merger Date. The transition bonuses were paid on the Merger Date except for Mr. Chidsey, who received $521,000 of his transition bonus on the Merger Date, and was originally scheduled to receive $1,250,000 on the six-month anniversary of the Merger Date and $1,250,000 on the twelve-month anniversary of the Merger Date, subject to his continued service or earlier termination of employment without cause, for good reason, or by reason of his death or disability. After the expiration of the six-month transition period on April 18, 2011 (the “Executive Transition Period”), Mr. Chidsey’s employment agreement amendment provided that he would become a consultant to the Company for an additional six-month period, which arrangement was subject to termination by either party upon 30 days’ notice. However, on March 15, 2011, the Company notified Mr. Chidsey that it elected to exercise its option to terminate his consulting arrangement and, as a result, Mr. Chidsey will not be performing consulting services after the expiration of the Executive Transition Period. The Company also agreed that Mr. Chidsey will receive the balance of his transition bonus, or $2,500,000, within five days following the expiration of the Executive Transition Period.
 
Acceleration of Outstanding Equity.  As a result of negotiations with 3G Capital, the Merger Agreement provided for the accelerated vesting of all stock options, restricted stock units and performance based stock units held by the Company’s employees, including the Pre-Merger NEOs, on the Merger Date and the cancellation of such awards in exchange for cash. The Compensation Committee determined that the treatment of Company equity awards provided in the Merger Agreement was consistent with the terms of our equity incentive plans and approved the cancellation of outstanding equity awards on the Merger Date in exchange for the consideration to be paid to holders of such equity awards in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.
 
As part of the negotiations with 3G Capital, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors agreed to place in trust the after tax proceeds of the August 2010 Equity Grants awarded to officers at the level of vice president and above, including the Pre-Merger NEOs other than Mr. Peter C. Smith, to serve as a retention tool for those officers who 3G Capital believed were important to a successful transition. Specifically, the parties agreed, and the Compensation Committee approved, that 60% of the proceeds from the August 2010 Equity Grants would be deposited into a trust account established with a third party for the officer’s benefit, and the remaining 40% would be withheld for taxes. For officers other than the Transition Executives, if the officer is employed on each of August 25, 2011 and August 25, 2012, the officer will receive from the trust an amount equal to 25% of the portion of the trust account related to such officer’s stock options, which mirrors the vesting schedule of the original underlying option grant. If the officer is actively employed at the end of the two-year anniversary following the Merger Date, the balance of the trust will be paid to the officer. If the officer is terminated without cause prior to any of these payment dates (or terminates for good reason prior to the payment date, for those officers who are a party to an employment agreement containing a definition of good reason), the balance will be paid to such officer upon such termination. However, if the officer voluntarily terminates his or her employment (other than for good reason, for those officers who are a party to an employment agreement containing a definition of good reason) or is terminated for cause prior to any of these payment dates, the officer will forfeit his or her remaining balance in the trust.
 
Pursuant to these terms, Mr. Fallon received the full amount of his trust balance upon termination of his employment.
 
With respect to the Transition Executives, (1) in the case of Mr. Smith, as his employment was terminated on the Merger Date, he automatically received on such date the full amount of the proceeds from his August 2010 Equity Grants, (2) in the case of each of Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat, the amounts in the trust are being released in six


165


Table of Contents

substantially equal installments on the first business day of each of the first six months following the Merger Date and (3) in the case of Mr. Chidsey, (A) 50% of the amounts in the trust was originally scheduled to be released and remitted on the six-month anniversary of the Merger Date and (B) 50% of the amounts in the trust was originally scheduled to be released and remitted on the twelve-month anniversary of the Merger Date, subject to Mr. Chidsey’s continued service until such dates except as provided below. However, as a result of the early termination of his consulting arrangement, Mr. Chidsey will receive 100% of the amounts in the trust immediately following the expiration of the Executive Transition Period.
 
If Mr. Chidsey’s employment is terminated due to death or disability or without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason prior to April 18, 2011, the balance of his trust will be paid upon termination. However, if Mr. Chidsey voluntarily terminates his employment (other than for good reason) or is terminated for cause prior to April 18, 2011, he will forfeit his remaining balance in trust.
 
Approval of Pro-Rata Bonuses.  As a result of the negotiations with 3G Capital, as part of the Merger transaction, the Compensation Committee approved paying all bonus-eligible employees, including the Pre-Merger NEOs, their pro rata annual bonus, calculated at the target level of performance, on the Merger Date.
 
The following table shows the amount in cash that each Pre-Merger NEO received in connection with the Merger as a result of the cancellation of equity awards and the payment of dividend equivalents, the transition bonus (if applicable), and the pro rata bonus and ERP contribution:
 
                                                 
    Equity
  Dividend
               
    Cash
  Equivalent
  Transition
  Pro Rata
  ERP
   
Name
  Payout   Payout   Bonus   Bonus   Contribution   Total
 
John W. Chidsey
    27,501,052       97,017       521,000       314,291       12,572       28,445,932  
Ben K. Wells
    3,656,318       11,594       1,308,500       110,753       6,329       5,093,495  
Anne Chwat
    2,725,118       10,015       1,130,619       95,118       5,435       3,966,384  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    653,987       3,373             47,014       3,134       707,508  
Natalia Franco
    525,916       1,326             73,836       4,219       605,296  
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    3,313,288       9,656             105,479       6,027       3,434,450  
Peter C. Smith
    2,274,273       9,037       1,097,518       92,208       5,269       3,478,305  
 
Post-Merger Philosophy, Compensation and Decisions
 
Subsequent to the closing of the Merger, the Company became a privately-held company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent, a privately-held company. Consequently, the Company is not required to have a compensation committee. However, the Parent has decided that it will continue with a compensation committee at both the Company and the Parent levels. The members of the Parent’s Compensation Committee and the Company’s Compensation Committee are the same, and these Compensation Committees act jointly to make compensation decisions, although the Parent’s Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing, and awarding grants under, the new equity plan for Company employees.
 
In connection with the establishment of a new management team, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the appointment of the following new executives: (1) Bernardo Hees, Chief Executive Officer, (2) Daniel S. Schwartz, initially hired as Deputy Chief Financial Officer and appointed, as of January 1, 2011, as Chief Financial Officer, (3) Steven M. Wiborg, Executive Vice President, President of North America, (4) Heitor Goncalves, Executive Vice President, Chief Information and Performance Officer, (5) José E. Cil, Executive Vice President, President of EMEA, (6) Jonathan Fitzpatrick, Executive Vice President, Global Operations, and (6) José D. Tomas, Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources and Communications Officer. On February 28, 2011, Mr. Fitzpatrick was named Executive Vice President, Chief Brand and Operations Officer, and Mr. Tomas was named President of Latin America in addition to his other responsibilities. On February 28, 2011, the Company also announced that Anne Chwat, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, had informed it of her decision to leave the Company at the end of the Executive Transition Period, and that Natalia Franco, Executive Vice President, Chief Global Marketing Officer, would also be leaving the Company.


166


Table of Contents

On November 5, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the compensation and other terms of employment of Mr. Hees and delegated to Mr. Hees the right to determine the compensation and other terms of employment of the CEO Direct Reports. Accordingly, the employment terms of each of these executives were the result of negotiations between Mr. Hees and the executive. Neither Mr. Hees nor Mr. Schwartz is a party to an employment agreement, and the Company does not intend to enter into an employment agreement with either of these executives.
 
In addition to their review and approval of the employment terms of the new CEO, the Compensation Committee and/or the Board of Directors have taken the following compensation decisions since the Merger Date:
 
  •  On December 1, 2010, the Compensation Committee decided that the Company would not pay any cash bonus under the RSIP or any profit-sharing contribution under the ERP for the period commencing on the Merger Date and ending on December 31, 2010;
 
  •  On February 2, 2011, the Compensation Committee discontinued the profit sharing component of the ERP, effective immediately;
 
  •  On February 2, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company terminated the Company’s incentive plans in place prior to the Merger;
 
  •  On February 2, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Parent adopted the Burger King Worldwide Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2011 Omnibus Plan”), and determined that all future equity grants and cash incentives for employees of BKC and its subsidiaries would be made pursuant to the 2011 Omnibus Plan;
 
  •  On February 2, 2011, the Compensation Committee established the 2011 annual bonus program under the 2011 Omnibus Plan. Under the 2011 annual bonus program, awards will be payable upon achievement of Company-wide financial performance and individual performance. Individual results measure a participant’s performance against the individual management business objectives or MBOs assigned to a participant for the fiscal year. Under the 2011 annual bonus program, a participant must achieve at least 50% of his or her overall individual targets for the fiscal year in order to receive any portion of a bonus payout for that fiscal year;
 
  •  On February 3, 2011, the Parent granted stock options under the 2011 Omnibus Plan to certain select executives, including all of the executive officers. We do not currently anticipate that additional equity will be issued to our executives on an annual basis as part of future compensation arrangements. We anticipate that any future option grants will be discretionary; and
 
  •  On March 1, 2011, the Parent offered officers of the Company who had proceeds from the August 2010 Equity Grants deposited into trust a one-time opportunity to purchase shares of common stock of the Parent under the 2011 Omnibus Plan (“Investment Shares”) at a purchase price of $15.82 per millishare (or .001 of a full share). Any officer who elects to purchase Investment Shares will also receive an option to purchase two millishares for each Investment Share purchased, at an exercise price of $15.82 per millishare.


167


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Report
 
We have reviewed and discussed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based on our review and discussions with management, we have approved the inclusion of the Compensation Discussion & Analysis in this Form 10-K.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
 
Alexandre Behring
Marcel Herrmann Telles
Carlos Alberto Sicupira
 
March 21, 2011
 
TRANSITION PERIOD SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
                                                                 
                        Non-Equity
       
                Stock
  Option
  Incentive Plan
  All Other
   
Name and
          Bonus
  Awards
  Awards
  Compensation
  Compensation(6)
   
Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   (2)($)   (3)($)   (4)($)   (5)($)   ($)   Total ($)
 
Bernardo Hees
    2010 (1)     86,538                               7,716       94,254  
Chief Executive Officer(7)(8)
                                                               
John W. Chidsey
    2010 (1)     521,438       521,000       2,085,721       2,043,802       314,291       182,594       5,668,846  
Chief Executive Officer(7)
    2010       1,042,875             2,085,747       2,060,614       649,967       358,419       6,197,622  
      2009       1,034,697             2,024,993       1,967,403       803,014       316,943       6,147,050  
      2008       1,012,500             2,024,982       1,930,752       1,306,125       434,190       6,708,549  
Ben K. Wells
    2010 (1)     261,335       1,308,500       1,113,706       385,828       110,753       52,238       3,232,360  
Chief Financial Officer
    2010       494,709             371,016       366,560       215,828       115,336       1,563,449  
      2009       490,830       50,000       360,223       349,978       266,648       115,336       1,633,015  
      2008       479,147             360,220       343,466       433,711       126,109       1,742,653  
Anne Chwat
    2010 (1)     225,441       1,130,619       338,153       331,359       95,118       47,291       2,167,981  
EVP, General Counsel
    2010       450,883             338,149       334,088       196,708       107,033       1,426,861  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    2010 (1)     143,846             102,363       100,311       47,014       444,492       838,026  
EVP, Global Operations(7)(8)(9)
                                                               
Natalia Franco
    2010 (1)     176,923             131,237             73,836       148,250       530,246  
EVP & Global Chief Marketing Officer(8)
                                                               
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    2010 (1)     224,529             374,994       367,455       105,479       1,890,617       2,963,074  
President, North America(7)
    2010       437,750             328,298       324,353       220,750       104,029       1,415,180  
      2009       434,317             350,622       340,652       222,158       96,527       1,444,276  
      2008       425,000             318,728       303,908       391,162       128,575       1,567,373  
Peter C. Smith
    2010 (1)     147,938       1,097,518       327,787       321,221       92,208       528,684       2,515,356  
EVP, HR(7)
    2010       437,091             327,804       323,867       190,691       104,016       1,383,469  
 
 
(1) Refers to the transition period of July 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 (the “Transition Period”).
 
(2) Each of Messrs. Chidsey, Wells and Smith and Ms. Chwat received a transition bonus in respect of his or her contributions towards the successful completion of the Merger. Messrs. Wells and Smith and Ms. Chwat received their respective transition bonus on the Merger Date. Mr. Chidsey received $521,000 of his transition bonus on the Merger Date, and will receive $2,500,000 within five days following the expiration of the Executive Transition Period, subject to his continued service or earlier termination of employment without cause, for good reason or by reason of his death or disability.
 
(3) Amounts shown in this column include the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards, performance-based restricted stock awards and performance share awards, as applicable, granted in the Transition Period, fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The amounts previously reported for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 have been restated to reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the grants in accordance with new SEC rules. The assumptions and methodology used to


168


Table of Contents

calculate the grant date fair value for these awards are in Note 3 to the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements. In connection with the Merger, the restricted stock awards, performance based restricted stock and performance share awards granted in August 2010 to the Pre-Merger NEOs were accelerated and converted into the right to receive cash (in the case of the performance share awards and performance based restricted stock awards at the target level of performance) on the Merger Date.
 
(4) Amounts shown in this column include the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted in the Transition Period, fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Amounts previously reported for fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 were also restated to reflect immaterial differences in the calculation of the grant date fair value. The assumptions and methodology used to calculate the grant date fair value for the options are in Note 3 of the accompanying audited Consolidated Financial Statements. In connection with the Merger, the options granted in August 2010 to the Pre-Merger NEOs were accelerated and converted into the right to receive cash on the Merger Date.
 
(5) The amounts reported in this column reflect compensation earned for the Transition Period, fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 under the RSIP. During fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, we paid cash incentives under the RSIP in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which they were earned. During the Transition Period, all bonus-eligible employees, including the Pre-Merger NEOs, received their annual bonus for fiscal 2011 pro rated for the portion of the fiscal year that occurred prior to the Merger Date, calculated at the target level of performance, on the Merger Date. The Compensation Committee decided not to pay a bonus under the RSIP for the period beginning on the Merger Date and ending on December 31, 2010.
 
(6) This column includes the Transition Period perquisites described below in the Transition Period Perquisites Table. This column also includes severance payments for Messrs. Fallon and Smith, consulting fees for Mr. Smith, expatriate benefits for Mr. Fitzpatrick, life insurance premiums, dividend payments and dividend equivalents as described in Footnote 4 to the Transition Period All Other Compensation Table, the Company’s matching and performance-based contributions to the Company’s 401(k) plan and ERP, as described below in the Transition Period All Other Compensation Table.
 
(7) Mr. Hees was appointed as CEO on November 4, 2010. Mr. Chidsey served as Chairman and CEO through October 19, 2010. Mr. Fitzpatrick was appointed EVP, Global Operations on October 25, 2010 and, on February 28, 2011, assumed the role of EVP, Chief Brand and Operations Officer. Mr. Fallon served as EVP and President of North America until November 30, 2010. Mr. Smith served as EVP, Global Human Resources Officer until October 19, 2010. He provided consulting services to the Company from October 20, 2010 through October 29, 2010 and received $18,321.90 in consulting fees, which are included in All Other Compensation for the Transition Period.
 
(8) Messrs. Hees and Fitzpatrick and Ms. Franco became Named Executive Officers in the Transition Period. Since they were not NEOs in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, the Summary Compensation Table only includes their compensation for the Transition Period.
 
(9) The exchange rates used for Mr. Fitzpatrick’s expatriate benefits for the Transition Period which were paid in Swiss Francs are based on the one day average historical rate as found on OANDA.com on December 31, 2010 as follows: 1 CHF = 1.06288 USD.
 
Employment Agreements
 
We have employment agreements in place with John W. Chidsey, our former CEO, and Ben K. Wells, our former CFO, Anne Chwat, our EVP, General Counsel and Secretary, and Jonathan Fitzpatrick, our EVP, Chief Brand and Operations Officer. Messrs. Chidsey and Wells and Ms. Chwat will remain employees of the Company until the end of the Executive Transition Period, at which time their employment will terminate and they will be entitled to the severance payments and benefits set forth in their respective employment agreement, as amended. Prior to her departure, we had an employment agreement in place with Natalia Franco, our former Chief Global Marketing Officer. The terms of these employment agreements are discussed below.


169


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement with Mr. Chidsey
 
We initially entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Chidsey to serve as our Chief Executive Officer on April 6, 2006, which was amended on December 16, 2008 and further amended on April 1, 2010 and September 1, 2010. Pursuant to the amendment to the employment agreement entered into on September 1, 2010 in connection with the Merger, the Company agreed to employ Mr. Chidsey for a six month period commencing on the Merger Date and ending on April 18, 2011 (the “Executive Transition Period”) and to pay Mr. Chidsey the pro rata bonus at target on the Merger Date and the transition bonus described above under “Compensation Committee Role in Connection with Merger Related Compensation”. In addition, during the Executive Transition Period, Mr. Chidsey is entitled to receive his base salary, a pro rata bonus at target based on the number of days employed during the Executive Transition Period to be paid within five days following the end of the Executive Transition Period, and the various benefits described in the employment agreement, each as in effect immediately prior to the Merger Date, subject to his continued employment through the end of the Executive Transition Period. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Chidsey receives an annual salary of $1,042,875. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Chidsey’s target annual cash bonus opportunity is 100% of his base salary. Mr. Chidsey is also entitled to receive an annual perquisite allowance of $63,500, private charter jet usage for business travel (and up to $100,000 per year for personal use) and personal use of a car service. Additional information regarding Mr. Chidsey’s private charter jet usage and car service is set forth in the Transition Period Perquisites Table.
 
Following the Executive Transition Period, Mr. Chidsey’s employment will terminate, and he will be entitled to receive an amount equal to six times his base salary and three times the annual amount of his annual perquisites allowance. Except for the “Safe Harbor Amount” discussed below, the severance amount will be payable over a period of six months on our regular payroll dates, commencing on the first business day immediately following the six month anniversary of the termination date and ending on the one year anniversary of the termination date. The portion of the severance equal to two times the lesser of (1) the sum of Mr. Chidsey’s “annualized compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and (2) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) is payable two days following Mr. Chidsey’s termination date. Mr. Chidsey will also be entitled to continued coverage under BKC’s medical, dental and life insurance plans for him and his eligible dependents during the three-year period following termination. If Mr. Chidsey’s employment is terminated during the Executive Transition Period other than for cause or his voluntary termination without good reason, in addition to the severance payments and benefits under his employment agreement, Mr. Chidsey will receive the remaining cash compensation that would have been paid to him had he performed the services through the end of the Executive Transition Period. If any payments due to Mr. Chidsey in connection with a change in control would be subject to an excise tax, we will provide Mr. Chidsey with a related tax gross-up payment, unless a reduction in Mr. Chidsey’s payments by up to 10% would avoid the excise tax.
 
Employment Agreement with Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat
 
We are party to employment agreements with Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat dated December 8, 2008, as amended on September 1, 2010. Pursuant to their respective employment agreement amendments entered into on September 1, 2010 in connection with the Merger, the Company agreed to employ Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat for the Executive Transition Period and to pay them their pro rata bonus at target and respective transition bonus on the Merger Date described above under “Compensation Committee Role in Connection with Merger Related Compensation”. In addition, during the Executive Transition Period, each of Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat are entitled to receive his or her base salary, a pro rata bonus at target based on the number of days employed during the Executive Transition Period to be paid within five days following the end of the Executive Transition Period, and the various benefits described in his or her employment agreement, each as in effect immediately prior to the Merger Date, subject to his or her continued employment through the end of the Executive Transition Period. The employment agreement provides that the target annual cash bonus opportunity for Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat is 70% of base salary.
 
Following the Executive Transition Period, the employment of Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat will terminate, and they will be entitled to receive their current base salary and perquisite allowance for one year and continued coverage for two years under BKC’s medical, dental and life insurance plans for the executive and his or her eligible


170


Table of Contents

dependents. Except for the “Safe Harbor Amount” discussed above, which is payable within two days following the termination date, the severance amount will be payable in equal installments over a six-month period beginning on the first business day following the six month anniversary of the termination date and ending on the one year anniversary of the termination date. If the executive’s employment is terminated during the Executive Transition Period other than for cause or his or her voluntary termination without good reason, in addition to the severance payments and benefits under his or her employment agreement, the executive will receive the remaining cash compensation that would have been paid to him or her had he or she performed the services through the end of the Executive Transition Period. Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat are entitled to receive outplacement services upon termination of employment without cause or for good reason.
 
Employment Agreement with Mr. Fitzpatrick
 
We have entered into a one-year employment agreement with Mr. Fitzpatrick. Mr. Fitzpatrick’s employment agreement automatically extends for an additional one-year period and will continue to be so extended unless BKC provides notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the relevant period. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Fitzpatrick is eligible to receive an annual base salary of $350, 000 which is subject to increase by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion. Mr. Fitzpatrick was not eligible to receive a cash bonus for the period commencing on the Merger Date and ending on December 31, 2010 due to the Compensation Committee’s decision that the Company would not pay a cash bonus under the RSIP during this period.
 
Commencing January 1, 2011, Mr. Fitzpatrick is eligible to receive a performance-based annual cash bonus with a target payment equal to 120% of his annual base salary if we achieve the target performance goals set by the Compensation Committee and Mr. Fitzpatrick achieves his individual management business objectives for a particular fiscal year in accordance with the terms of our annual bonus program. The employment agreement further provides for an option grant having an aggregate grant date fair value of $2 million, which option grant was made on February 3, 2011.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, if BKC terminates Mr. Fitzpatrick’s employment without cause or if he terminates his employment with good reason (as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to receive an amount (the “Severance Amount”) equal to two times the sum of current base salary and target annual bonus for the year of termination and continued coverage for two years under BKC’s medical, dental and life insurance plans for him and his eligible dependents. The lesser of the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined above) and one-quarter of the Severance Amount will be paid in installments during the period commencing on the 61st day following termination and ending four months thereafter, with the first installment in an amount equal to the payments due for the first 60 days following termination and the remainder in substantially equal installments over the remaining four-month period. The balance of the Severance Amount will be paid in equal installments during the period commencing on the first business day following the six-month anniversary of the termination date and ending on the second anniversary of the termination date. At the discretion of BKC’s Chief Human Resources Officer, Mr. Fitzpatrick will receive outplacement services upon termination of employment.
 
If Mr. Fitzpatrick’s employment terminates upon his death or if the Company terminates as a result of his disability (as defined in the employment agreement), the Company will pay to Mr. Fitzpatrick (or, in the event of his death, to his estate), his pro rata bonus through the termination date the extent and when the Company pays the bonus for that year.
 
Employment Agreement with Ms. Franco
 
Until her employment terminated on March 10, 2011, the Company was party to an employment agreement with Ms. Franco. Pursuant to the terms of her employment agreement, as amended, Ms. Franco is entitled to receive an amount (the “Severance Amount”) equal to two times the sum of current base salary, prerequisite allowance and target bonus for the year of termination and continued coverage for two years under BKC’s medical, dental and life insurance plans for her eligible dependents. Ms. Franco’s target bonus is 120% of her base salary. The lesser of the Safe Harbor Amount (as defined above) and one-quarter of the Severance Amount will be paid in installments during the period commencing on the 61st day following termination and ending four months thereafter, with the first installment in an amount equal to the payments due for the first 60 days following termination and the


171


Table of Contents

remainder in substantially equal installments over the remaining four-month period. The balance of the Severance Amount will be paid in equal installments during the period commencing on the first business day following the six-month anniversary of the termination date and ending on the second anniversary of the termination date.
 
TRANSITION PERIOD ALL OTHER COMPENSATION TABLE
 
                                                                 
                Company
               
                Contributions to
  Dividend
           
            Welfare
  Retirement and
  Equivalents
  Expatriate
       
            Plans
  401(k) Plans(3)
  Earned
  Benefits
  Severance
   
Name
  Year(1)   Perquisites ($)   (2)($)   ($)   (4)($)   (5)($)   (6)($)   Total ($)
 
Bernardo Hees
    2010       7,716                                     7,716  
John W. Chidsey
    2010       122,361       1,168       41,452       17,613                   182,594  
Ben K. Wells
    2010       24,250       3,090       20,867       4,031                   52,238  
Anne Chwat
    2010       24,250       1,557       18,961       2,523                   47,291  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    2010             329       10,034       819       433,310             444,492  
Natalia Franco
    2010       131,973       1,007       14,373       897                   148,250  
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    2010       22,385       1,083       19,499       2,573             1,845,077       1,890,617  
Peter C. Smith
    2010       24,542       2,051       14,146       2,354             485,591       528,684  
 
 
(1) Refers to the Transition Period.
 
(2) Amounts in this column reflect life insurance premiums paid by us.
 
(3) The amounts in this column represent Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan and the ERP and the Company’s profit sharing contribution to the ERP for the Transition Period, as follows:
 
Company Matching Contributions to 401(k) and ERP and
Company Profit Sharing Contribution to ERP
 
                         
    Transition Period
       
    Company Matching
  Transition Period
  Transition Period
    Contributions —
  Company Matching
  Profit Sharing
NEO
  401(k) ($)   Contributions — ERP($)   Contribution — ERP ($)
 
Bernardo Hees
                 
John W. Chidsey
          28,880       12,572  
Ben K. Wells
          14,538       6,329  
Anne Chwat
    719       12,807       5,435  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    6,900             3,134  
Natalia Franco
          10,154       4,219  
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    1,568       11,904       6,027  
Peter C. Smith
    1,034       7,843       5,269  
 
(4) Quarterly dividends and dividend equivalents in the amount of $0.0625 per share were paid by the Company to record owners of shares, in the case of dividends, and accrued by the Company for the holders of vested and unvested restricted stock units, restricted stock and performance shares in the case of dividend equivalents, as of September 14, 2010 in the Transition Period. The amounts in this column represent accrued dividend equivalents earned on vested and unvested restricted stock units, restricted stock, performance shares and performance based restricted stock, as applicable, during the Transition Period. All Pre-Merger NEOs had restricted stock units, restricted stock, performance shares and performance based restricted stock settle during the period due to the Merger. Mr. Chidsey was paid $97,017; Mr. Wells was paid $11,594; Ms. Chwat was paid $10,094; Mr. Fitzpatrick was paid $3,373; Ms. Franco was paid $1,326; Mr. Fallon was paid $9,656; and Mr. Smith was paid $9,037, which represents dividends that accrued on these restricted stock units, restricted stock, performance shares and performance based restricted stock during the Transition Period.
 
(5) This column represents expatriate benefits received by Mr. Fitzpatrick during the Transition Period in connection with his temporary assignment from the U.S. to Switzerland. Included in the total number is


172


Table of Contents

$118,275 estimated Swiss individual income taxes, plus tax gross-up of $41,025. The amounts included in this column for housing assistance, estimated Swiss individual income taxes, cost of living allowance, the cost to the Company of Mr. Fitzpatrick’s car in Switzerland and home leave were paid in Swiss Francs and converted to U.S. dollars based upon the exchange rate described in Footnote 9 to the Transition Period Summary Compensation Table.
 
(6) Includes severance amounts payable to Messrs. Fallon and Smith pursuant to their respective employment agreements, as amended, in connection with their termination of employment following the Merger. Also includes, for Mr. Smith, $18,321.90 received for consulting services provided to the Company from October 20, 2010 through October 29, 2010.
 
TRANSITION PERIOD PERQUISITES TABLE
 
Our NEOs received the following perquisites during the Transition Period:
 
                                                 
          Perquisite
    Personal
    Auto Expenses/
          Total
 
          Allowance
    Travel
    Car Service
    Miscellaneous
    Perquisites
 
Name
  Year(1)     (2)($)     (3)($)     (4)($)     (5)($)     ($)  
 
Bernardo Hees
    2010                         7,716       7,716  
John W. Chidsey
    2010       31,750       89,287       1,324             122,361  
Ben K. Wells
    2010       24,250                         24,250  
Anne Chwat
    2010       24,250                         24,250  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    2010                                
Natalia Franco
    2010       24,250                   107,723       131,973  
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    2010       22,385                         22,385  
Peter C. Smith
    2010       16,788                   7,754       24,542  
 
 
(1) Refers to the Transition Period.
 
(2) These perquisite allowances were paid to the NEOs other than Mr. Hees and Mr. Fitzpatrick in accordance with their respective employment agreements. Each such NEO uses the perquisite allowance at his or her discretion. The amount was calculated at an annual rate of $63,500 for Mr. Chidsey and $48,500 for Messrs. Wells, Fallon and Smith and Ms. Chwat and Ms. Franco.
 
(3) Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Chidsey is entitled to private charter jet usage for personal use of up to $100,000 per year. However, under his employment agreement, only hourly charges and fuel surcharges are to be considered for purposes of this $100,000 allowance. In accordance with SEC guidance, the amounts included in this column have been calculated utilizing the actual invoice amount, which we believe more accurately reflects the incremental cost to the Company for this perquisite. The aggregate incremental cost to the Company for Mr. Chidsey’s personal usage of the Company aircraft was $89,287, $13,976 of which was for spousal travel, for the Transition Period. Mr. Chidsey is fully responsible for all taxes associated with his personal use of the Company aircraft.
 
(4) Mr. Chidsey is entitled to personal use of a car service, and the charges for this perquisite totaled $1,324. Mr. Chidsey is fully responsible for all taxes associated with this perquisite.
 
(5) Represents relocation expenses for Mr. Hees and Ms. Franco and $7,754 gross-up on MICA for underreported taxes for Mr. Smith during the Company’s 2007 fiscal year.


173


Table of Contents

 
TRANSITION PERIOD GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS TABLE
 
                                                                                                 
                                        All Other
      Grant
                                    All Other
  Option
  Exercise
  Date
                                    Stock
  Awards:
  or Base
  Fair
                                    Awards:
  Number of
  Price of
  Value of
                        Estimated Performance Shares Possible
  Number of
  Securities
  Option
  Stock and
            Estimated Possible Payouts Under
  Payouts Under Equity Incentive
  Shares or
  Underlying
  Awards
  Option
    Grant
  Approval
  Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)   Plan Awards(3)   Units
  Options
  ($/sh)
  Awards
Name
  Date   Date(1)   Threshold ($)   Target ($)   Maximum ($)   Threshold (#)   Target (#)   Maximum (#)   (#)(4)   (#)(6)   (7)   ($)(8)
 
Bernardo Hees
                                                                       
John W. Chidsey
    8/25/2010       8/18/2010       521,438       1,042,875       2,085,750             59,558       119,116       59,558       339,502       17.51       4,129,523  
Ben K. Wells
    8/25/2010       8/18/2010       183,750       367,500       735,000             11,243       26,984       11,243       64,091       17.51       779,558  
Ben K. Wells(5)
    8/25/2010       7/19/2010                                           20,559             17.51       359,988  
Anne Chwat
    8/25/2010       8/18/2010       157,809       315,618       631,236             9,656       23,174       9,656       55,043       17.51       669,512  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    8/25/2010       8/18/2010       78,000       156,000       273,000       4,676       5,846       8,017             16,663       17.51       202,675  
Natalia Franco
    8/25/2010       8/18/2010       122,500       245,000       490,000             7,495       17,988                         131,237  
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    8/25/2010       8/18/2010       175,000       350,000       700,000             10,708       25,698       10,708       61,039       17.51       742,449  
Peter C. Smith
    8/25/2010       8/18/2010       152,982       305,964       611,927             9,360       22,466       9,360       53,359       17.51       649,008  
 
 
(1) The Compensation Committee recommended and the Board approved the fiscal 2011 grants with a grant date of August 25, 2010 at meetings held on August 18, 2010.
 
(2) The amounts reported in this column reflect possible payments based on fiscal 2011 performance under the RSIP at threshold, target and maximum performance levels, as approved by the Compensation Committee for the full fiscal year. The “Maximum” estimated possible payout reflects what a Pre-Merger NEO would earn if the Company met or exceeded its financial performance goals at the maximum level. In connection with the Merger, all bonus-eligible employees, including the Pre-Merger NEOs, received their pro rata annual bonus for fiscal 2011 through October 18, 2010, calculated at the target performance level, on the Merger Date. The actual amounts paid under the RSIP are the amounts reflected in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Transition Period Summary Compensation Table.
 
(3) In August 2010, we made grants of option, restricted stock and performance share awards to each Pre-Merger NEO except Mr. Fitzpatrick. Mr. Fitzpatrick received an option grant and a grant of performance based restricted stock. The amounts reported under the “Threshold”, “Target” and “Maximum” columns above relate only to the performance share awards and, in the case of Mr. Fitzpatrick, performance based restricted stock award, made under our 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The performance share awards granted to the Pre-Merger NEOs, other than Messrs. Chidsey and Fitzpatrick, were calculated as follows: the NEO’s current salary, multiplied by the target equity award as a percentage of base salary, adjusted by the NEO’s individual performance factor (which may result in an award adjustment of up to plus or minus 20%), divided by four, then divided by the closing stock price on the grant date. For Mr. Chidsey, the number of performance shares was calculated similarly; however, his percentage of base salary was not subject to adjustment based on his individual performance. The performance based restricted stock award granted to Mr. Fitzpatrick was calculated as follows: Mr. Fitzpatrick’s current salary, multiplied by the target equity award as a percentage of base salary, adjusted by his individual performance factor (which may result in an award adjustment of up to plus or minus 20%), divided by two, then divided by the closing stock price on the grant date. The actual number of performance shares and, in the case of Mr. Fitzpatrick, performance based restricted stock, granted is reflected in the “Target” column above. Based on decisions made by the Compensation Committee at the time of the grant, but for the Merger, the Pre-Merger NEOs would have received the number of performance shares (and, in the case of Mr. Fitzpatrick, performance based restricted stock) reflected in the “Target” column above if the Company had achieved its target PBT for fiscal 2011. The number of performance shares that would have been earned by the Pre-Merger NEOs other than Mr. Fitzpatrick at the end of the one-year performance period would then have been subject to a decrease of up to 100% for all NEOs if the Company had achieved PBT between the “Threshold” and “Target” levels or an increase of up to 200% for all NEOs if the Company had achieved PBT between the “Target” and “Maximum” levels. Mr. Fitzpatrick’s performance based restricted stock were subject to a decrease of up to 20% and an increase of up to 20% for performance between the levels described in the preceding sentence. However, in connection with the Merger, the performance shares and performance based restricted stock were accelerated and converted into the right to receive cash at the target level of performance on the Merger Date.


174


Table of Contents

 
(4) The restricted stock awards granted in August 2010 were made under our 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan. All of the Pre-Merger NEOs except for Mr. Fitzpatrick received restricted stock awards in August 2010. The restricted stock awards granted to these Pre-Merger NEOs, other than Mr. Chidsey, were calculated as follows: the NEO’s current salary, multiplied by the target equity award as a percentage of base salary, adjusted by the NEO’s individual performance factor (which may result in an award adjustment of up to plus or minus 20%), divided by four, then divided by the closing stock price on the grant date. For Mr. Chidsey, the number of shares of restricted stock was calculated similarly; however, his percentage of base salary was not subject to adjustment based on his individual performance. In connection with the Merger, these restricted stock awards were accelerated and converted into the right to receive cash on the Merger Date.
 
(5) On July 19, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a special equity grant with a grant date of August 25, 2010 and an aggregate grant date fair value of $360,000 for Mr. Wells. The grant consisted of restricted stock that was scheduled to vest ratably on the anniversary of the grant date over a three-year period. The equity grant was converted into cash and paid to Mr. Wells on the Merger Date.
 
(6) The option awards granted in August 2010 were made under our 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The options awarded to the Pre-Merger NEOs, other than Mr. Chidsey, were calculated as follows: the NEO’s current salary, multiplied by the target equity award as a percentage of base salary, adjusted by the NEO’s individual performance factor (which may result in an award adjustment of up to plus or minus 20%), divided by two, then divided by the economic value of our stock on the grant date, which was $6.14 per share. For Mr. Chidsey, the number of options was calculated similarly; however, his percentage of base salary was not subject to adjustment based on his individual performance. In connection with the Merger, these option awards were accelerated and converted into the right to receive cash on the Merger Date.
 
(7) Reflects the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on August 25, 2010, the fiscal 2011 annual equity grant date.
 
(8) The amounts reflect the fair market value of (1) the probable payout of performance shares, and (2) the restricted stock and options awarded (which were not subject to any increase or decrease based on individual or Company performance) on August 25, 2010 (the grant date).
 
TRANSITION PERIOD EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED TABLE
 
                                 
    Option Awards(3)        
    Number of Shares
      Stock Awards(3)
    Acquired on
  Value Realized on
  Number of Shares
  Value Realized
    Exercise
  Exercise
  Acquired on
  on Vesting
Name
  (#)   (1)($)   Vesting (#)   (2)($)
 
Bernardo Hees
                       
John W. Chidsey
    2,091,404       20,737,660       465,080       9,856,649  
Ben K. Wells
    445,902       2,108,630       82,846       1,863,646  
Anne Chwat
    238,410       1,756,262       70,748       1,481,688  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    62,139       339,467       21,122       452,493  
Natalia Franco
    37,339       181,468       14,352       344,448  
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    428,184       2,325,232       57,413       1,267,615  
Peter C. Smith
    216,805       1,370,313       67,493       1,406,958  
 
 
(1) Represents amounts received by the Pre-Merger NEOs in connection with the cash-out of options on the Merger Date. In connection with the Merger, all options granted to the Pre-Merger NEOs were accelerated and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the excess of $24 over the exercise price of the options, multiplied by the number of shares of common stock underlying the options. The amounts set forth under the “Value Realized on Exercise” column are calculated based on the difference between the actual exercise prices underlying the related options, as opposed to the weighted average exercise price per share. The converted options had a weighted average exercise price per share of $17.05.
 
(2) Represents amounts received in connection with the cash-out of restricted stock and performance based restricted stock awards and performance shares on the Merger Date of $6,763,392 for Mr. Chidsey, $1,547,688


175


Table of Contents

for Mr. Wells, $314,520 for Mr. Fitzpatrick, $988,056 for Mr. Fallon, $903,960 for Mr. Smith, $968,856 for Ms. Chwat and $344,448 for Ms. Franco, all at $24 per share, in connection with the Merger, except for the following: 287,371 shares that vested on August 21, 2010 and August 27, 2010 where the closing market price was $16.45 and $17.21, respectively:
 
                         
    Number of Shares
      Closing Market
    Aquired on Vesting
  Value Realized
  Prices on Vesting
Name
  (#)   on Vesting ($)   Date ($)
 
John W. Chidsey
    80,071       1,317,168       16.45  
John W. Chidsey
    103,201       1,776,089       17.21  
Ben K. Wells
    18,359       315,958       17.21  
Anne Chwat
    13,145       216,235       16.45  
Anne Chwat
    17,234       296,597       17.21  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    3,854       66,327       17.21  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
    4,163       71,645       17.21  
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    16,244       279,559       17.21  
Peter C. Smith
    13,608       223,852       16.45  
Peter C. Smith
    16,220       279,146       17.21  
 
(3) Pursuant to the Merger, 60% of the proceeds from the grants made on August 25, 2010 (as disclosed in the Transition Period Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table) to the Pre-Merger NEOs other than Mr. Peter C. Smith, were deposited into a trust account, and the remaining 40% was withheld for taxes. In the case of each of Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat, the amounts in the trust are being released in six substantially equal installments on the first business day of each of the first six months following the Merger Date. In the case of Mr. Chidsey, 100% of the amounts in the trust will be released and remitted immediately after April 18, 2011. For Mr. Fitzpatrick, 25% of the portion of the trust account related to his stock options will be released on August 25, 2011, an additional 25% of the portion of the trust related to his stock options will be released on August 25, 2012 and the remaining balance will be released on the second anniversary of the Merger Date.
 
TRANSITION PERIOD NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION TABLE
 
This table reports the Transition Period contributions by the Pre-Merger NEOs and the Company to the ERP and the aggregate account balances for the Pre-Merger NEOs. Details of the ERP are discussed in the CD&A. Further details for the Pre-Merger NEOs are provided in the Transition Period All Other Compensation Table.
 
                                         
    Executive
  Company
  Aggregate Earnings
  Aggregate
  Aggregate Balance
    Contributions in
  Contributions in
  in Stub Period
  Withdrawals /
  at Stub Period
Name
  Stub Period($)   Stub Period($)(1)   Year($)(2)   Distributions ($)   Year-End ($)
 
Bernardo Hees
                             
John W. Chidsey
    28,880       41,452       162,774             1,083,684  
Ben K. Wells
    14,538       20,867       30,031             264,761  
Anne Chwat
    12,807       18,242       104,158             541,967  
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
          3,134       1,992             82,600  
Natalia Franco
    10,154       14,373       52             30,199  
Charles M. Fallon, Jr. 
    67,092       17,932       149,248             913,906  
Peter C. Smith
    7,843       13,112       91,776             548,366  
 
 
(1) Includes the pro rata ERP profit-sharing contribution paid to the Pre-Merger NEOs at the target performance level on the Merger Date for the period beginning on July 1, 2010 and ending on October 18, 2010 as follows: Mr. Chidsey, $12,572; Mr. Wells, $6,329; Ms. Chwat, $5,435; Mr. Fitzpatrick, $3,134; Ms. Franco, $4,219; Mr. Fallon, $6,027 and Mr. Smith, $5,269.
 
(2) All amounts deferred by each Pre-Merger NEO, or credited to his or her account by us, earned interest at a rate that reflects the performance of investment funds that the NEO selected from a pool of funds. Each NEO may change his or her selections at any time, subject to any individual fund restrictions.


176


Table of Contents

 
TRANSITION PERIOD POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION
OR CHANGE IN CONTROL TABLE
 
The potential payments and benefits that would be provided to the NEOs that were employed on December 31, 2010 as a result of certain termination events are set forth in the table below. Calculations for this table are based on the assumption that the termination took place on December 31, 2010 and that payments were made in accordance with each NEO’s employment agreement. Information regarding severance payments to Mr. Fallon and Mr. Smith, whose employment terminated before December 31, 2010, pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements is included in the Transition Period All Other Compensation Table. Since Mr. Hees does not have an employment agreement or other arrangement with the Company pursuant to which he would receive payments or benefits upon termination or change in control, he is not included in the table below.
 
As a condition to receiving any severance payments and benefits, the NEO must sign a separation agreement and release in a form approved by the Company.
 
                             
            Termination w/o
   
        Termination w/o
  Cause or for Good
   
        Cause or for Good
  Reason After Change
  Death and
        Reason
  in Control
  Disability
Name
 
Benefit
  ($)(1)   ($) (2)(3)(4)   ($)(5)
 
John W. Chidsey
  Salary(6)           6,257,250        
    Bonus           520,009        
    Value of Benefits Continuation           90,000        
    Perquisite Allowance(7)           190,500        
    Outplacement Services(8)           n/a        
    Total           7,057,759        
Ben K. Wells
  Salary(6)           525,000        
    Bonus           172,674        
    Value of Benefits Continuation           60,000        
    Perquisite Allowance(7)           48,500        
    Outplacement Services(8)           28,500        
    Total           834,674        
Anne Chwat
  Salary(6)           450,883        
    Bonus           157,377        
    Value of Benefits Continuation           60,000        
    Perquisite Allowance(7)           48,500        
    Outplacement Services(8)           28,500        
    Total           745,260        
Jonathan Fitzpatrick
  Salary(6)     700,000       700,000       n/a  
    Bonus     840,000       840,000       420,000  
    Value of Benefits Continuation     26,956       60,000       n/a  
    Perquisite Allowance(7)     n/a       n/a       n/a  
    Outplacement Services(8)     28,500       28,500       n/a  
    Total     1,595,456       1,628,500       n/a  
Natalia Franco
  Salary(6)           800,000        
    Bonus           960,000        
    Value of Benefits Continuation           60,000        
    Perquisite Allowance(7)           97,000        
    Outplacement Services(8)           28,500        
    Total           1,945,500        


177


Table of Contents

 
(1) If Mr. Fitzpatrick is terminated without cause (as such term is defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (i) two times his then current base salary and target annual bonus for the year of termination (the “Severance”), and (ii) continued coverage for two years under our medical, dental and life insurance plans for him and his eligible dependents. Additionally, Mr. Fitzpatrick will receive these benefits if his employment is terminated for good reason (as such term is defined in his employment agreement).
 
(2) Since a change in control has occurred as a result of the Merger, the amounts on this table for all NEOs other than Mr. Fitzpatrick reflect only payments that will be made upon termination without cause or for good reason after a change in control. A change in control, without a termination of employment, will not in itself trigger any severance payments.
 
(3) The Company agreed to employ Messrs. Chidsey and Wells and Ms. Chwat for a six-month period commencing on the Merger Date and ending on April 18, 2011 (the “Executive Transition Period”). Following the end of the Executive Transition Period, the employment of Messrs. Chidsey and Wells and Ms. Chwat will terminate, and they will receive the amounts included herein pursuant to their respective employment agreements, as amended. Mr. Wells and Ms. Chwat will also be entitled to receive continued coverage for two years under our medical, dental and life insurance plans for these executives and their eligible dependents. Mr. Chidsey will be entitled to such continued coverage for three years following the end of the Executive Transition Period. For more information, see the “Employment Agreements” section following the Transition Period Summary Compensation Table.
 
(4) As Ms. Franco’s employment was terminated on March 10, 2011, the amounts included above reflect a termination without cause after a change in control. Pursuant to her employment agreement, Ms. Franco will receive (i) two times the sum of her current base salary, perquisite allowance and annual target bonus for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, and (ii) continued coverage for two years under our medical, dental and life insurance plans for her and her eligible dependents.
 
(5) If Mr. Fitzpatrick dies or becomes disabled, Mr. Fitzpatrick is entitled to receive a prorated bonus through the termination date to the extent and when we pay the bonus for that year. The term “disability” is defined in Mr. Fitzpatrick’s employment agreements as a physical or mental disability that prevents or would prevent the performance by Mr. Fitzpatrick of his duties under the employment agreement for a continuous period of six months or longer.
 
(6) Pursuant to the terms of the respective NEO’s employment agreement, each NEO has agreed to non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality restrictions that last for two years after termination. If the NEO breaches any of these covenants, we will cease providing any severance and other benefits to him or her, and we have the right to require him or her to repay any severance amounts already paid. In addition, as a condition to receiving the separation benefits, each NEO must sign a separation agreement and release in a form approved by us, which includes a waiver of all potential claims.
 
(7) The perquisites allowance will be paid to the NEO during the relevant severance period specified in Footnotes 3 and 4 above.
 
(8) Each NEO, other than Mr. Chidsey, is entitled to receive outplacement services upon termination of employment without cause or for good reason. As of December 31, 2010, eligible NEOs are entitled to receive outplacement services from our third party service provider for up to one year, which is currently valued at $28,500.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
Pre-Merger Compensation Program.  Under our director compensation program in effect prior to the Merger, each non-management director received an annual deferred stock award with a grant date fair value of $85,000 on the date of our annual shareholders’ meeting. The annual deferred stock grant vested in quarterly installments over a 12 month period. No annual deferred stock award was granted to the non-management directors during the Transition Period. In addition, the non-management directors received an annual retainer of $65,000. The lead director received an additional annual cash retainer of $25,000. The chair of the Audit Committee received an additional $20,000 fee and the chairs of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate


178


Table of Contents

Governance Committee each received an additional $10,000 fee. Directors had the option to receive their annual retainer and their chair fees either 100% in cash or 100% in shares of deferred stock. Directors who elected to receive their annual retainer and chair fees in shares of deferred stock for the 2010 calendar year made their elections prior to January 1, 2010. These awards were typically made on the date of our annual shareholders’ meeting. However, as a result of the Merger, directors who elected to receive their 2010 calendar year annual retainer and/or chair fees in deferred stock received a cash payment in the full amount of the annual retainer and/or chair fees. In addition, all deferred stock grants, whether the annual grant or deferred stock granted in lieu of a cash retainer or chair fees, were settled as of the Merger Date.
 
No separate committee fees were paid and no compensation was paid to management directors for Board or committee service. All directors or their employers, in the case of the Sponsor directors, were reimbursed for reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by them in connection with attending Board and committee meetings.
 
TRANSITION PERIOD DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE
 
                         
    Fees Earned or
  All Other
   
    Paid in Cash
  Compensation
  Total
Name
  (1) ($)   ($)(2)   ($)
 
Richard W. Boyce
    65,000       1,563       66,563  
David A. Brandon
    65,000       1,563       66,563  
Ronald M. Dykes
    97,500       1,495       98,995  
Peter R. Formanek
    32,500       1,094       33,594  
Manuel A. Garcia
    65,000       1,442       66,442  
Sanjeev K. Mehra
    75,000       1,530       76,530  
Stephen G. Pagliuca
    75,000       300       75,300  
Brian T. Swette
    65,000       1,892       66,892  
Kneeland C. Youngblood
    32,500       1,094       33,594  
 
 
(1) As a result of the Merger, all board service fees for calendar 2010 were paid in cash. Those directors who elected to receive their annual retainer and chair fees in deferred stock for calendar 2010 received a cash payment in the amount of their retainer and chair fees for all of calendar 2010 during the Transition Period.
 
(2) Quarterly dividends in the amount of $0.0625 per share were paid by the Company to shareholders of record as of September 14, 2010. The amounts reflected in this column represent dividend equivalents accrued on vested and unvested deferred stock issued by the Company to the directors during the Transition Period.
 
Post-Merger Compensation Program.  Under our director compensation program currently in effect, each non-management director other than Mr. Alexandre Behring, a co-Chairman of the Board, is entitled to receive a one-time option grant with a value of $500,000, and $1,000,000 in the case of Mr. Behring. For this purpose, Messrs. Chidsey and Hees are considered management directors and are not entitled to receive any compensation for Board or committee service. The options will vest 100% on October 19, 2015. In addition, non-management directors other than Mr. Behring are entitled to receive an annual retainer of $50,000, and Mr. Behring is entitled to receive an annual retainer of $100,000. Each member of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Executive Committee is entitled to receive a committee fee of $10,000. Non-management directors will have the opportunity to elect to defer their annual retainer and committee fee and, in lieu of the cash fees, to receive a grant of restricted stock units with a value of two times the foregone fees. As of December 31, 2010, the non-management directors had received no compensation for their participation on the Board.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
The following non-management directors currently serve on the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors: Mr. Alexandre Behring, Mr. Carlos Alberto Sicupira and Mr. Marcel Herrmann Telles. No directors on the Compensation Committee are or have been officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.


179


Table of Contents

None of our executive officers served on the board of directors or compensation committee of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
As a result of the Merger, the Parent owns all of our issued and outstanding capital stock. The Parent is wholly-owned by 3G. 3G Special Situations Partners, Ltd. serves as the general partner of 3G. 3G Capital Partners, L.P. is the parent of, and wholly owns, 3G Special Situations Partners, Ltd. 3G Capital serves as the general partner of 3G Capital Partners, L.P. Each of the Parent, 3G, 3G Special Situations Partners, Ltd., 3G Capital Partners, L.P. and 3G Capital may be deemed to beneficially own, and to have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to, all of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. The address of each of the 3G entities is 3G Capital, Inc., 600 Third Avenue, 37th Floor, New York, New York 10016.
 
Mr. Behring is the managing director of 3G Capital, and Messrs. Behring, Hees, Sicupira and Telles are directors of 3G Capital. A five member investment committee of 3G Capital is empowered to make decisions with respect to 3G Capital’s investments, including the Company, and therefore, no individual member of the committee is deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of the Company beneficially owned indirectly by 3G Capital. This investment committee has the power to vote, dispose of or sell all of the shares of the Company. Messrs. Behring, Sicupira and Telles are members of the committee and disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by 3G Capital.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
Related Person Transactions
 
In May 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a written related person transactions policy, which is administered by the Audit Committee. This policy applies to any transaction or series of related transactions or any material amendment to any such transaction involving a related person and the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of the policy, “related persons” consist of executive officers, directors, director nominees, any shareholder beneficially owning more than 5% of the Company’s common stock, and immediate family members of any such persons. In reviewing related person transactions, the Audit Committee takes into account all factors that it deems appropriate, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. No member of the Audit Committee may participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related person transaction in which the director or any of his immediate family members is the related person.
 
Peter Harf, a member of our Board, is the beneficial owner of Senior Notes in the principal amount of $2 million. Christina Harf, his wife, owns Senior Notes in the principal amount of $300,000. The interest rate on the Senior Notes is 97/8%, and no interest was paid on the Senior Notes during the Transition Period.
 
Steven M. Wiborg, Executive Vice President and President of North America, is a director and an owner of Aspen Holdings Group, LLC (“Aspen Holdings”). Each of two subsidiaries of Aspen Holdings leases a restaurant to BKC in Omaha, Nebraska and New Haven, Connecticut for a combined annual rental payment of $144,276.
 
Director Independence
 
Although the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing standards, including the Independence Standards, no longer apply to us since we are a privately held company, the Board of Directors has applied the Independence Standards to determine the independence of our directors for purposes of this Form 10-K. Under the Independence Standards, a director qualifies as independent if the Board of Directors affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with us. While the focus of the inquiry is independence from management, the Board is required to broadly consider all relevant facts and circumstances in making an independence determination.
 
On February 2, 2011, our Board conducted evaluations of Alexandre Behring, John W. Chidsey, Paul J. Fribourg, Peter Harf, Bernard Hees, Carlos Alberto Sicupira and Marcel Herrmann Telles under the Independence Standards. With respect to Messrs. Behring, Fribourg, Harf, Sicupira and Telles, the Board affirmatively determined that none of these directors has a direct or indirect material relationship with us and


180


Table of Contents

that each satisfies the Independence Standards. The Board also determined that Messrs. Chidsey and Hees, as employees of the Company during the Transition Period, did not satisfy the Independence Standards.
 
In conducting its evaluations of Messrs. Behring, Sicupira and Telles, the Board considered their affiliation with 3G Capital and Messrs. Sicupira’s and Telles’ service on the Board of Directors of Anheuser-Busch InBev, a supplier to certain of our Whopper Bartm restaurants. In conducting its evaluation of Mr. Harf, the Board considered his affiliation with Anheuser-Busch InBev, where he serves as Chairman of the Board, his beneficial ownership of Senior Notes and his wife’s ownership of Senior Notes, as noted above. In conducting its evaluation of Mr. Fribourg, the Board considered his affiliation with BFG-WLF, LLC, a supplier to one of our Burger King franchisees in Latin America.
 
Since John Chidsey and Paul J. Fribourg serve on our Audit Committee, the Board also considered whether they satisfied the Audit Committee Independence Standards. As a result of this evaluation, our Board affirmatively determined that Mr. Fribourg is independent under the Audit Committee Independence Standards. Mr. Chidsey, our former Chief Executive Officer and an employee of the Company, is not independent under the Independence Standards or the Audit Committee Independence Standards.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The following table sets forth fees for professional services rendered by KPMG, LLC for the audit of our financial statements for the Transition Period and fees billed for other services rendered by KPMG for such period. There were no fees by KPMG for the Transition Period that would fall under the categories of “Tax Fees” or “All Other Fees”.
 
                 
        Fiscal Year Ended
    Transition Period   June 30, 2010
    (In thousands)
 
Fee Category
               
Audit Fees(1)
  $ 2,464     $ 3,267  
Audit-Related Fees(2)
    66       129  
All Other Fees(3)
    250        
                 
Total Fees
  $ 2,780     $ 3,396  
 
 
(1) Annual audit fees primarily consist of fees for the audit of the consolidated financial statements and the review of the interim condensed quarterly consolidated financial statements. This category also includes fees for statutory audits required by the tax authorities of various countries and accounting consultations and research work necessary to comply with Public Company Accounting Oversight Board standards. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, audit fees also included amounts related to the audit of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and attestation services.
 
(2) Audit-Related Fees primarily consist of the fees for financial statement audits of our marketing fund and gift card subsidiary.
 
(3) Other Fees primarily consist of fees for the work associated with disclosure documents.
 
Pursuant to its written charter, the Audit Committee pre-approves all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee has adopted a pre-approval policy under which the Audit Committee has delegated to its chairman the authority to approve services valued at up to $50,000 per engagement. All such decisions to pre-approve audit and permitted non-audit services are presented to the full Audit Committee at the next scheduled meeting.
 
All audit and permitted non-audit services and all fees associated with such services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm for the Transition Period were approved by the full Audit Committee or approved by the chairman of the Audit Committee consistent with the policy described above.


181


Table of Contents

 
Part IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(1)   All Financial Statements
 
Consolidated financial statements filed as part of this report are listed under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
 
(2)   Financial Statement Schedules
 
No schedules are required because either the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
(3)   Exhibits
 
The exhibits listed in the accompanying index are filed as part of this report.
 
             
Exhibit
       
Number
 
Description
 
Where Found
 
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Burger King Holdings, Inc.   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  3 .2   Bylaws of Burger King Holdings, Inc.   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  4 .1   Indenture, dated October 19, 2010, between Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc. and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  4 .2   Supplemental Indenture, dated October 19, 2010, among Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc., Burger King Corporation, Burger King Holdings, Inc., Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  4 .3   Form of 97/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.2)   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  10 .10†   Burger King Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)
  10 .11†   Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)
  10 .12†   Burger King Corporation Fiscal Year 2006 Executive Team Restaurant Support Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Burger King Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)
  10 .27†   Employment Agreement between Peter C. Smith and Burger King Corporation, dated as of April 20, 2006   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)
  10 .30†   Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between Burger King Holdings, Inc. and John W. Chidsey, dated as of May 2006   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)
  10 .31†   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)


182


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
 
Description
 
Where Found
 
  10 .32†   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)
  10 .33†   Form of Option Award Agreement under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)
  10 .34†   Form of Option Award Agreement under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131897)
  10 .35†   Form of Performance Award Agreement under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 2006
  10 .36†   Form of Retainer Stock Award Agreement for Directors under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 2006
  10 .37†   Form of Annual Deferred Stock Award Agreement for Directors under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 2006
  10 .38†   Employment Agreement between Anne Chwat and Burger King Corporation dated as of April 20, 2006   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated February 2, 2007
  10 .40†   Burger King Savings Plan, including all amendments thereto   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-144592)
  10 .44†   Form of Performance Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 26, 2007
  10 .45†   Option Award Agreement between Burger King Holdings, Inc. and Charles M. Fallon, Jr. dated June 6, 2006   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed February 5, 2008
  10 .46†   Option Award Agreement between Burger King Holdings, Inc. and Charles M. Fallon, Jr. dated June 6, 2006   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed February 5, 2008
  10 .47†   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 5, 2008
  10 .48†   Employment Agreement between BK AsiaPac, Pte.Ltd. and Peter Tan dated March 5, 2008   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 5, 2008
  10 .49†   Employment Agreement dated August 22, 2006 between Peter Robinson and Burger King Corporation   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2008
  10 .50†   Assignment Letter dated August 22, 2006 among Peter Robinson, Burger King Corporation and Burger King Europe GmbH   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2008
  10 .51†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between John W. Chidsey and Burger King Corporation dated December 16, 2008   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed August 27, 2009
  10 .52†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Charles M. Fallon and Burger King Corporation dated December 8, 2008   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed August 27, 2009

183


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
 
Description
 
Where Found
 
  10 .54†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Ben K. Wells and Burger King Corporation dated December 8, 2008   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed August 27, 2009
  10 .55†   Form of Performance Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed August 27, 2009
  10 .56   Form of Performance Award Agreement for Performance Based Restricted Stock under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed August 27, 2009
  10 .57   First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of September 30, 2009 between Burger King Corporation and Peter Robinson   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 2, 2009
  10 .58   Separation Agreement and General Release dated November 5, 2009 between Burger King Corporation and Russell B. Klein   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed February 5, 2010
  10 .59†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between John W. Chidsey and Burger King Corporation dated April 1, 2010   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed April 30, 2010
  10 .60†   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Burger King Holdings Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 26, 2010
  10 .61†   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Burger King Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 26, 2010
  10 .62†   Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 1, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Burger King Corporation and John W. Chidsey, dated as of April 1, 2010   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 3, 2010
  10 .63†   Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 1, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Burger King Corporation and Ben Wells, dated as of December 8, 2008   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 3, 2010
  10 .64(a)†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Burger King Corporation and Anne Chwat, dated as of December 8, 2008   Filed herewith
  10 .64(b)†   Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 1, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Burger King Corporation and Anne Chwat, dated as of December 8, 2008   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 3, 2010
  10 .65†   Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 1, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Burger King Corporation and Peter Smith, dated as of December 8, 2008   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 3, 2010

184


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
 
Description
 
Where Found
 
  10 .66   Purchase Agreement, dated October 1, 2010, among Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers named therein   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  10 .67   Joinder To Purchase Agreement, dated October 19, 2010, among Burger King Corporation, Burger King Holdings, Inc., and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers named therein   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  10 .68   Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 19, 2010, among Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers named therein   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  10 .69   Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 19, 2010, among Burger King Corporation, Burger King Holdings, Inc., and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers named therein   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  10 .70(a)   Credit Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2010, among Burger King Holdings, Inc., Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc., Burger King Corporation, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Capital, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  10 .70(b)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2011, among Burger King Holdings, Inc. and Burger King Corporation, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Capital, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time   Filed herewith
  10 .71   Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2010, among Burger King Holdings, Inc., Blue Acquisition Sub, Inc., Burger King Corporation and the guarantors identified therein, in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2010
  10 .72†   Separation Agreement and General Release dated October 20, 2010 between Burger King Corporation and Peter C. Smith   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2010
  10 .73†   Amendment dated as of September 30, 2010 to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of December 8, 2008 by and between Burger King Corporation and Charles M. Fallon   Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2010

185


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
 
Description
 
Where Found
 
  10 .74†   Employment Agreement dated as of October 25, 2010 by and between Burger King Corporation and Jonathan Fitzpatrick                    Filed herewith
  10 .75†   Employment Agreement dated as of May 4, 2010 by and between Burger King Corporation and Natalia Franco, as amended on September 30, 2010 and October 25, 2010                    Filed herewith
  18 .1   Preferability Letter                    Filed herewith
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant                    Filed herewith
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Burger King Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                    Filed herewith
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Burger King Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                    Filed herewith
 
 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

186


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
BURGER KING HOLDINGS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Bernardo Hees
Name:     Bernardo Hees
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Date: March 23, 2011
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Bernardo Hees

Bernardo Hees
  Chief Executive Officer and Director   March 23, 2011
         
/s/  Daniel Schwartz

Daniel Schwartz
  Chief Financial Officer   March 23, 2011
         
/s/  David Chojnowski

David Chojnowski
  SVP, Chief Accounting Officer   March 23, 2011
         
/s/  Alexandre Behring

Alexandre Behring
  Co-Chairman   March 23, 2011
         
/s/  John W. Chidsey

John W. Chidsey
  Co-Chairman   March 23, 2011
         
/s/  Peter Harf

Peter Harf
  Director   March 23, 2011
         
/s/  Paul J. Fribourg

Paul J. Fribourg
  Director   March 23, 2011
         
/s/  Carlos Alberto Sicupira

Carlos Alberto Sicupira
  Director   March 23,2011
         
/s/  Marcel Herrmann Telles

Marcel Herrmann Telles
  Director   March 23, 2011


187


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .64(a)†   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Burger King Corporation and Anne Chwat, dated as of December 8, 2008
  10 .70(b)†   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2011, among Burger King Holdings, Inc. and Burger King Corporation, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Barclays Capital, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time
         
  10 .74†   Employment Agreement dated as of October 25, 2010 by and between Burger King Corporation and Jonathan Fitzpatrick
         
  10 .75†   Employment Agreement dated as of May 4, 2010 by and between Burger King Corporation and Natalia Franco, as amended on September 30, 2010 and October 25, 2010
         
  18 .1   Preferability Letter
         
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
         
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Burger King Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
         
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Burger King Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement


188